Sky Air Inv r32 Edvn281712

EDVN281712
Cooling only 50 Hz
Heat pump 50 Hz
RZF-C / RZA-B series
EDVN281712
Part 1 SkyAir RZF-C / RZA-B series .............................................. 5

1. External appearance ...............................................................................7
2. Model name, power supply and nomenclature .....................................10
2.1 Model name and power supply ..............................................................10
2.2 Nomenclature .........................................................................................11
3. Functions...............................................................................................12
3.1 Cooling only............................................................................................12
3.2 Heat pump..............................................................................................14
4. Specifications ........................................................................................15
4.1 Cooling only............................................................................................15
4.2 Heat pump..............................................................................................26
5. Dimensions and service space .............................................................29
5.1 Indoor unit ..............................................................................................29
5.2 Wired remote controller ..........................................................................44
5.3 Wireless remote controller......................................................................45
5.4 Outdoor unit............................................................................................47
5.5 Installation service space .......................................................................51
6. Piping diagrams ....................................................................................58
7. Wiring diagrams ....................................................................................62
7.1 Indoor unit ..............................................................................................62
7.2 Outdoor unit............................................................................................67
8. Field wiring ............................................................................................73
9. Electric characteristics ..........................................................................78
9.1 Cooling only............................................................................................78
9.2 Heat pump..............................................................................................86
10.Capacity tables......................................................................................88
10.1 Capacity tables.......................................................................................88
10.2 Capacity correction factor by the length of refrigerant piping .................89
11.Operation limits .....................................................................................97
11.1 RZF-C.....................................................................................................97
11.2 RZA-B.....................................................................................................98
12.Fan performance...................................................................................99
12.1 FDF-B.....................................................................................................99
12.2 FBA-B...................................................................................................100
13.Airflow auto adjustment characteristics...............................................104
13.1 FBA-B...................................................................................................104
14.Sound level .........................................................................................108
14.1 Indoor unit ............................................................................................108
14.2 Outdoor unit..........................................................................................117
15.Accessories.........................................................................................123
15.1 Indoor unit ............................................................................................123
15.2 Outdoor unit..........................................................................................128
Part 2 Installation of indoor / outdoor unit ............................... 129

1. Centre of gravity..................................................................................130
1.1 RZF-C...................................................................................................130
1.2 RZA-B...................................................................................................132
2. Installation of indoor unit .....................................................................133
Table of contents 1
EDVN281712
2.1 FCF50CVM / FCF60CVM / FCF71CVM / FCF100CVM /

FCF125CVM / FCF140CVM ................................................................133
2.2 FFF50BV1 / FFF60BV1........................................................................163
2.3 FDF50BV1 / FDF60BV1.......................................................................186
2.4 FBA50BVMA / FBA60BVMA / FBA71BVMA / FBA100BVMA /
FBA125BVMA / FBA140BVMA ............................................................203
2.5 FHA50BVMV / FHA60BVMV / FHA71BVMV / FHA100BVMV /
FHA125BVMA / FHA140BVMA............................................................223
3. Installation of outdoor unit ...................................................................244
3.1 RZF50CV2V / RZF60CV2V / RZF71CV2V / RZF100CVM
RZF71CYM / RZF100CYM ..................................................................244
3.2 RZF125CVM / RZF140CVM
RZF125CYM / RZF140CYM ................................................................260
3.3 RZA71BV2V / RZA100BV2V................................................................276
3.4 Reuse of existing piping .......................................................................304
3.5 Equivalent piping length of joints (reference) .......................................306
2 Table of contents
EDVN281712 Publication list
Publication list
Inverter/ Model name of Published
Refrigerant Series Book No. Type, Hz Area Note
Non Inverter indoor / outdoor unit in
- Indoor units - New lineup of indoor units
FCF50/60/71/100/125/140CVM FCF50/60/71/100/125/140CVM
FFF50/60BV1 FFF50/60BV1
FDF50/60BV1 FDF50/60BV1
FBA50/60/71/100/125/140BVMA FBA50/60/71/100/125/140BVMA
RZF C/O FHA50/60/71/100BVMV FHA50/60/71/100BVMV
50 Hz FHA125/140BVMA FHA125/140BVMA
- Outdoor units - New lineup of outdoor units

R32 EDVN281712 RZF50/60/71CV2V Vietnam RZF50/60/71CV2V Nov. 2017
RZF100/125/140CVM RZF100/125/140CVM
RZF71/100/125/140CYM RZF71/100/125/140CYM
- Indoor units - New lineup of indoor units
FCF71/100CVM FCF71/100CVM
H/P FBA71/100BVMA FBA71/100BVMA
RZA FHA71/100BVMV FHA71/100BVMV
50 Hz
- Outdoor units - New lineup of outdoor units
RZA71/100BV2V RZA71/100BV2V
- Indoor units
FCQ50/60/71/100/125/140KAVEA
FHQ50/60/71/100/125/140DAVMA
Inverter FAQ71/100CVEA - New lineup of indoor units
FBQ50/60/71/100/125/140EVE Singapore FCQ50/60/71/100/125/140KAVEA
FVQ50/60CVE Malaysia FHQ50/60/71/100/125/140DAVMA
FVQ71/100/125/140CVEB Vietnam
Philippines - New lineup of outdoor units
- Outdoor units India RZR50/60/71/100/125/140MVM
RZR50/60/71/100/125/140MVM Hong Kong RZR50/60/71MVMV
RZR50/60/71MVMV RZR100/125/140MYM
RZR100/125/140MYM
RZR125/140LVVM
R410A RZR EDMT281537 C/O RZR125/140LUY1 Feb. 2016
50/60 Hz
- Indoor units
FCQ50/60/71/100/125/140KAVE4
FHQ50/60/71/100/125/140DAVM4
FAQ100CVEA4 - New lineup of indoor units
FBQ50/60/71/100/125/140EVE4 FCQ50/60/71/100/125/140KAVE4
FVQ50/60CVE4 FHQ50/60/71/100/125/140DAVM4
FVQ71/100/125/140CVEB4 Indonesia
- New lineup of outdoor units
- Outdoor units RZR50/60/71/100/125/140MVM4
RZR50/60/71/100/125/140MVM4 RZR100/125/140MYM4
RZR100/125/140MYM4
RZR125/140LVVM4
RZR125/140LUY14
Table of contents 3
EDVN281712
Inverter/ Model name of Published

Refrigerant Series Book No. Type, Hz Area Note
Non Inverter indoor / outdoor unit in
- Indoor units
FCQ50/60/71/100/125/140LUV1
FFQ25/35/50/60BV1B
FHQ50/60BVV1G
FHQ35/71/100/125BVV1B
FHQ140CAVEB
FAQ71/100CVEA
FBQ50/60/71BV1A
India
FBQ50/60/71/100/125/140DV1 Singapore
FVQ50/60CVE
FVQ71/100/125/140CVEB Malaysia
- Outdoor units
RZR50/60/71/100/125/140LVVM
RZR100/125/140LUY1 - New line-up of indoor units
RKS25/35/50/60AVMG FHQ140CAVEB
RXS50FAVMA FVQ50/60CVE(4)
C/O RXS60/71FVMA
RZR EDMT281406 FVQ71/100/125/140CVEB(4) Sep. 2014
50 Hz
- Indoor units
FCQ50/60/71/100/125/140LUV14 - New line-up of outdoor units
FFQ25/35/50/60BV1B4 RZR50/60/71/100/125/140LVVM(4)
FHQ50/60BVV1G4
FHQ35/71/100/125BV1B4
FAQ100CVEA4
FBQ50/60/71BV1A4
FBQ50/60/71/100/125/140DV14
FVQ50/60CVE4 Indonesia
FVQ71/100/125/140CVEB4
- Outdoor units
RZR50/60/71/100/125/140LVVM4
RZR100/125/140LUY14
RKS25/35/50/60AVMG4
RXS50FAVMA4
R410A Inverter RXS60/71FVMA4
- New lineup of indoor units:
FHQ71/100/125BWV1A
- Indoor units FBQ71/100/125/140DBVEA
FCQ71/100/125/140KAVEA
FHQ71/100/125BWV1A - Model change of indoor units:
FHQ140CAVEA FCQ71/100/125/140KVEA
FAQ71/100CVEA ↓
FBQ71/100/125/140DBVEA Vietnam FCQ71/100/125/140KAVEA
EDMT281426 H/P FVQ50/60CVE India Mar. 2015
50 Hz
FVQ71/100/125/140CVEB Hong Kong - New lineup of outdoor units:
RZQS50/60AV1
- Outdoor units RZQ71/100/125/140LV1
RZQS50/60AV1
RZQ71/100/125/140LV1 - Discontinued outdoor units:
RZQ100/125/140HAY4A RZQ71KBV1
RZQ50/60KBV4A
RZQS RZQ71-140KCV4A
RZQ - Indoor units
FBQ50/60/71/100/125/140EVE
- Outdoor units Vietnam
H/P Philippines - New lineup of indoor units:
EDMT281512 50/60 Hz RZQS50/60AV1 India FBQ50/60/71/100/125/140EVE Aug. 2015
RZQ71/100/125/140LV1
Hong Kong
RZQ100/125/140HAY4A
RZQ100/125/140KCTLT
RZQ100/125/140LUYLT
- Indoor units
FHQ50/60/71/100/125/140DAVMA
Hong Kong
H/P - New lineup of indoor units:
EDMT281536 50 Hz - Outdoor units Vietnam FHQ50/60/71/100/125/140DAVMA Dec. 2015
RZQS50/60AV1 India
RZQ71/100/125/140LV1
RZQ100/125/140HAY4A
EDVN281712 as shown by .
4 Table of contents
EDVN281712
Part 1 1
SkyAir RZF-C / RZA-B

series
Model series
Power
Class 50 60 71 100 125 140 supply,
Standard
FCF 50C 60C 71C 100C 125C 140C VM
FFF 50B 60B — — — — V1
Indoor FDF 50B 60B — — — — V1
unit FBA 50B 60B 71B 100B 125B 140B VMA
50B 60B 71B 100B — — VMV
FHA
— — — — 125B 140B VMA
50C 60C 71C — — — V2V
Outdoor RZF — — — 100C 125C 140C VM
unit — — 71C 100C 125C 140C YM
RZA — — 71B 100B — — V2V
1. External appearance ...............................................................................7

2. Model name, power supply and nomenclature .....................................10
2.1 Model name and power supply ..............................................................10
2.2 Nomenclature .........................................................................................11
3. Functions...............................................................................................12
3.1 Cooling only............................................................................................12
3.2 Heat pump..............................................................................................14
4. Specifications ........................................................................................15
4.1 Cooling only............................................................................................15
4.2 Heat pump..............................................................................................26
5. Dimensions and service space .............................................................29
5.1 Indoor unit ..............................................................................................29
5.2 Wired remote controller ..........................................................................44
5.3 Wireless remote controller......................................................................45
5.4 Outdoor unit............................................................................................47
5.5 Installation service space .......................................................................51
6. Piping diagrams ....................................................................................58
7. Wiring diagrams ....................................................................................62
7.1 Indoor unit ..............................................................................................62
7.2 Outdoor unit............................................................................................67
8. Field wiring ............................................................................................73
9. Electric characteristics ..........................................................................78
9.1 Cooling only............................................................................................78
9.2 Heat pump..............................................................................................86
10.Capacity tables......................................................................................88
10.1 Capacity tables.......................................................................................88
SkyAir RZF-C / RZA-B series 5

EDVN281712
10.2 Capacity correction factor by the length of refrigerant piping .................89

11.Operation limits .....................................................................................97
11.1 RZF-C.....................................................................................................97
11.2 RZA-B.....................................................................................................98
12.Fan performance...................................................................................99
12.1 FDF-B.....................................................................................................99
12.2 FBA-B...................................................................................................100
13.Airflow auto adjustment characteristics...............................................104
13.1 FBA-B...................................................................................................104
14.Sound level .........................................................................................108
14.1 Indoor unit ............................................................................................108
14.2 Outdoor unit..........................................................................................117
15.Accessories.........................................................................................123
15.1 Indoor unit ............................................................................................123
15.2 Outdoor unit..........................................................................................128
6 SkyAir RZF-C / RZA-B series

EDVN281712 External appearance
1. External appearance
1
Indoor unit
FCF-CVM FFF-BV1 FDF-BV1
FHA-BVMV
FBA-BVMA FHA-BVMA
Wired
remote controller
BRC1E63 BRC1E62

External appearance EDVN281712
Wireless
remote controller
BRC7M635F(Fresh white)
BRC7M635K(Black)
BRC7M634F(Fresh white) Signal receiver unit
(for FCF-CVM)
BRC7M634K(Black)
(for FCF-CVM)
BRC7E531W Signal receiver unit

(for FFF-BV1) (for FFF-BV1)
BRC4C64 Signal receiver unit

(for FDF-BV1)
BRC4C66 / BRC4C65 (for FDF-BV1)
(for FBA-BVMA)
(for FBA-BVMA)
BRC7M56 / BRC7M53 Signal receiver unit

(for FHA-BVMV / FHA-BVMA) (for FHA-BVMV / FHA-BVMA)

EDVN281712 External appearance
Outdoor unit 1
RZA71BV2V
RZF50CV2V RZF100CVM RZA100BV2V
RZF125CVM
RZF60CV2V RZF71CYM RZF140CVM
RZF71CV2V RZF100CYM
RZF125CYM
RZF140CYM

Model name, power supply and nomenclature EDVN281712
2. Model name, power supply and nomenclature

2.1 Model name and power supply
2.1.1 Cooling only
Indoor unit Outdoor unit

Power supply intake
Type Model name Model name
FCF50CVM RZF50CV2V
FCF60CVM RZF60CV2V Outdoor unit: 1 phase, 220 V, 50 Hz
FCF71CVM RZF71CV2V
FCF100CVM RZF100CVM
Outdoor unit: 1 phase, 220-240 V, 50 Hz
Ceiling mounted cassette FCF125CVM RZF125CVM
1 phase, 220-230 V, 60 Hz
(Round flow) type FCF140CVM RZF140CVM
FCF71CVM RZF71CYM
FCF100CVM RZF100CYM Outdoor unit: 3 phase, 380-415 V, 50 Hz
FCF125CVM RZF125CYM 3 phase, 380 V, 60 Hz
FCF140CVM RZF140CYM
Compact multi flow ceiling FFF50BV1 RZF50CV2V
Outdoor unit: 1 phase, 220 V, 50 Hz
mounted cassette type FFF60BV1 RZF60CV2V
Ceiling mounted slim duct FDF50BV1 RZF50CV2V
Outdoor unit: 1 phase, 220 V, 50 Hz
type FDF60BV1 RZF60CV2V
FBA50BVMA RZF50CV2V Indoor unit: 1 phase, 220-240 V, 50 Hz
FBA60BVMA RZF60CV2V 1 phase, 220-230 V, 60 Hz
FBA71BVMA RZF71CV2V Outdoor unit: 1 phase, 220 V, 50 Hz
FBA100BVMA RZF100CVM Indoor unit: 1 phase, 220-240 V, 50 Hz
FBA125BVMA RZF125CVM 1 phase, 220-230 V, 60 Hz
Duct connection middle Outdoor unit: 1 phase, 220-240 V, 50 Hz
static pressure type FBA140BVMA RZF140CVM 1 phase, 220-230 V, 60 Hz
FBA71BVMA RZF71CYM Indoor unit: 1 phase, 220-240 V, 50 Hz
FBA100BVMA RZF100CYM 1 phase, 220-230 V, 60 Hz
FBA125BVMA RZF125CYM Outdoor unit: 3 phase, 380-415 V, 50 Hz
FBA140BVMA RZF140CYM 3 phase, 380 V, 60 Hz
FHA50BVMV RZF50CV2V
FHA60BVMV RZF60CV2V Outdoor unit: 1 phase, 220 V, 50 Hz
FHA71BVMV RZF71CV2V
FHA100BVMV RZF100CVM
Outdoor unit: 1 phase, 220-240 V, 50 Hz
FHA125BVMA RZF125CVM
Ceiling suspended type 1 phase, 220-230 V, 60 Hz
FHA140BVMA RZF140CVM
FHA71BVMV RZF71CYM
FHA100BVMV RZF100CYM Outdoor unit: 3 phase, 380-415 V, 50 Hz
FHA125BVMA RZF125CYM 3 phase, 380 V, 60 Hz
FHA140BVMA RZF140CYM
2.1.2 Heat pump
Indoor unit Outdoor unit

Power supply intake
Type Model name Model name
Ceiling mounted cassette FCF71CVM RZA71BV2V
(Round flow) type Outdoor unit: 1 phase, 220 V, 50 Hz
FCF100CVM RZA100BV2V
Duct connection middle FBA71BVMA RZA71BV2V Indoor unit: 1 phase, 220 V, 50 Hz
static pressure type FBA100BVMA RZA100BV2V Outdoor unit: 1 phase, 220 V, 50 Hz
FHA71BVMV RZA71BV2V
Ceiling suspended type Outdoor unit: 1 phase, 220 V, 50 Hz
FHA100BVMV RZF100BV2V

EDVN281712 Model name, power supply and nomenclature
2.2 Nomenclature
1
Indoor unit
F H A 50 B VM V
Standard symbol
S: Thailand
V: Vietnam
4: Indonesia
Power supply symbol
VM: 1 phase, 220-240/220-230 V, 50/60 Hz
V1: 1 phase, 220-240 V, 50 Hz
Indicates major design category
Capacity indication
Refrigerant and type
F: R32, Heat pump or Cooling only
A: R32, Heat pump or Cooling only
Shape
C: Ceiling mounted cassette (Round flow)
F: Compact multi flow ceiling mounted cassette type
D: Ceiling mounted slim duct type
B: Duct connection middle static pressure type
H: Ceiling suspended
Unit category
F: Air cooled split indoor unit
Outdoor unit
R Z F 50 C V2 V
Standard symbol
S: Thailand
V: Vietnam
4: Indonesia
Power supply symbol
VM: 1 phase, 220-240/220-230 V, 50/60 Hz
YM: 3 phase, 380-415 V/380 V, 50/60 Hz
V2: 1 phase, 220 V, 50 Hz
Indicates major design category
Capacity indication
Refrigerant and type
F: R32, Cooling only
A: R32, Heat pump
Inverter / Non inverter
Z: Inverter
Unit category
R: Air cooled split outdoor unit

Functions EDVN281712
3. Functions
3.1 Cooling only
Indoor
FCF50-140CVM FFF50/60BV1 FDF50/60BV1
unit
Category Function RZF50-71CV2V
Outdoor
unit RZF100-140CVM RZF50/60CV2V RZF50/60CV2V
RZF71-140CYM
Inverter control   
BRC1E63 / BRC1E63 /
Wired BRC1E63 — — —
Remote controller BRC1E62 BRC1E62
Wireless — BRC7M635F(K) — BRC7E531W — BRC4C64
Energy consumption monitoring *1  — — — — —
Sensing sensor stop mode *1  Sensing panel — — — — —
Sensing sensor low mode *1, *2  Sensing panel — — — — —
Auto display OFF *3  —  —  —
Energy Setpoint auto reset *1  —  —  —
Saving
Setpoint range set *1  —  —  —
OFF timer (programmed) *1  —  —  —
Weekly schedule timer *1  —  —  —
ON/OFF timer —  —  — 
Circulation airflow *3  — — — — —
Setback *1  —  —  —
Quick start *1  —  —  —
Individual airflow control *1  — — — — —
Infrared presence sensor  Sensing panel  Sensing panel — — — —
Infrared floor sensor  Sensing panel  Sensing panel — — — —
Humidity sensor   — — — —
Auto airflow function *3  Sensing panel — — — — —
Auto swing     — —
Comfort Swing pattern selection     — —
Draft prevention function (heating) — — — — — —
Switchable fan speed  5 step  5 step  2 step  2 step  2 step  2 step
Auto airflow rate   — — — —
High fan speed mode — — — — — —
Two selectable temperature-sensors *1  —  —  —
High ceiling application  3.5m/4.2m — — — — —
Hot start — — — — — —
Year-round cooling applicable — — — — — —
Night quiet operation *4  —  —  —
Anti-bacterial air filter     — —
Mould-proof air filter — — — —  
Cleanliness
Silver ion anti-bacterial drain pan   — — — —
Mould-proof drain pan — —   — —
Auto grille panel   — — — —
Drain pump mechanism     — —
Pre-charged for up to 30 m *4      
Long-life filter     — —
Work & Filter sign      
Servicing
Low gas pressure detection *4      
Emergency operation      
Self-diagnosis function      
Service contact display *1  —  —  —
Auto-restart      
Auto-cooling / heating change-over — — — — — —
Control by 2 remote controllers   *8  —  —
Group control by 1 remote controller      
External equipment interlock *5  Sensing panel  Sensing panel — — — —
Control
External signal forced OFF and ON/OFF operation   — — — —
External command control *6     — —
Central remote control    *7  *7 — —
Interlock control with Heat Reclaim Ventilator      
DIII-NET communication standard    *7  *7 — —
High-efficiency filter   — — — —
Ultra long-life filter   — — — —
Options
Fresh air intake kit     — —
Overvoltage printed circuit board *4      
Notes: : Functions exist.
—: No functions
*1: Applicable when BRC1E62/63 is used
*2: Not applicable when group control
*3: Applicable when BRC1E63 is used
*4: For outdoor units
*5: Adaptor for Wiring (and installation box) is necessary
*6: Wiring adaptor for electrical appendices (and installation box) is necessary
*7: Option is required
*8: It is not possible to use 2 wireless remote controllers. Combination of BRC1E63 (main) and BRC7M (sub) is
available.

EDVN281712 Functions
Indoor
unit
FBA50-140BVMA
FHA50-100BVMV
FHA125-140BVMA
1
Category Function RZF50-71CV2V RZF50-71CV2V
Outdoor
RZF100-140CVM RZF100-140CVM
unit
RZF71-140CYM RZF71-140CYM
Inverter control  
Wired BRC1E63 / BRC1E62 — BRC1E63 —
Remote controller
Wireless — BRC4C66 — BRC7M56
Energy consumption monitoring *1 — — — —
Sensing sensor stop mode *1 — — — —
Sensing sensor low mode *1, *2 — — — —
Auto display OFF *3  —  —
Energy
Setpoint auto reset *1  —  —
Saving
Setpoint range set *1  —  —
OFF timer (programmed) *1  —  —
Weekly schedule timer *1  —  —
ON/OFF timer —  — 
Circulation airflow *3 — — — —
Setback *1  —  —
Quick start *1  —  —
Individual airflow control *1 — — — —
Infrared presence sensor — — — —
Infrared floor sensor — — — —
Humidity sensor — — — —
Auto airflow function *3 — — — —
Auto swing — —  
Comfort Swing pattern selection — — — —
Draft prevention function (heating) — — — —
Switchable fan speed  3 steps  3 steps  5 steps  5 steps
Auto airflow rate  —  
High fan speed mode — — — —
Two selectable temperature-sensors *1  —  —
High ceiling application — —  3.5 m / 4.3 m —
Hot start — — — —
Year-round cooling applicable — — — —
Night quiet operation *4  —  —
Anti-bacterial air filter  *7  *7  
Mould-proof air filter — — — —
Cleanliness
Silver ion anti-bacterial drain pan   — —
Mould-proof drain pan — — — —
Auto grille panel — — — —
Drain pump mechanism    *7  *7
Pre-charged for up to 30 m *4    
Long-life filter  *7  *7  
Work & Filter sign    
Servicing
Low gas pressure detection *4    
Emergency operation    
Self-diagnosis function    
Service contact display *1  —  —
Auto-restart    
Auto-cooling / heating change-over — — — —
Control by 2 remote controllers  —   *8
Group control by 1 remote controller    
External equipment interlock *5 — — — —
Control
External signal forced OFF and ON/OFF operation    
External command control *6    
Central remote control    
Interlock control with Heat Reclaim Ventilator    
DIII-NET communication standard    
High-efficiency filter   — —
Ultra long-life filter — — — —
Options
Fresh air intake kit — —  
Overvoltage printed circuit board *4    
—: No functions
*8: It is not possible to use 2 wireless remote controllers. Combination of BRC1E63 (main) and BRC7M
(sub) is available.

Functions EDVN281712
3.2 Heat pump

Indoor FCF71-100CVM FBA71/100BVMA FHA71/100BVMV
unit
Category Function
Outdoor RZA71/100BV2V RZA71/100BV2V RZA71/100BV2V
unit
Inverter control   
BRC1E63 /
Wired BRC1E63 — — BRC1E63 —
Remote controller BRC1E62
Wireless — BRC7M634F(K) — BRC4C65 — BRC7M53
Energy consumption monitoring *1  — — — — —
Sensing sensor stop mode *1  Sensing panel — — — — —
Sensing sensor low mode *1, *2  Sensing panel — — — — —
Auto display OFF *3  —  —  —
Energy
Setpoint auto reset *1  —  —  —
Saving
Setpoint range set *1  —  —  —
OFF timer (programmed) *1  —  —  —
Weekly schedule timer *1  —  —  —
ON/OFF timer —  —  — 
Circulation airflow *3  — — — — —
Setback *1  —  —  —
Quick start *1  —  —  —
Individual airflow control *1  — — — — —
Infrared presence sensor  Sensing panel  Sensing panel — — — —
Infrared floor sensor  Sensing panel  Sensing panel — — — —
Humidity sensor   — — — —
Auto airflow function *3  Sensing panel — — — — —
Auto swing   — —  
Comfort Swing pattern selection   — — — —
Draft prevention function (heating)   — —  
Switchable fan speed  5 step  5 step  3 step  3 step  5 step  5 step
Auto airflow rate    —  
High fan speed mode — — — — — —
Two selectable temperature-sensors *1  —  —  —
High ceiling application  3.5 m / 4.2 m — — —  3.5 m / 4.3 m —
Hot start      
Year-round cooling applicable      
Night quiet operation *4  —  —  —
Anti-bacterial air filter    *7  *7  
Mould-proof air filter — — — — — —
Cleanliness
Silver ion anti-bacterial drain pan     — —
Mould-proof drain pan — — — — — —
Auto grille panel   — — — —
Drain pump mechanism      *7  *7
Pre-charged for up to 30 m *4      
Long-life filter    *7  *7  
Work &
Servicing Filter sign      
Low gas pressure detection *4      
Emergency operation      
Self-diagnosis function      
Service contact display *1  —  —  —
Auto-restart      
Auto-cooling / heating change-over      
Control by 2 remote controllers   *8  —   *8
Group control by 1 remote controller      
External equipment interlock *5  Sensing panel  Sensing panel — — — —
Control
External signal forced OFF and ON/OFF operation      
External command control *6      
Central remote control      
Interlock control with Heat Reclaim Ventilator      
DIII-NET communication standard      
High-efficiency filter     — —
Ultra long-life filter   — — — —
Options
Fresh air intake kit   — —  
Overvoltage printed circuit board *4 — — — — — —
—: No functions
*8: It is not possible to use 2 wireless remote controllers. Combination of BRC1E63 (main) and BRC7M
(sub) is available.

EDVN281712 Specifications
4. Specifications
1
4.1 Cooling only
4.1.1 FCF-C
Ceiling mounted cassette (Round flow) type

Indoor unit FCF50CVM FCF60CVM FCF71CVM FCF100CVM
Model
Outdoor unit RZF50CV2V RZF60CV2V RZF71CV2V RZF100CVM
1 phase, 220-240/220-
Power supply 1 phase, 220 V, 50 Hz 1 phase, 220 V,50 Hz 1 phase, 220 V, 50 Hz
230 V, 50/60 Hz
Power supply intake Outdoor unit side Outdoor unit side Outdoor unit side Outdoor unit side
kW 5.0 (3.2-5.6) 6.0 (3.2-6.0) 7.1 (3.2-8.0) 10.0 (5.0-11.2)
Cooling capacity *1 *2
Btu/h 17,100 (10,900-19,100) 20,500 (10,900-20,500) 24,200 (10,900-27,300) 34,100 (17,100-38,200)
Power input Cooling kW 1.14 1.53 1.93 2.97
COP W/W 4.39 3.92 3.68 3.37
Colour — — — —
Dimensions H×W×D mm 256×840×840 256×840×840 256×840×840 298×840×840
Coil Type Cross fin coil Cross fin coil Cross fin coil Cross fin coil
Type Turbo fan Turbo fan Turbo fan Turbo fan
Motor output W 53 53 53 106
Fan m³/min 23/21/18.5/16/13.5 23/21/18.5/16/13.5 23/21/18.5/16/13.5 34.5/31/27.5/24/20
Airflow rate
l/s 383/350/308/267/225 383/350/308/267/225 383/350/308/267/225 575/517/458/400/33
(H/HM/M/ML/L)
cfm 812/741/653/565/477 812/741/653/565/477 812/741/653/565/477 1,218/1,094/971/847/706
Sound pressure level (H/HM/M/ML/L) *3 dB(A) 37/34.5/32/29.5/27.5 37/34.5/32/29.5/27.5 37/34.5/32/29.5/27.5 45/41.5/38/35/32.5
Mass kg 22 22 22 24
Liquid mm φ9.5 (Flare) φ9.5 (Flare) φ9.5 (Flare) φ9.5 (Flare)
Piping Gas mm φ15.9 (Flare) φ15.9 (Flare) φ15.9 (Flare) φ15.9 (Flare)
connections
Drain mm VP25 (I.D.φ25×O.D.φ32) VP25 (I.D.φ25×O.D.φ32) VP25 (I.D.φ25×O.D.φ32) VP25 (I.D.φ25×O.D.φ32)
Wired BRC1E63 BRC1E63 BRC1E63 BRC1E63
Remote controller (option)
Wireless C/O BRC7M635F BRC7M635F BRC7M635F BRC7M635F
Model BYCQ125EAF BYCQ125EAF BYCQ125EAF BYCQ125EAF
Colour Fresh white Fresh white Fresh white Fresh white
Decoration Dimensions H×W×D mm 50×950×950 50×950×950 50×950×950 50×950×950
panel (option) Resin net (with mould Resin net (with mould Resin net (with mould Resin net (with mould
Air filter
resistance) resistance) resistance) resistance)
Mass kg 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.5
Colour Ivory white Ivory white Ivory white Ivory white
Coil Type Micro channel Micro channel Micro channel Micro channel
Hermetically sealed swing Hermetically sealed swing Hermetically sealed swing Hermetically sealed swing
Type
Compressor type type type type
Motor output W 1,300 1,300 1,300 1,600
Type Propeller fan Propeller fan Propeller fan Propeller fan
Fan Motor output W 60 60 60 128
Airflow rate m³/min 45 45 45 65
Sound pressure Cooling dB(A) 48 48 48 49
level *3 Night quiet mode dB(A) 44 44 44 45
Mass kg 41 41 41 48
Piping
Gas mm φ15.9 (Flare) φ15.9 (Flare) φ15.9 (Flare) φ15.9 (Flare)
connections
Drain mm φ26 (Hole) φ26 (Hole) φ26 (Hole) φ18 (Hole)
High pressure switch, OL High pressure switch, OL High pressure switch, OL High pressure switch, OL
Safety devices
protection, Fuse protection, Fuse protection, Fuse protection, Fuse
Compressor revolution speed Compressor revolution speed Compressor revolution speed Compressor revolution speed
Capacity step % control (Inverter system) control (Inverter system) control (Inverter system) control (Inverter system)
Expansion valve (Electronic Expansion valve (Electronic Expansion valve (Electronic Expansion valve (Electronic
Refrigerant control
type) type) type) type)
Max. length m 50 (Equivalent length 70) 50 (Equivalent length 70) 50 (Equivalent length 70) 50 (Equivalent length 70)
Ref. piping
Max. height difference m 30 30 30 30
Model R32 R32 R32 R32
Refrigerant
Charge (factory charge) kg 1.2 (Charged for 30m) 1.2 (Charged for 30m) 1.2 (Charged for 30m) 1.3 (Charged for 30m)
Refer to the nameplate of Refer to the nameplate of Refer to the nameplate of Refer to the nameplate of
Model
Ref. oil compressor. compressor. compressor. compressor.
Charge L 0.65 0.65 0.65 0.425
Specification C: 2D110464 C: 2D110464 C: 2D110464 C: 2D109843
Drawing No. Sound (Indoor) C: 4D109329B C: 4D109329B C: 4D109329B C: 4D109330B
Sound (Outdoor) C: 4D110682 C: 4D110719 C: 4D110721 C: 4D109856
Notes: *1. The above data are based on the following conditions. Conversion formulae
Cooling Piping length kcal/h=kW×860
Indoor: 27°CDB, 19°CWB 7.5m Btu/h=kW×3412
Outdoor: 35°CDB, 24°CWB (Horizontal) l/s=m³/min×1000/60
cfm=m³/min×35.3
*2. Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling for indoor fan motor heat.
*3. The operation sound is measured in anechoic chamber.
If it is measured under the actual installation condition, it is normally over the set value due to the
environmental noise and sound reflection.

Specifications EDVN281712

Model
Outdoor unit RZF125CVM RZF140CVM RZF71CYM RZF100CYM
1 phase, 220-240/220- 1 phase, 220-240/220- 3 phase, 380-415/380 V, 3 phase, 380-415/380 V,
Power supply
230 V, 50/60 Hz 230 V, 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz
kW 12.5 (5.7-14.0) 14.0 (6.2-15.5) 7.1 (3.2-8.0) 10.0 (5.0-11.2)
Btu/h 42,700 (19,500-47,800) 47,800 (21,200-52,900) 24,200 (10,900-27,300) 34,100 (17,100-38,200)
COP W/W 2.99 2.56 3.68 3.37
Type Turbo fan Turbo fan Turbo fan Turbo fan
Fan m³/min 36.5/33/29/25/21 36.5/33/29/25/21 23/21/18.5/16/13.5 34.5/31/27.5/24/20
Airflow rate
l/s 608/550/483/417/350 608/550/483/417/350 383/350/308/267/225 575/517/458/400/33
(H/HM/M/ML/L)
cfm 1,288/1,165/1,024/883/741 1,288/1,165/1,024/883/741 812/741/653/565/477 1,218/1,094/971/847/706
Sound pressure level (H/HM/M/ML/L) *3 dB(A) 46/43/40/36/32.5 46/43/40/36/32.5 37/34.5/32/29.5/27.5 45/41.5/38/35/32.5
Mass kg 24 24 22 24
connections
Wireless C/O BRC7M635F BRC7M635F BRC7M635F BRC7M635F
Model BYCQ125EAF BYCQ125EAF BYCQ125EAF BYCQ125EAF
Colour Fresh white Fresh white Fresh white Fresh white
Decoration Dimensions H×W×D mm 50×950×950 50×950×950 50×950×950 50×950×950
panel (option) Resin net (with mould Resin net (with mould Resin net (with mould Resin net (with mould
Air filter
Mass kg 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.5
Type
Motor output W 2,400 2,400 1,600 1,600
Mass kg 64 64 48 48
Piping
connections
Safety devices
Refrigerant control
Ref. piping
Refrigerant
Model
Charge L 0.9 0.9 0.425 0.425
Specification C: 2D109843 C: 2D109843 C: 2D109843 C: 2D109843
Drawing No. Sound (Indoor) C: 4D109331B C: 4D109331B C: 4D109329B C: 4D109330B
Sound (Outdoor) C: 4D109857A C: 4D109858A C: 4D109864 C: 4D109856
cfm=m³/min×35.3

Ceiling mounted cassette (Round flow) type 1

Indoor unit FCF125CVM FCF140CVM
Model
Outdoor unit RZF125CYM RZF140CYM
Power supply 3 phase, 380-415/380 V, 50/60 Hz 3 phase, 380-415/380 V, 50/60 Hz
Power supply intake Outdoor unit side Outdoor unit side
kW 12.5 (5.7-14.0) 14.0 (6.2-15.5)
Btu/h 42,700 (19,500-47,800) 47,800 (21,200-52,900)
Power input Cooling kW 4.18 5.47
COP W/W 2.99 2.56
Colour — —
Dimensions H×W×D mm 298×840×840 298×840×840
Coil Type Cross fin coil Cross fin coil
Type Turbo fan Turbo fan
Motor output W 106 106
Fan m³/min 36.5/33/29/25/21 36.5/33/29/25/21
Airflow rate
l/s 608/550/483/417/350 608/550/483/417/350
(H/HM/M/ML/L)
cfm 1,288/1,165/1,024/883/741 1,288/1,165/1,024/883/741
Sound pressure level (H/HM/M/ML/L) *3 dB(A) 46/43/40/36/32.5 46/43/40/36/32.5
Mass kg 24 24
Liquid mm φ9.5 (Flare) φ9.5 (Flare)
Piping Gas mm φ15.9 (Flare) φ15.9 (Flare)
connections
Drain mm VP25 (I.D.φ25×O.D.φ32) VP25 (I.D.φ25×O.D.φ32)
Wired BRC1E63 BRC1E63
Wireless C/O BRC7M635F BRC7M635F
Model BYCQ125EAF BYCQ125EAF
Colour Fresh white Fresh white
Decoration Dimensions H×W×D mm 50×950×950 50×950×950
panel (option)
Air filter Resin net (with mould resistance) Resin net (with mould resistance)
Mass kg 5.5 5.5
Colour Ivory white Ivory white
Coil Type Micro channel Micro channel
Type Hermetically sealed swing type Hermetically sealed swing type
Compressor
Motor output W 2,400 2,400
Type Propeller fan Propeller fan
Fan Motor output W 200 200
Airflow rate m³/min 70 70
Sound pressure Cooling dB(A) 52 54
level *3 Night quiet mode dB(A) 45 45
Mass kg 64 64
Piping
Gas mm φ15.9 (Flare) φ15.9 (Flare)
connections
Drain mm φ26 (Hole) φ26 (Hole)
Safety devices High pressure switch, OL protection, Fuse High pressure switch, OL protection, Fuse
Capacity step % Compressor revolution speed control (Inverter system) Compressor revolution speed control (Inverter system)
Refrigerant control Expansion valve (Electronic type) Expansion valve (Electronic type)
Max. length m 50 (Equivalent length 70) 50 (Equivalent length 70)
Ref. piping
Max. height difference m 30 30
Model R32 R32
Refrigerant
Charge (factory charge) kg 1.9 (Charged for 30m) 1.9 (Charged for 30m)
Model Refer to the nameplate of compressor. Refer to the nameplate of compressor.
Ref. oil
Charge L 0.9 0.9
Specification C: 2D109843 C: 2D109843
Drawing No. Sound (Indoor) C: 4D109331B C: 4D109331B
Sound (Outdoor) C: 4D109857A C: 4D109858A
cfm=m³/min×35.3

4.1.2 FFF-B
Compact multi flow Ceiling mounted cassette type

Indoor unit FFF50BV1 FFF60BV1
Model
Outdoor unit RZF50CV2V RZF60CV2V
Power supply 1 phase, 220 V, 50 Hz 1 phase, 220 V, 50 Hz
kW 5.0 (3.2-5.6) 6.0 (3.2-6.0)
Btu/h 17,100 (10,900-19,100) 20,500 (10,900-20,500)
COP W/W 3.31 3.00
Indoor unit FFF50BV1 FFF60BV1
Colour — —
Dimensions H×W×D mm 260(286*)×575×575 [*Include control box] 260(286*)×575×575 [*Include control box]
Fan m³/min 15/10 15/10
Airflow rate (H/L) l/s 250/167 250/167
cfm 530 /353 530/353
Sound pressure level (H/L) *3 dB(A) 41/32 41/32
Mass kg 17.5 17.5
connections
Wired BRC1E63 / BRC1E62 BRC1E63 / BRC1E62
Wireless C/O BRC7E531W BRC7E531W
Model BYFQ60B3W1 BYFQ60B3W1
Colour White (Ral 9010) White (Ral 9010)
panel (option)
Air filter Removable/Washable/Mildew proof/Long life Removable/Washable/Mildew proof/Long life
Mass kg 2.7 2.7
Compressor
Mass kg 41 41
Piping
connections
Ref. piping
Model R32 R32
Refrigerant
Ref. oil
Charge L 0.65 0.65
Specification C: 2D467200C C: 2D467200C
Drawing No. Sound (Indoor) C: 4D111398A C: 4D111398A
Sound (Outdoor) C: 4D110682 C: 4D110719
cfm=m³/min×35.3

4.1.3 FDF-B
1
Ceiling mounted slim duct type
Indoor unit FDF50BV1 FDF60BV1
Model
kW 5.0 (3.2-5.6) 6.0 (3.2-6.0)
Btu/h 17,100 (10,900-19,100) 20,500 (10,900-20,500)
COP W/W 3.31 3.03
Indoor unit FDF50BV1 FDF60BV1
Colour — —
Dimensions H×W×D mm 200×1,100×620 200×1,100×620
Type Sirocco fan Sirocco fan
m³/min 16/13.5 16/13.5
Fan Airflow rate
l/s 267/225 267/225
(H/L)
cfm 565/477 565/477
External static pressure Pa 40 40
Sound pressure level (H/L) *3 dB(A) 38/34 38/34
Mass kg 30 30
connections
Wireless C/O BRC4C64 BRC4C64
Compressor
Mass kg 41 41
Piping
connections
Ref. piping
Model R32 R32
Refrigerant
Ref. oil
Charge L 0.65 0.65
Specification C: 3D112260A C: 3D112260A
Sound (Outdoor) C: 4D110682 C: 4D110719
cfm=m³/min×35.3

4.1.4 FBA-B
Duct connection middle static pressure type

Indoor unit FBA50BVMA FBA60BVMA FBA71BVMA FBA100BVMA
Model
1 phase, 220-240/220- 1 phase, 220-240/220- 1 phase, 220-240/220- 1 phase, 220-240/220-
Power supply Indoor unit
230 V, 50/60 Hz 230 V, 50/60 Hz 230 V, 50/60 Hz 230 V, 50/60 Hz
1 phase, 220-240/220-
Outdoor unit 1 phase, 220 V, 50 Hz 1 phase, 220 V, 50 Hz 1 phase, 220 V, 50 Hz
230 V, 50/60 Hz
Power supply intake Indoor/Outdoor unit side Indoor/Outdoor unit side Indoor/Outdoor unit side Indoor/Outdoor unit side
kW 5.0 (3.2-5.6) 6.0 (3.2-6.0) 7.1 (3.2-8.0) 10.0 (5.0-11.2)
Btu/h 17,100 (10,900-19,100) 20,500 (10,900-20,500) 24,200 (10,900-27,300) 34,100 (17,100-38,200)
COP W/W 3.70 3.66 3.30 3.32
Dimensions H×W×D mm 245×1,000×800 245×1,000×800 245×1,000×800 245×1,400×800
Type Sirocco fan Sirocco fan Sirocco fan Sirocco fan
m³/min 18/15/12.5 18/15/12.5 23/19.5/16 32/27/22.5
Fan
Airflow rate (H/M/L) l/s 300/250/208 300/250/208 383/325/267 533/450/375
cfm 635/530/441 635/530/441 812/688/565 1,130/953/794
External static pressure Pa Rated 50 (50-150) *5 Rated 50 (50-150) *5 Rated 50 (50-150) *5 Rated 50 (50-150) *5
Sound pressure level (H/M/L) *3 dB(A) 35/33/31 35/33/31 38/35/33 38/35.5/33
Sound power (H) dB(A) 63 63 66 66
Air filter — *4 — *4 — *4 — *4
Mass kg 37 37 37 47
Piping
connections
Drain mm VP25 (I.Dφ25×O.Dφ32) VP25 (I.Dφ25×O.Dφ32) VP25 (I.Dφ25×O.Dφ32) VP25 (I.Dφ25×O.Dφ32)
Wired BRC1E63 / BRC1E62 BRC1E63 / BRC1E62 BRC1E63 / BRC1E62 BRC1E63 / BRC1E62
Wireless C/O BRC4C66 BRC4C66 BRC4C66 BRC4C66
Type
Motor output W 1,300 1,300 1,300 1,600
Mass kg 41 41 41 48
Piping
connections
Safety devices
Refrigerant control
Ref. piping
Refrigerant
Model
Charge L 0.65 0.65 0.65 0.425
Specification C: 2D110463A C: 2D110463A C: 2D110463A C: 2D109803A
Drawing No. Sound (Indoor) C: 4D095799E C: 4D095799E C: 4D095800G C: 4D095801D
Note: *1. The above data are based on the following conditions. Conversion formulae
cfm=m³/min×35.3
*4. Air filter is not standard accessory, but please mount it in the duct system of the suction side.
Select its dust collection efficiency (gravity method) 50% or more.
*5. Initial setting is standard.

Duct connection middle static pressure type 1

Model
1 phase, 220-240/220- 1 phase, 220-240/220- 1 phase, 220-240/220- 1 phase, 220-240/220-
Power supply Indoor unit
230 V, 50/60 Hz 230 V, 50/60 Hz 230 V, 50/60 Hz 230 V, 50/60 Hz
Outdoor unit
230 V, 50/60 Hz 230 V, 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz
Power supply intake Indoor/Outdoor unit side Indoor/Outdoor unit side Indoor/Outdoor unit side Indoor/Outdoor unit side
kW 12.5 (5.7-14.0) 14.0 (6.2-15.5) 7.1 (3.2-8.0) 10.0 (5.0-11.2)
Btu/h 42,700 (19,500-47,800) 47,800 (21,200-52,900) 24,200 (10,900-27,300) 34,100 (17,100-38,200)
COP W/W 2.82 2.46 3.30 3.32
Type Sirocco fan Sirocco fan Sirocco fan Sirocco fan
m³/min 36/30.5/25 36/30.5/25 23/19.5/16 32/27/22.5
Fan
Airflow rate (H/M/L) l/s 600/508/417 600/508/417 383/325/267 533/450/375
cfm 1,271/1,077/883 1,271/1,077/883 812/688/565 1,130/953/794
External static pressure Pa Rated 50 (50-150) *5 Rated 50 (50-150) *5 Rated 50 (50-150) *5 Rated 50 (50-150) *5
Sound pressure level (H/M/L) *3 dB(A) 40/37.5/35 40/37.5/35 38/35/33 38/35.5/33
Sound power (H) dB(A) 68 68 66 66
Air filter — *4 — *4 — *4 — *4
Mass kg 47 47 37 47
Piping
connections
Drain mm VP25 (I.Dφ25×O.Dφ32) VP25 (I.Dφ25×O.Dφ32) VP25 (I.Dφ25×O.Dφ32) VP25 (I.Dφ25×O.Dφ32)
Wired BRC1E63 / BRC1E62 BRC1E63 / BRC1E62 BRC1E63 / BRC1E62 BRC1E63 / BRC1E62
Wireless C/O BRC4C66 BRC4C66 BRC4C66 BRC4C66
Type
Motor output kW 2,400 2,400 1,600 1,600
Mass kg 64 64 48 48
Piping
connections
Safety devices
Refrigerant control
Ref. piping
Refrigerant
Model
Charge L 0.9 0.9 0.425 0.425
Drawing No. Sound (Indoor) C: 4D095802D C: 4D095802D C: 4D095800G C: 4D095801D
Note: *1. The above data are based on the following conditions.
Conversion formulae
Cooling Piping length
kcal/h=kW×860
cfm=m³/min×35.3


Indoor unit FBA125BVMA FBA140BVMA
Model
Power supply Indoor unit 1 phase, 220-240/220-230 V, 50/60 Hz 1 phase, 220-240/220-230 V, 50/60 Hz
Outdoor unit 3 phase, 380-415/380 V, 50/60 Hz 3 phase, 380-415/380 V, 50/60 Hz
Power supply intake Indoor/Outdoor unit side Indoor/Outdoor unit side
kW 12.5 (5.7-14.0) 14.0 (6.2-15.5)
Btu/h 42,700 (19,500-47,800) 47,800 (21,200-52,900)
COP W/W 2.82 2.46
Colour — —
m³/min 36/30.5/25 36/30.5/25
Fan
Airflow rate (H/M/L) l/s 600/508/417 600/508/417
cfm 1,271/1,077/883 1,271/1,077/883
External static pressure Pa Rated 50 (50-150) *5 Rated 50 (50-150) *5
Sound pressure level (H/M/L) *3 dB(A) 40/37.5/35 40/37.5/35
Sound power (H) dB(A) 68 68
Air filter — *4 — *4
Mass kg 47 47
Piping
connections
Drain mm VP25 (I.Dφ25×O.Dφ32) VP25 (I.Dφ25×O.Dφ32)
Wireless C/O BRC4C66 BRC4C66
Compressor
Motor output kW 2,400 2,400
Mass kg 64 64
Piping
connections
Ref. piping
Model R32 R32
Refrigerant
Ref. oil
Charge L 0.9 0.9
Specification C: 2D109803A C: 2D109803A
Drawing No. Sound (Indoor) C: 4D095802D C: 4D095802D
Note: *1. The above data are based on the following conditions.
Conversion formulae
Cooling Piping length
kcal/h=kW×860
cfm=m³/min×35.3

4.1.5 FHA-B
1
Ceiling suspended type
Indoor unit FHA50BVMV FHA60BVMV FHA71BVMV FHA100BVMV
Model
1 phase, 220-240/220-
Power supply 1 phase, 220 V, 50 Hz 1 phase, 220 V,50 Hz 1 phase, 220 V, 50 Hz
230 V, 50/60 Hz
kW 5.0 (3.2-5.6) 6.0 (3.2-6.0) 7.1 (3.2-8.0) 10.0 (5.0-11.2)
Btu/h 17,100 (10,900-19,100) 20,500 (10,900-20,500) 24,200 (10,900-27,300) 34,100 (17,100-38,200)
COP W/W 4.17 3.92 3.09 3.09
Indoor unit FHA50BVMV FHA60BVMV FHA71BVMV FHA100BVMV
Colour White White White White
Dimensions H×W×D mm 235×960×690 235×960×690 235×1,270×690 235×1,590×690
Type Sirocco fan Sirocco fan Sirocco Fan Sirocco Fan
m³/min 15/13.5/12/11/10 15/13.5/12/11/10 20.5/18.8/17/15.5/14 28/26/24/22/20
Fan Airflow rate
l/s 250/225/200/183/167 250/225/200/183/167 342/313/283/258/233 467/433/400/367/333
(H/HM/M/ML/L)
cfm 530/477/424/388/353 530/477/424/388/353 724/664/600/547/494 988/918/847/777/706
Resin net (with mould Resin net (with mould Resin net (with mould Resin net (with mould
Air filter
Sound pressure level (H/HM/M/ML/L) *3 dB(A) 37/36/35/33.5/32 37/36/35/33.5/32 38/37/36/35/34 42/40/38/36/34
Mass kg 25 25 32 38
connections
Wireless C/O BRC7M56 BRC7M56 BRC7M56 BRC7M56
Type
Motor output W 1,300 1,300 1,300 1,600
Mass kg 41 41 41 48
Piping
connections
Safety devices
Refrigerant control
Ref. piping
Refrigerant
Model
Charge L 0.65 0.65 0.65 0.425
Drawing No. Sound (Indoor) C: 4D110784 C: 4D110784 C: 4D110721 C: 4D110764
cfm=m³/min×35.3


Indoor unit FHA125BVMA FHA140BVMA FHA71BVMV FHA100BVMV
Model
Power supply
230 V, 50/60 Hz 230 V, 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz
kW 12.5 (5.7-14.0) 14.0 (6.2-15.5) 7.1 (3.2-8.0) 10.0 (5.0-11.2)
Btu/h 42,700 (19,500-47,800) 47,800 (21,200-52,900) 24,200 (10,900-27,300) 34,100 (17,100-38,200)
COP W/W 2.91 2.59 3.09 3.09
Indoor unit FHA125BVMA FHA140BVMA FHA71BVMV FHA100BVMV
Colour White White White White
Type Sirocco Fan Sirocco Fan Sirocco Fan Sirocco Fan
m³/min 31/29/27/25/23 34/31.5/29/26.5/24 20.5/18.8/17/15.5/14 28/26/24/22/20
Fan Airflow rate
l/s 517/483/450/417/383 567/525/483/442/400 342/313/283/258/233 467/433/400/367/333
(H/HM/M/ML/L)
cfm 1,094/1,024/953/883/812 1,200/1,112/1,024/935/847 724/664/600/547/494 988/918/847/777/706
Resin net (with mould Resin net (with mould Resin net (with mould Resin net (with mould
Air filter
Sound pressure level (H/HM/M/ML/L) *3 dB(A) 44/42.5/41/39/37 46/44/42/40/38 38/37/36/35/34 42/40/38/36/34
Mass kg 38 38 32 38
Piping
connections
Drain mm VP20 (I.D.φ20×O.D.φ26) VP20 (I.D.φ20×O.D.φ26) VP20 (I.D.φ20×O.D.φ26) VP20 (I.D.φ20×O.D.φ26
Wireless C/O BRC7M56 BRC7M56 BRC7M56 BRC7M56
Type
Motor output W 2,400 2,400 1,600 1,600
Mass kg 64 64 48 48
Piping
connections
Safety devices
Refrigerant control
Ref. piping
Refrigerant
Model
Charge L 0.9 0.9 0.425 0.425
Specification C: 2D109804B C: 2D109804B C: 2D110462A C: 2D110462A
Drawing No. Sound (Indoor) C: 4D105450B C: 4D105451B C: 4D110785 C: 4D110764
cfm=m³/min×35.3

Ceiling suspended type 1

Indoor unit FHA125BVMA FHA140BVMA
Model
Power supply 3 phase, 380-415/380 V, 50/60 Hz 3 phase, 380-415/380 V, 50/60 Hz
kW 12.5 (5.7-14.0) 14.0 (6.2-15.5)
Btu/h 42,700 (19,500-47,800) 47,800 (21,200-52,900)
COP W/W 2.91 2.59
Indoor unit FHA125BVMA FHA140BVMA
Colour White White
Type Sirocco Fan Sirocco Fan
m³/min 31/29/27/25/23 34/31.5/29/26.5/24
Fan Airflow rate
l/s 517/483/450/417/383 567/525/483/442/400
(H/HM/M/ML/L)
cfm 1,094/1,024/953/883/812 1,200/1,112/1,024/935/847
Sound pressure level (H/HM/M/ML/L) *3 dB(A) 44/42.5/41/39/37 46/44/42/40/38
Mass kg 38 38
connections
Wireless C/O BRC7M56 BRC7M56
Compressor
Mass kg 64 64
Piping
connections
Ref. piping
Model R32 R32
Refrigerant
Ref. oil
Charge L 0.9 0.9
Specification C: 2D109804B C: 2D109804B
cfm=m³/min×35.3

4.2 Heat pump

4.2.1 FCF-C

Model
Outdoor unit RZA71BV2V RZA100BV2V
kW 7.1 (3.2-8.0) 10.0 (5.0-11.2)
Btu/h 24,200 (10,900-27,300) 34,100 (17,100-38,200)
kW 7.1 (3.2-8.0) 10.0 (5.0-11.2)
Heating capacity *1 *2
Btu/h 24,200 (10,900-27,300) 34,100 (17,100-38,200)
Cooling 1.92 2.63
Power input kW
Heating 1.58 2.38
Cooling 3.70 3.80
COP W/W
Heating 4.49 4.20
Colour — —
Fan m³/min 23/21/18.5/16/13.5 34.5/31/27.5/24/20
Airflow rate
l/s 383/350/308/267/225 575/517/458/400/33
(H/HM/M/ML/L)
cfm 812/741/653/565/477 1,218/1,094/971/847/706
Sound pressure level (H/HM/M/ML/L) *3 dB(A) 37/34.5/32/29.5/27.5 45/41.5/38/35/32.5
Mass kg 22 24
connections
Wireless H/P BRC7M634F BRC7M634F
Model BYCQ125EAF BYCQ125EAF
Colour Fresh white Fresh white
panel (option)
Mass kg 5.5 5.5
Compressor
Cooling dB(A) 48 51
Sound pressure
Heating dB(A) 50 53
level *3
Night quiet mode dB(A) 45 48
Mass kg 73 74
Piping
connections
Safety devices High pressure switch, Fuse High pressure switch, Fuse
Ref. piping
Model R32 R32
Refrigerant
Ref. oil
Charge L 0.9 0.9
Sound (Indoor) C: 4D109329B C: 4D109330B
Drawing No.
Sound Cooling C: 4D105843 C: 4D105837
(Outdoor) Heating C: 4D105844 C: 4D105838
Cooling Heating Piping length kcal/h=kW×860
Indoor: 27°CDB, 19°CWB Indoor: 20°CDB, 15°CWB 7.5m Btu/h=kW×3412
Outdoor: 35°CDB, 24°CWB Outdoor: 7°CDB, 6°CWB (Horizontal) l/s=m³/min×1000/60
cfm=m³/min×35.3
*2. Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling (an addition for heating) for indoor fan motor heat.

4.2.2 FBA-B
1
Model
Power supply Indoor unit 1 phase, 220-240/220-230 V, 50/60 Hz 1 phase, 220-240/220-230 V, 50/60 Hz
Outdoor unit 1 phase, 220 V, 50 Hz 1 phase, 220 V, 50 Hz
Power supply intake Indoor/Outdoor unit side Indoor/Outdoor unit side
kW 7.1 (3.2-8.0) 10.0 (5.0-11.2)
Btu/h 24,200 (10,900-27,300) 34,100 (17,100-38,200)
kW 7.1 (3.2-8.0) 10.0 (5.0-11.2)
Btu/h 24,200 (10,900-27,300) 34,100 (17,100-38,200)
Cooling 2.22 2.82
Power input kW
Heating 2.22 3.55
Cooling 3.20 3.55
COP W/W
Heating 3.20 3.55
Colour — —
m³/min 23/19.5/16 32/27/22.5
Fan
Airflow rate (H/M/L) l/s 383/325/267 533/450/375
cfm 812/688/565 1,130/953/794
External static pressure Pa Rated 50 (50-150) *5 Rated 50 (50-150) *5
Sound pressure level (H/M/L) *3 dB(A) 38/35/33 38/35.5/33
Sound power (H) dB(A) 66 66
Air filter — *4 — *4
Mass kg 37 47
Piping
connections
Drain mm VP25 (I.Dφ25×O.Dφ32) VP25 (I.Dφ25×O.Dφ32)
Wireless H/P BRC4C65 BRC4C65
Compressor
Cooling dB(A) 48 51
Sound pressure
Heating dB(A) 50 53
level *3
Mass kg 73 74
Piping
connections
Ref. piping
Model R32 R32
Refrigerant
Ref. oil
Charge L 0.9 0.9
Sound (Indoor) C: 4D095800F C: 4D095801D
Drawing No.
Note: *1. The above data are based on the following conditions. Conversion formulae
cfm=m³/min×35.3

4.2.3 FHA-B

Indoor unit FHA71BVMV FHA100BVMV
Model
kW 7.1 (3.2-8.0) 10.0 (5.0-11.2)
Btu/h 24,200 (10,900-27,300) 34,100 (17,100-38,200)
kW 7.1 (3.2-8.0) 10.0 (5.0-11.2)
Btu/h 24,200 (10,900-27,300) 34,100 (17,100-38,200)
Cooling 2.22 2.86
Power input kW
Heating 1.82 2.50
Cooling 3.20 3.50
COP W/W
Heating 3.90 4.00
Indoor unit FHA71BVMV FHA100BVMV
Colour White White
Type Sirocco Fan Sirocco Fan
m³/min 20.5/18.8/17/15.5/14 28/26/24/22/20
Fan Airflow rate
l/s 342/313/283/258/233 467/433/400/367/333
(H/HM/M/ML/L)
cfm 724/664/600/547/494 988/918/847/777/706
Sound pressure level (H/HM/M/ML/L) *3 dB(A) 38/37/36/35/34 42/40/38/36/34
Mass kg 32 38
connections
Wireless H/P BRC7M53 BRC7M53
Compressor
Cooling dB(A) 48 51
Sound pressure
Heating dB(A) 50 53
level *3
Mass kg 73 74
Piping
connections
Ref. piping
Model R32 R32
Refrigerant
Ref. oil
Charge L 0.9 0.9
Sound (Indoor) C: 4D110721 C: 4D110764
Drawing No.
cfm=m³/min×35.3

EDVN281712 Dimensions and service space
5. Dimensions and service space

1
5.1 Indoor unit
5.1.1 FCF-C (with sensing panel)
FCF50CVM / FCF60CVM / FCF71CVM
3D109315A
Unit: mm

Dimensions and service space EDVN281712
3D109316A
Unit: mm

5.1.2 FCF-C (with standard panel)

1
3D109370A
Unit: mm

3D109371A
Unit: mm

5.1.3 FCF-C (with designer panel)

1
3D109372A
Unit: mm

3D109373A
Unit: mm

5.1.4 FCF-C (with auto grille panel)

1
3D109374A
Unit: mm

3D109375A
Unit: mm

5.1.5 FFF-B
1
FFF50BV1 / FFF60BV1
2D110408A
Unit: mm

5.1.6 FDF-B
FDF50BV1 / FDF60BV1
3D112415A
Unit: mm

5.1.7 FBA-B
1
FBA50BVMA / FBA60BVMA / FBA71BVMA
3D095426E
Unit: mm

FBA100BVMA / FBA125BVMA / FBA140BVMA
3D095427F
Unit: mm

5.1.8 FHA-B
1
FHA50BVMV / FHA60BVMV
3D096238E
Unit: mm

FHA71BVMV
3D096239E
Unit: mm

FHA100BVMV / FHA125BVMA / FHA140BVMA 1
3D096240E
Unit: mm

5.2 Wired remote controller
BRC1E63
Unit: mm
3D106191
BRC1E62
Unit: mm
3D081567

5.3 Wireless remote controller

1
BRC7M635F / BRC7M635K / BRC7M634F / BRC7M634K (for FCF-CVM)
Unit: mm
3D106230
BRC7E531W (for FFF-BV1)

Unit: mm
3D038937A

BRC7M56 / BRC7M53 (for FHA-BVMV, BVMA)

Unit: mm
3D110116
BRC4C64 (for FDF-BV1)

BRC4C66 / BRC4C65 (for FBA-BVMA)
• REMOTE CONTROLLER DIMENSIONS • RECEIVER DETAIL Unit: mm

TRANSMITTING PART
120
157
0.5
70 18 35
Switch box
62 17.5 (Field Supplied
2 – 5 × 9 Slot parts)
• REMOTE CONTROLLER HOLDER
INSTALLATION PROCEDURE
< INSTALLATION TO WALL SURFACE >
P1 P2
(Ceiling Opening)
LIQUID CRYSTAL
REMOTE CONTROLLER
(WIRELESS)
83.5
106
72
• Service space for ceiling installation

(Service space)
more than 90
REMOTE CONTROLLER
HOLDER
NOTE Do not install more than 3 receivers in the vicinity of

one another. 49
With 4 or more units, there is always the possibility (Ceiling Opening)
of malfunction. 3D007898B

5.4 Outdoor unit

5.4.1 RZF-C 1
RZF50CV2V / RZF60CV2V / RZF71CV2V
3D109912
Unit: mm

RZF100CVM
RZF71CYM / RZF100CYM
3D109831
Unit: mm

RZF125CVM / RZF140CVM
1
3D099706C
Unit: mm

5.4.2 RZA-B
RZA71BV2V / RZA100BV2V
Unit: mm
3D100488A

5.5 Installation service space

5.5.1 RZF-C 1
RZF50CV2V / RZF60CV2V / RZF71CV2V / RZF100CVM
3D076449G

3D076449G

1
3D099710F

3D099710F

3D099710F

5.5.2 RZA-B
3D089675A

3D089675A

Piping diagrams EDVN281712
6. Piping diagrams
FCF50CVM / FFF50BV1 / FDF50BV1 / FBA50BVMA / FHA50BVMV + RZF50CV2V
FCF71CVM / FBA71BVMA / FHA71BVMV + RZF71CV2V
3D105541

EDVN281712 Piping diagrams
FCF100CVM / FBA100BVMA / FHA100BVMV + RZF100CVM

FCF71CVM / FBA71BVMA / FHA71BVMV + RZF71CYM
1
3D109832A

Piping diagrams EDVN281712
FCF125CVM / FBA125BVMA / FHA125BVMA + RZF125CVM

FCF125CVM / FBA125BVMA / FHA125BVMA + RZF125CYM
3D098691D

EDVN281712 Piping diagrams
FCF71CVM / FBA71BVMA / FHA71BVMV + RZA71BV2V

1
3D104500

Wiring diagrams EDVN281712
7. Wiring diagrams
7.1 Indoor unit
FCF50CVM / FCF60CVM / FCF71CVM / FCF100CVM / FCF125CVM / FCF140CVM
3D109317C

EDVN281712 Wiring diagrams
FFF50BV1 / FFF60BV1 1
3D064844B

FDF50BV1 / FDF60BV1
3D467199A

FBA50BVMA / FBA60BVMA / FBA71BVMA / FBA100BVMA / FBA125BVMA / FBA140BVMA 1
3D100625B

FHA50BVMV / FHA60BVMV / FHA71BVMV / FHA100BVMV / FHA125BVMA / FHA140BVMA
3D105229C

7.2 Outdoor unit

7.2.1 RZF-C 1
3D109042C

RZF100CVM
3D109066A

RZF125CVM / RZF140CVM 1
3D108487A

3D109075A

RZF125CYM / RZF140CYM 1
3D108488A

7.2.2 RZA-B
3D109447

EDVN281712 Field wiring
8. Field wiring
1
FCF50CVM + RZF50CV2V
FCF71CVM + RZF71CV2V / RZF71CYM / RZA71BV2V
FCF100CVM + RZF100CVM / RZF100CYM / RZA100BV2V
FCF125CVM + RZF125CVM / RZF125CYM
FCF140CVM + RZF140CVM / RZF140CYM
4D109326C

Field wiring EDVN281712
FFF50BV1 + RZF50CV2V
4D010992P

FDF50BV1 + RZF50CV2V
1
4D112648A

Field wiring EDVN281712
FBA50BVMA + RZF50CV2V
FBA71BVMA + RZF71CV2V / RZF71CYM / RZA71BV2V
FBA100BVMA + RZF100CVM / RZF100CYM / RZA100BV2V
FBA125BVMA + RZF125CVM / RZF125CYM
FBA140BVMA + RZF140CVM / RZF140CYM
4D095797E

FHA50BVMV + RZF50CV2V
1
FHA71BVMV + RZF71CV2V / RZF71CYM / RZA71BV2V
FHA100BVMV + RZF100CVM / RZF100CYM / RZA100BV2V
FHA125BVMA + RZF125CVM / RZF125CYM
FHA140BVMA + RZF140CVM / RZF140CYM
4D044483T

Electric characteristics EDVN281712
9. Electric characteristics
9.1 Cooling only
FCF100CVM + RZF100CVM
C: 3D109838C

EDVN281712 Electric characteristics
FCF71CVM + RZF71CYM
FCF100CVM + RZF100CYM
1
C: 3D109844

4D110527B

1
4D112620B

FBA100BVMA + RZF100CVM
3D109278C

FBA71BVMA + RZF71CYM
1
3D109289

FHA100BVMV + RZF100CVM
FHA125BVMA + RZF125CVM
FHA140BVMA + RZF140CVM
4D109277B

FHA71BVMV + RZF71CYM
FHA100BVMV + RZF100CYM
1
FHA125BVMA + RZF125CYM
FHA140BVMA + RZF140CYM
4D109280A

9.2 Heat pump
FCF71CVM + RZA71BV2V
FCF100CVM + RZA100BV2V
FHA71BVMV + RZA71BV2V
FHA100BVMV + RZA100BV2V
4D112478A

FBA71BVMA + RZA71BV2V
FBA100BVMA + RZA100BV2V
1
3D112477

Capacity tables EDVN281712
10. Capacity tables

10.1 Capacity tables
10.1.1 Cooling only
3D109847F

EDVN281712 Capacity tables
10.2 Capacity correction factor by the length of refrigerant piping

1
RZF100CVM / RZF125CVM / RZF140CVM
RZF71CYM / RZF100CYM / RZF125CYM / RZF140CYM
The capacity of the unit has to be corrected in accordance with the length of refrigerant piping.
(The distance between the indoor unit and the outdoor unit)
3D109969B
The capacity of the unit has to be corrected in accordance with the length of refrigerant piping.
(The distance between the indoor unit and the outdoor unit)
3D100767B

3D109848H

FCF71CVM / FBA71BVMA / FHA71BVMV + RZF71CV2V

1
3D109846F

FCF100CVM / FBA100BVMA / FHA100BVMV + RZF100CVM

3D109850F


1
3D109849C


3D109851C

10.2.1 Heat pump

1
3D112534

3D112536

EDVN281712 Operation limits
11. Operation limits

1
11.1 RZF-C
RZF50CV2V / RZF60CV2V / RZF71CV2V / RZF100CVM / RZF125CVM / RZF140CVM

3D076448N

Operation limits EDVN281712
11.2 RZA-B
3D105820

EDVN281712 Fan performance
12. Fan performance

1
12.1 FDF-B
FDF50BV1 / FDF60BV1
3D074667C

Fan performance EDVN281712
12.2 FBA-B
FBA50BVMA / FBA60BVMA
3D095834D

FBA71BVMA 1
3D095835E

Fan performance EDVN281712
FBA100BVMA
3D095836D

FBA125BVMA / FBA140BVMA 1
3D095837C

Airflow auto adjustment characteristics EDVN281712
13. Airflow auto adjustment characteristics

13.1 FBA-B
3D095826D

EDVN281712 Airflow auto adjustment characteristics
FBA71BVMA 1
3D095827E

Airflow auto adjustment characteristics EDVN281712
FBA100BVMA
3D095828E

EDVN281712 Airflow auto adjustment characteristics
FBA125BVMA / FBA140BVMA 1
3D095829C

Sound level EDVN281712
14. Sound level

14.1 Indoor unit
14.1.1 FCF-C
4D109329B
FCF100CVM
4D109330B

EDVN281712 Sound level
FCF125CVM / FCF140CVM 1
4D109331B

14.1.2 FFF-B
FFF50BV1 / FFF60BV1
4D111398A

14.1.3 FDF-B
1
FDF50BV1 / FDF60BV1
3D112414A

14.1.4 FBA-B
4D095799D
FBA71BVMA
4D095800F

FBA100BVMA 1
4D095801D
4D095802C

14.1.5 FHA-B
FHA50BVMV / FHA60BVMV
4D110784
FHA71BVMV
4D110785

FHA100BVMV 1
4D110764
FHA125BVMA
4D105450B

FHA140BVMA
4D105451B

14.2 Outdoor unit

14.2.1 RZF-C 1
RZF50CV2V
4D110682
RZF60CV2V
4D110719

RZF71CV2V
4D110721
RZF71CYM
4D109864

RZF100CVM
RZF100CYM
1
4D109856
RZF125CVM
RZF125CYM
4D109857A

RZF140CVM
RZF140CYM
4D109858A

14.2.2 RZA-B
1
RZA71BV2V (Cooling)
4D105843
RZA71BV2V (Heating)
4D105844

RZA100BV2V (Cooling)
4D105837
RZA100BV2V (Heating)
4D105838

EDVN281712 Accessories
15. Accessories
1
15.1 Indoor unit
15.1.1 FCF-C
Optional
accessories Model
Item FCF50CVM FCF100CVM
FCF60CVM FCF125CVM
FCF71CVM FCF140CVM
Standard panel with sensing Fresh white BYCQ125EEF
sensor Black BYCQ125EEK
Decoration Fresh white BYCQ125EAF
Standard panel
panel Black BYCQ125EAK
Designer panel (Note 1) Fresh white BYCQ125EAPF
Auto grille panel (Note 2,3) Fresh white BYCQ125EASF
For usage of 3-, 4-way flow KDBH551C160
Sealing material of air discharge outlet (Note 4)
For usage of 2-way flow KDBH552C160
Panel spacer KDBP55H160FA
Without KDDP55B160
Chamber type T-duct joint (Components: KDDP55C160-1, KDDP55B160-2) (Note 8)
Fresh air intake kit (Note 5, 6) With KDDP55B160K
T-duct joint (Components: KDDP55C160-1, KDDP55B160K2) (Note 8)
Direct installation type (Note 7) KDDP55X160A
High-efficiency filter unit (Note 9) (Colorimetric method 65%) KAFP556C80 KAFP556C160
(Including filter chamber) (Colorimetric method 90%) KAFP557C80 KAFP557C160
(Colorimetric method 65%) KAFP552B80 KAFP552B160
Replacement high-efficiency filter (Note 9,10)
(Colorimetric method 90%) KAFP553B80 KAFP553B160
Filter chamber KDDFP55C160
Replacement long-life filter KAFP551K160
Replacement long-life filter (Auto grille panel) KAFP551H160
Ultra long-life filter unit (Including filter chamber) (Note 9) KAFP55C160
Replacement ultra long-life filter (Note 9,10) KAFP55H160H
Branch duct chamber (Note 4) KDJP55C80 KDJP55C160
Insulation kit for high humidity (Note 9,11) KDTP55K80 KDTP55K160
Cooling only BRC7M635F (Fresh white) / BRC7M635K (Black)
Remote controller Wireless type
Heat pump BRC7M634F (Fresh white) / BRC7M634K (Black)
Navigation remote controller Wired type (Note 12) BRC1E63
Central remote controller (Note 13) DCS302CA61
Unified ON/OFF controller (Note 13) DCS301BA61
Schedule timer (Note 13) DST301BA61
Intelligent Touch Controller (Note 13) DCS601C51
Adaptor for wiring (Note 14) KRP1C11A
Wiring adaptor for electrical appendices (Note 14) KRP4AA53
Installation box for printed circuit board adaptor KRP1H98A
Remote sensor (for indoor temperature) KRCS01-5B
C: 3D109328E
Notes: 1. When installing designer panel, body height (ceiling required dimension) is 42 mm higher than standard panel.
Designer panel cannot operate 2 and 3 way flow.
2. A dedicated remote controller (BRC16A2) for the auto grille panel is included for lowering and raising the
suction grille.
3. When installing auto grille panel, body height (ceiling required dimension) is 55 mm higher than standard
panel.
4. Circulation airflow is not available with this option.
5. When installing a fresh air intake kit (chamber type), two air outlet corners are closed.
6. It is recommended that the volume of outdoor air introduced through the kit is limited to 10% of the maximum
airflow rate of the indoor unit. Introducing higher quantities will increase the operating sound and may also
influence temperature sensing.
7. The volume of fresh air for direct installation type is approximately 1% of the indoor unit airflow. The chamber
type is recommended when more fresh air is necessary.
8. Please order using the names of both components instead of set name.
9. This option cannot be installed to designer panel and auto grille panel.
10.Filter chamber is required.
11.Please use in case temperature/humidity inside ceiling may get over 30°C, 80% RH.
12.Wiring for wired remote controller should be obtained locally.
13.The indoor unit is equipped standardly with the interface adaptor for SkyAir series. An option is unnecessary.
14.Installation box for printed circuit board adaptor (KRP1H98A) is necessary.

Accessories EDVN281712
15.1.2 FFF-B
Optional
accessories Model
Item
FFF50BV1 FFF60BV1
Decoration panel BYFQ60B3W1
Sealing material of air discharge outlet KDBH44BA60
Panel spacer KDBQ44BA60A
Fresh air intake kit Direct installation type KDDQ44XA60
Replacement long-life filter KAFQ441BA60
Remote controller Wireless Cooling BRC7E531W
type only
Navigation remote controller Wired type (Note 1) BRC1E63 / BRC1E62
intelligent Touch Controller (Note 2) DCS601C51
Adaptor for wiring (Note 3) KRP1BA57
Wiring adaptor for electrical appendices (2) (Note 3) KRP4AA53
Installation box for printed circuit board adaptor KRP1BA101
Interface adaptor for SkyAir series DTA112BA51
C: 3D110525D
Notes: 1. Wiring for wired remote controller should be obtained locally.
2. This optional accessory requires DTA112BA51.
3. Installation box for adaptor printed circuit board (KRP1BA101) is necessaary.

15.1.3 FDF-B
1
Optional
accessories Model
Item
FDF50BV1 FDF60BV1
Remote controller Wireless type Cooling only BRC4C64
Navigation remote controller Wired type (Note 1) BRC1E63 / BRC1E62
Remote sensor KRCS01-1B
Insulation kit for high humidity KDT25N63
C: 4D112117
Note: 1. Wiring for wired remote controller should be obtained locally.

15.1.4 FBA-B
Optional
accessories Model
Item FBA50BVMA FBA100BVMA
FBA60BVMA FBA125BVMA
65% KAFP632B80 KAFP632B160
High-efficiency filter (Note 1)
90% KAFP633B80 KAFP633B160
Filter chamber (for rear suction) (Note 1) KDDFP63B80 KDDFP63B160
Long life filter (Note 1) KAFP631B80 KAFP631B160
White KTBJ25K80W KTBJ25K160W
Service panel Fresh white KTBJ25K80F KTBJ25K160F
Brown KTBJ25K80T KTBJ25K160T
Air discharge adapter KDAP25A71A KDAP25A140A
Shield plate for side plate KDBD63A160
Wireless Cooling only BRC4C66
Remote controller
type Heat pump BRC4C65
Navigation remote Wired type (Note 2) BRC1E63 / BRC1E62
controller
Adaptor for wiring KRP1C64
Wiring adaptor for electrical appendices (2) KRP4AA51
Mounting plate for printed circuit board adaptor
(Note 3, 4, 5) KRP4A98
Remote sensor KRCS01-4B

C: 3D095820E, 3D095823G
Notes: 1. If installing high efficiency filter and long-life filter to the unit, filter chamber is required.
2. Wiring for wired remote controller should be obtained locally.
3. Mounting plate is necessary for each adaptor marked .
4. Up to 2 adaptors can be fixed for each mounting plate.
5. Only one mounting plate can be installed for each indoor unit.
6. The indoor unit is equipped standardly with the interface adaptor for SkyAir series. An option is unnecessary.

15.1.5 FHA-B
1
Optional
accessories Model
Item FHA50BVMV FHA100BVMV
FHA71BVMV FHA125BVMA
FHA60BVMV FHA140BVMA
Replacement long-life filter Resin net KAFP501A56 KAFP501A80 KAFP501A160
Fresh air intake kit KDDQ50A140
Drain pump kit KDUP50Q160
L-type piping kit (for upward direction) KHFP5N160
Remote controller Wireless Cooling only BRC7M56

type Heat pump BRC7M53
Navigation remote controller Wired type (Note 1) BRC1E63
Adaptor for wiring KRP1BA54
Wiring adaptor for electrical appendices (Note 3) KRP4AA52
Installation box for printed circuit board adaptor KRP1D93A
Adaptor box mounting plate KKSAP50A56 —
Electrical box with earth terminal (3 blocks) KJB311AA
Electrical box with earth terminal (2 blocks) KJB212AA
C: 3D105395D
Notes: 1. Wiring for wired remote controller should be obtained locally.
2. The indoor unit is equipped standardly with the interface adaptor for SkyAir series. An option is unnecessary.
3. Installation box for adaptor printed circuit board (KRP1D93A) is necessary.

15.2 Outdoor unit

15.2.1 RZF-C
Model
RZF50CV2V
RZF125CVM
Item 1 phase RZF60CV2V RZF100CVM RZF140CVM
RZF71CV2V
RZF71CYM RZF125CYM
3 phase —
RZF100CYM RZF140CYM
Central drain plug KKP014A4 KKP937A4 KKPJ5G280
Fixture for preventing overturning — — KKTP5B112
Wire fixture for preventing overturning — — K-KYZP15C
Demand adaptor — KRP58M51 KRP58M51+EKMKSA1
Overvoltage printed circuit 1 phase BRV2BPSF BRV2BPSS BRV2BPL
board 3 phase — BRV2BPSS+BRV2BPSS
3D109852B
15.2.2 RZA-B
Model
Item RZA71BV2V
1 phase RZA100BV2V
Central drain plug KKPJ5G280
Fixture for preventing overturning KKTP5B112
Wire fixture for preventing overturning K-KYZP15C
Demand adaptor KRP58M51+EKMKSA1
4D099767C

EDVN281712
Part 2
Installation of 2
indoor / outdoor unit
1. Centre of gravity..................................................................................130
1.1 RZF-C...................................................................................................130
1.2 RZA-B...................................................................................................132
2. Installation of indoor unit .....................................................................133
2.1 FCF50CVM / FCF60CVM / FCF71CVM / FCF100CVM /
FCF125CVM / FCF140CVM ................................................................133
2.2 FFF50BV1 / FFF60BV1........................................................................163
2.3 FDF50BV1 / FDF60BV1.......................................................................186
2.4 FBA50BVMA / FBA60BVMA / FBA71BVMA / FBA100BVMA /
FBA125BVMA / FBA140BVMA ............................................................203
2.5 FHA50BVMV / FHA60BVMV / FHA71BVMV / FHA100BVMV /
FHA125BVMA / FHA140BVMA............................................................223
3. Installation of outdoor unit ...................................................................244
RZF71CYM / RZF100CYM ..................................................................244
RZF125CYM / RZF140CYM ................................................................260
3.3 RZA71BV2V / RZA100BV2V................................................................276
3.4 Reuse of existing piping .......................................................................304
3.5 Equivalent piping length of joints (reference) .......................................306
Installation of indoor / outdoor unit 129

Centre of gravity EDVN281712
1. Centre of gravity
1.1 RZF-C

Unit: mm
4D109916
RZF100CVM
Unit: mm
4D109830
130 Installation of indoor / outdoor unit

EDVN281712 Centre of gravity
Unit: mm
4D098799C

Centre of gravity EDVN281712
1.2 RZA-B
Unit: mm
4D100487

EDVN281712 Installation of indoor unit
2. Installation of indoor unit

2.1 FCF50CVM / FCF60CVM / FCF71CVM / FCF100CVM / FCF125CVM /
FCF140CVM
2.1.1 Names and functions of parts
2
3P459579-1

Installation of indoor unit EDVN281712
2.1.2 Installation
FCA50CVMA FCF50CVM FCF50CVM4 Installation manual

FCA60CVMA FCF60CVM FCF60CVM4
FCA125CVMA FCF125CVM FCF125CVM4 SPLIT SYSTEM
FCA140CVMA FCF140CVM FCF140CVM4 Air Conditioners
CONTENTS
1. SAFETY PRECAUTIONS............................................................................................... 1
2. BEFORE INSTALLATION .............................................................................................. 3
3. SELECTING INSTALLATION SITE................................................................................ 5
4. PREPARATIONS BEFORE INSTALLATION ................................................................. 7
5. INDOOR UNIT INSTALLATION ..................................................................................... 9
6. REFRIGERANT PIPING WORK .................................................................................. 11
7. DRAIN PIPING WORK ................................................................................................. 13
8. ELECTRIC WIRING WORK ......................................................................................... 17
9. WIRING EXAMPLE ...................................................................................................... 20
10. INSTALLATION OF THE DECORATION PANEL .......................................................... 22
11. FIELD SETTING ........................................................................................................... 23
12. TEST OPERATION ...................................................................................................... 26
1. SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
Read the precautions in this manual
This appliance is filled with R32.
carefully before operating the unit.
Please read these “SAFETY PRECAUTIONS” carefully before installing air conditioning equipment and be sure to install it
correctly. After completing the installation, make sure that the unit operates properly during the start-up operation.
After completing installation, conduct a trial operation to check for faults and explain to the customer how to operate the
air conditioner and take care of it with the aid of the operation manual. Ask the customer to store the installation manual along
with the operation manual for future reference.
This air conditioner comes under the term “appliances not accessible to the general public”.
Please instruct the customer on how to operate the unit and keep it maintained.
Also, inform customers that they should store this installation manual along with the operation manual for future reference.
Meaning of WARNING and CAUTION notices.
WARNING ........ Failure to follow these instructions properly may result in personal injury or loss of life.
CAUTION ........ Failure to observe these instructions properly may result in property damage or personal injury,
which may be serious depending on the circumstances.
WARNING
s Ask your dealer or qualified personnel to carry out installation work.
Do not attempt to install the air conditioner yourself. Improper installation may result in water leakage, electric shocks or fire.
s Install the air conditioner in accordance with the instructions in this installation manual.
Improper installation may result in water leakage, electric shocks or fire.
s Be sure to use only the specified accessories and parts for installation work.
Failure to use the specified parts may result in the unit falling, water leakage, electric shocks or fire.
s Install the air conditioner on a foundation strong enough to withstand the weight of the unit.
A foundation of insufficient strength may result in the equipment falling and causing injury.
s Carry out the specified installation work after taking into account strong winds, typhoons or earthquakes.
Failure to do so during installation work may result in the unit falling and causing accidents.
s Make sure that a separate power supply circuit is provided for this unit and that all electrical work is carried out by qualified
personnel according to local laws and regulations and this installation manual.
An insufficient power supply capacity or improper electrical construction may lead to electric shocks or fire.
s Make sure that all wiring is secured, the specified wires are used, and that there is no strain on the terminal connections or wires.
Improper connections or securing of wires may result in abnormal heat build-up or fire.
s When wiring the power supply and connecting the wiring between the indoor and outdoor units, position the wires so that the
control box lid can be securely fastened.
Improper positioning of the control box lid may result in electric shocks, fire or overheating terminals.
1
3P458894-1C

s If refrigerant gas leaks during installation, ventilate the area immediately.

Toxic gas may be produced if the refrigerant comes into contact with fire.
s After completing installation, check for refrigerant gas leakage.
Toxic gas may be produced if the refrigerant gas leaks into the room and comes into contact with a source of fire, such as a fan
s
heater, stove or cooker.
When installing or relocating the air conditioner, be sure to bleed the refrigerant circuit to ensure, it is free of air, and use only 2
the specified refrigerant (R32).
The presence of air or other foreign matter in the refrigerant circuit causes abnormal pressure rise, which may result in
equipment damage and even injury.
s Be sure to switch off the unit before touching any electrical parts.
s Do not directly touch refrigerant that has leaked from refrigerant pipes or other areas, as there is a danger of frostbite.
s Be sure to earth the air conditioner.
Do not earth the unit to a utility pipe, lightning conductor or telephone earth lead.
Imperfect earthing may result in electric shocks or fire.
A high surge current from lightning or other sources may cause damage to the air conditioner.
s Be sure to install an earth leakage breaker.
Failure to install an earth leakage breaker may result in electric shocks or fire.
s Consult your local dealer regarding what to do in case of refrigerant leakage. When the air coditioner is to be installed in a
small room, it is necessary to take proper measures so that the amount of any leaked refrigerant does not exceed the
concentration limit in the event of a leakage. Otherwise, this may lead to an accident due to oxygen depletion.
s Do not allow children to climb on the outdoor unit and avoid placing objects on the unit.
Injury may result if the unit becomes loose and falls.
s The appliance must be stored in a room without continuosly operating ignition sources
(for example : open flames, an operating gas appliance or an operating electric heater).
s Do not pierce or burn.
s Be aware that refrigerant may not contain an odour.
s Floor area required for installation of the equipment, refer to the installation manual of the outdoor unit.
s Comply with national gas regulations.
s When flared joints are reused indoors, the flare part shall be re-fabricated.
CAUTION
s While following the instructions in this installation manual, install drain piping to ensure proper drainage and insulate piping to
prevent condensation.
Improper drain piping may result in indoor water leakage and property damage.
s Install the indoor and outdoor units, power cord and connecting wires at least 1 meter away from televisions or radios to prevent
picture interference and noise.
(Depending on the incoming signal strength, a distance of 1 meter may not be sufficient to eliminate noise.)
s Remote controller (wireless kit) transmitting distance can be shorter than expected in rooms with electronic fluorescent lamps
(inverter or rapid start types). Install the indoor unit as far away from fluorescent lamps as possible.
s In a domestic environment this product may cause radio interference in which case the user may be required to take adequate
measures.
s Make sure to provide for adequate measures in order to prevent that the outdoor unit be used as a shelter by small animals.
Small animals making contact with electrical parts can cause malfunctions, smoke or fire. Please instruct the customer to keep
the area around the unit clean.
s Install in a machine room that is free of moisture. The unit is designed for indoor use.
s Disposal requirements
Dismantling of the unit, treatment of the refrigerant, of oil and of other parts must be done in accordance with relevant local and
national legislation.
s The refrigerant R32 requires that strict precautions be observed for keeping the system clean, dry and tightly sealed.
A. Clean and dry
Strict measures must be taken to keep impurities (including SUNISO oil and other mineral oils as well as moisture) out of the system.
B. Tightly sealed
R32 contains no chlorine, does not destroy the ozone layer and so does not reduce the earth's protection against harmful
ultraviolet radiation. R32 will contribute only slightly to the greenhouse effect if released into the atmosphere.
s Do not install the air conditioner in the following locations:
1. Where there is a high concentration of mineral oil spray or vapour (e.g. a kitchen).
Plastic parts will deteriorate, parts may fall off and water leakage could result.
2. Where corrosive gas, such as sulphurous acid gas, is produced.
Corroding of copper pipes or soldered parts may result in refrigerant leakage.
3. Near machinery emitting electromagnetic radiation.
Electromagnetic radiation may disturb the operation of the control system and result in a malfunction of the unit.
4. Where flammable gas may leak, where there is carbon fibre or ignitable dust suspensions in the air, or where volatile
flammables such as paint thinner or gasoline are handled.
Operating the unit in such conditions may result in fire.
s The air conditioner is not intended for use in a potentially explosive atmosphere.
s Only qualified personnel can handel, fill, purge and dispose of the refrigerant.
Ŷ Important information regarding the refrigerant used.
This product contains fluorinated greenhouse gases covered by the Kyoto protocol. Do not vent gases into the atmosphere.
Refrigerant type: R32
GWP(1) value: 550*
(1)
GWP = global warming potential
s The refrigerant quantity is indicated on the unit name plate.
*This value is based on F gas regulation (824/2006).
2
3P458894-1C

2. BEFORE INSTALLATION
Do not exert pressure on the resin parts when opening the unit or when moving it after opening.
Be sure to check the type of R32 refrigerant to be used before doing any work. (Using an incorrect
refrigerant will prevent normal operation of the unit.)
s When opening the unit or moving it after opening, be sure to lift it by holding on to the hanger bracket
without exerting any pressure on other parts, especially, drain piping, and other resin parts.
s Decide upon a line of transport.
s Leave the unit inside its packaging while moving, until reaching the installation site. Use a sling of soft
material, where unpacking is unavoidable or protective plates together with a rope when lifting, to avoid
damage or scratches to the unit.
s Refer to the installation manual of the outdoor unit for items not described in this manual.
s Do not dispose of any parts necessary for installation until the installation is complete.
s In order to protect the indoor unit from damage, use packing materials to protect the unit after carrying
until the installation starts.
s When selecting installation site, refer to the paper pattern.
s Do not use the unit in locations with high salt content in the air such as beachfront property, locations
where the voltage fluctuates such as factories, or in automobiles or marine vessels.
s Do not install accessories on the casing directiy. Drilling holes in the casing may damage electrical wires
and consequently cause fire.
2-1. ACCESSORIES
Check the following accessories are included with your unit.
Do not dispose of any parts necessary for installation until the installation is completed.
(3) Washer for (5) Paper pattern

Name (1) Drain hose (2) Metal clamp hanger bracket (4) Clamp (6) Screw (M4)
for installation
Quantity 1 pc. 1 pc. 8 pcs. 6 pcs. 1 pc. 4 pcs.
Upper part For paper pattern

of packing for installation
Shape
(7) Washer Insulation for

Name fixing plate Sealing pad Installation guide
fitting
Quantity 4 pcs. 1 each 1 each 1 pc. 1 pc. 1 pc.
(10) Large (Other)
(8) For gas (13) Small s Installation

pipe manual
(11) Medium-1 (14) (15) s Operation
Shape manual
(9) For liquid
pipe
(12) Medium-2
2-2. OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES

s The optional decoration panel and remote controller are required for this indoor unit. (Refer to Table 1, 2)
(However, the remote controller is not required for the slave unit of a simultaneous operation system.)
s Check that the decoration panel is prepared.
(For the installation of the decoration panel, refer to the installation manual attached to the decoration
panel.)
3
3P458894-1C

Table 1
Unit model Optional decoration panel
BYCQ125EEF/EEK
FCA50·60·71·100·125·140CVMA
BYCQ125EAF/EAK 2
BYCQ125EAPF
FCF50·60·71·100·125·140CVM(4)
BYCQ125EASF
Color : Fresh White / Black
NOTE
s If you wish to use a optional decoration panel that is not listed in “Table 1” on page 4, select a suitable
remote controller after consulting catalogs and technical materials.
s These are two types of remote controllers: wired and wireless. Select a remote controller from Table 2
according to customer request and install in an appropriate place.
(For the installation of the remote controller, refer to the installation manual attached to the remote controller.)
Table 2
Remote controller
Wired type BRC1E63
Heat pump BRC7M634F/K
Wireless type
Cooling only BRC7M635F/K
NOTE
s If you wish to use a remote controller that is not listed in “Table 2” on page 4, select a suitable remote
controller after consulting catalogs and technical materials.
FOR THE FOLLOWING ITEMS, TAKE SPECIAL CARE DURING CONSTRUCTION AND
CHECK AFTER INSTALLATION IS FINISHED.
1. Items to be checked after completion of work
Items to be checked If not properly done, what is likely to occur Check
Are the indoor unit and outdoor unit fixed
The unit may drop, vibrate or make noise.
firmly?
The unit may malfunction or the
Is the outdoor unit fully installed?
components burn out.
Is the gas leak test finished? It may result in insufficient cooling.
Is the unit fully insulated? Condensate water may drip.
Does drainage flow smoothly? Condensate water may drip.
Does the power supply voltage correspond The unit may malfunction or the
to that shown on the name plate? components burn out.
Are wiring and piping correct?
Is the unit safely grounded? It may result in electric shock.
Is wiring size according to specifications?
Is something blocking the air outlet or inlet
It may result in insufficient cooling.
of either the indoor or outdoor units?
Are refrigerant piping length and additional The refrigerant charge in the system is not
refrigerant charge noted down? clear.
4
3P458894-1C

2. Items to be checked at time of delivery

* Also review the “1. SAFETY PRECAUTIONS”
Items to be checked Check
Has the field setting done (as necessary)?
Did you attach the control box lid, the air filter, and suction grille?
Does the cold air (warm air) blow properly during the cooling (heating) operation?
Did you explain about operations while showing the instruction manual to your customer?
Did you hand the instruction manual over to your customer?
Points for explanation about operations
The items with WARNING and CAUTION marks in the instruction manual are the items
pertaining to possibilities for bodily injury and material damage in addition to the general usage
of the product. Accordingly, it is necessary that you make a full explanation about the described
contents and also ask your customers to read the instruction manual.
2-3. NOTE TO THE INSTALLER

Be sure to instruct customers how to properly operate the unit (especially cleaning filters, operating different
functions, and adjusting the temperature) by having them carry out operations themselves while looking at the
manual.
3. SELECTING INSTALLATION SITE

傔Hold the unit by the 4 lifting lugs when opening the box and moving it, and do not exert pressure on to any
other part piping (refrigerant, drain, etc.) or plastic parts.
If the temperature or humidity inside the ceiling might rise above 30°C or RH 80%, respectively, use the high-
humidity kit (sold separately) or add extra insulation to the main unit body.
Use glass wool or polyethylene foam as insulation and make sure it is at least 10 mm thick and fits inside the
ceiling opening.傕
The direction this product blows can be selected. However, a separately sold shut-off material kit is
needed in order to make the unit blow in two, three, or four (corner shut-off) directions.
(1) Select an installation location with the customer’s approval which matches the following conditions.
s Where optimum air distribution can be ensured.
s Where nothing blocks air passage.
s Where condensate can be properly drained.
s Where the ceiling is strong enough to bear the indoor unit weight.
s Where the false ceiling is not noticeably on an incline.
s Where sufficient clearance for maintenance and service can be ensured.
s Where there is no risk of flammable gas leakage.
s Where piping between indoor and outdoor units is possible within the allowable limit.
(Refer to the installation manual for the outdoor unit.)
[Space required for installation]
≥1500
≥1500
H
Air
discharge Air Air
At least 1800mm inlet discharge
from the floor.
t1500mm t1500mm
≥1500
ü ≥1500
Floor surface
Fig. 1 (unit : mm)
5
3P458894-1C

H (mm)
Model BYCQ125EEF/EEK BYCQ125EAPF BYCQ125EASF
BYCQ125EAF/EAK
FCA50 · 60 · 71CVMA 261 303 316
2
FCF50 · 60 · 71CVM(4)
FCA100 · 125 · 140CVMA
FCF100 · 125 · 140CVM(4) 303 345 358
(NOTE)
Indoor unit Lighting Air fan Indoor unit
At least 1500 mm
*At least At least

from any fixture
1500mm 1500mm
from a wall
(NOTE) At least 2000mm
At least 4000mm
Fig. 2
NOTE
s The “ * ” marked space is at least 500 mm wide if the air outlet is closed.
In case of also closed corner area (corner area of both left right direction for closing air outlet),
it is 200 mm or more.
CAUTION
s Any vents, light fixtures, or other appliances which may disturb the airflow might cause the top side to
become dirty if located too nearby, so follow Fig. 2 when installing.
Note)
1. This restriction applies to the exposed type lighting, but does not apply to the recessed type (which
does not protrude below the ceiling line).
2. For how to set the airflow direction (including airflow block) with the horizontal blade, refer to
“Individual Airflow Direction” in the operation manual attached to the remote controller.
s Keep indoor unit, outdoor unit, power supply wiring and transmission wiring at least 1 meter away from
televisions and radios. This is to prevent image interference and noise in those electrical appliances.
(Noise may be generated depending on the conditions under which the electric wave is generated, even
if 1 meter is kept.)
s If installing the wireless kit, the distance of the signal sent from the remote controller might be shorter if
there are fluorescent lights which are electrically started (such as with inverters, rapid starters, etc.) in
the room. The indoor unit should be installed as far away from fluorescent lights as possible.
(2) Ceiling height

This product can be installed in ceilings up to 3.5 m high (4.2 m high for the 100, 125, and 140).
If the ceiling height is 2.7 m (3.2 m for the 100,125, and 140) or more, field settings will have to be made
with the remote controller. See “11. FIELD SETTING” for details.
(3) Air direction
The air direction shown in Fig. 3 is an example.
Select the appropriate number of directions according to the shape of the room and the location of the unit.
(Field settings have to be made using the remote controller and the outlet vents have to be shut off if two,
three, or four (corner shut-off) directions are selected. See the shut-off materials (sold separately)
installation manual for details.)
(4) Use suspension bolts for installation. Check if the location for the installation is strong enough to support
the weight of the unit, reinforce it if necessary, and install using suspension bolts. (The spacing of the
installation is shown on the “paper pattern for installation (5)”.)
[Air direction]
Pipes
Pipes
Pipes
Pipes
All-round air Four air direction Three air direction Two air direction
Fig. 3
6
3P458894-1C

4. PREPARATIONS BEFORE INSTALLATION

(1) Relation of ceiling opening to unit and suspension bolt position.
Refrigerant
860 – 910 (Ceiling opening)
950 (Decoration panel)
780 (Suspension bolt pitch)
piping
840 (Indoor unit)
Hanger
Suspension bracket
bolt (×4) False
ceiling
C
710(Suspension bolt pitch)
840 (Indoor unit) View as seen from A
860 – 910 (Ceiling opening) Fig. 5
(unit : mm)
A
Fig. 4 BYCQ125EEF/EEK
Decoration Panel BYCQ125EAPF BYCQ125EASF
BYCQ125EAF/EAK
C (mm) 125~130 167~172 180~185
Use the installation guide (15) (delivered with the unit) for exact vertical positioning of the unit.
Apply the short side of the cut-out section

in case of standard grille.
<BYCQ125EEF/EEK>
<BYCQ125EAF/EAK> Lower ceiling Underside
surface of the unit
Installation guide (15)

(accessory)
Apply the long side of the cut-out section

in case of designer grille.
<BYCQ125EAPF>
Lower ceiling Underside
surface of the unit

(accessory)
Apply the long side by cut one of the

cut-out section in case of auto grille.
<BYCQ125EASF>
Lower ceiling
surface Underside
of the unit
(accessory)
7
3P458894-1C

Installation is possible when ceiling opening dimensions is as follows.

s When installing the unit within the frame for fixing false ceiling.
860
(Opening dimension inside 2
(Dimension inside frame)

Frame the flame for ceiling)
False
840
910
ceiling
t 20 860 – *910 t 20
840 (Ceiling opening dimension) (Ceiling-panel
910
(Dimension inside frame) overlapping dimension)
(unit : mm) Fig. 7 (unit : mm)
Fig. 6
NOTE
s Installation is possible with a ceiling dimension of 910 mm (marked with *). However, to achieve a ceiling-
panel overlapping dimension of 20 mm, the spacing between the ceiling and the unit should be 35 mm or
less. If the spacing between ceiling and the unit is over 35 mm, attach ceiling material to part or
recover the ceiling.
Ceiling material
t 35 t 35
(unit : mm)
Fig. 8
(2) Make the ceiling opening needed for installation where applicable. (For existing ceilings)
s Refer to the paper pattern for installation (5) for ceiling opening dimensions.
s Create the ceiling opening required for installation. From the side of the opening to the casing outlet,
implement the refrigerant and drain piping and wiring for remote controller (unnecessary for wireless
type) and indoor-outdoor unit casing outlet. Refer to “6. REFRIGERANT PIPING WORK”, “7. DRAIN
PIPING WORK” and “8. ELECTRIC WIRING WORK”.
s After making an opening in the ceiling, it may be necessary to reinforce ceiling beams to keep the ceiling
level and to prevent it from vibrating. Consult the builder for details.
(3) Install the suspension bolts.

<installation example>
s Use M8 or M10 bolts for hanging the indoor unit.
Use a hole-in anchor for existing ceilings, and Ceiling slab
a sunken insert, sunken anchor or other field
50 – 100
Anchor
supplied parts for new ceilings to reinforce Long nut or turn-buckle
the ceiling to bear the weight of the unit.
Suspension bolt
Adjust clearance (50 – 100 mm) from the
ceiling before proceeding further. Ceiling surface
Fig. 9
NOTE (unit : mm)
s All the above parts are field supplied.
8
3P458894-1C

5. INDOOR UNIT INSTALLATION

Installing optional accessories (except for the decoration panel) before installing the indoor unit is
easier. However, for existing ceilings, install fresh air inlet component kit and branch duct before
installing the unit.
As for the parts to be used for installation work, be sure to use the provided accessories and specified parts
designated by our company.
5.1 FOR NEW CEILINGS

(1-1) Install the indoor unit temporarily.
s Attach the hanger bracket to the suspension bolt. Be sure to fix it securely by using a nut and
washer (3) from the upper and lower sides of the hanger bracket. (Refer to Fig.10)
The washer fixing plate (7) will prevent the washer from falling. (Refer to Fig.11)
Field supply
Washer (3) (accessory)
Insert
Hanger bracket
Tighten Washer fixing plate (7)
(double nuts) (accessory)
[Securing the hanger bracket] [Securing the washer]
Fig. 10 Fig. 11
(1-2) Refer to the paper pattern for installation (5) for ceiling opening dimension.
Consult the builder or carpenter for details.
s The center of the ceiling opening is indicated on the paper pattern for installation.
The center of the unit is indicated on the triangular mark to the unit bottom and on the paper pattern for
installation.
s Fix the paper pattern to the unit with screws (6) (×4).
s Ceiling height is shown on the side of the paper pattern for installation (5). Adjust the height of the unit
according to this indication.
Please perform one of the following, as the shape of the paper pattern for installation differs
according to the model.
Center of indoor unit Center of

ceiling opening
Center mark of
indoor unit Paper pattern for
installation (5)
Screw (6)
Screw (6) (accessory)
(accessory)
Fig. 12
[Installation of paper pattern for installation]
<Ceiling work>
(1-3) Adjust the unit to the right position for installation.
(Refer to “4. PREPARATIONS BEFORE INSTALLATION-(1)”.)
s Using the installation guide (15) allows you to check the positions from the underside of the unit
to the lower ceiling surface.
9
3P458894-1C

(1-4) Check the unit is horizontally level. (Refer to Fig.13)

s The indoor unit is equipped with a built-in drain pump and float
switch. Verify that it is level by using a level or a water-filled
vinyl tube.
2
CAUTION
s The indoor unit is equipped with a built-in drain pump and float
switch. Verify that it is level by using a level or a water-filled
vinyl tube. Level Vinyl tube
(If the unit is tilted against condensate flow, the float switch may
malfunction and cause water to drip.)
[Maintaining horizontality]
Fig. 13
(1-5) Remove the washer fixing plate (7) used for preventing the washer
for hanger (3) from dropping and tighten the upper side nut.
(1-6) Remove the paper pattern for installation (5).
5.2 FOR EXISTING CEILINGS

Perform step (1-1) in (1) For new ceilings.
(2-2) Adjust the height and position of the unit.
(Refer to “4. PREPARATIONS BEFORE INSTALLATION-(1)” and (1-3) in (1) For new ceilings.)
(2-3) Perform steps (1-4), (1-5) in (1) For new ceilings.
CAUTION
sInstall the indoor unit leveled.
If the indoor unit is inclined and the drain piping side gets high, it may cause malfunction of a float
switch and results in water leakage.
sAttach nuts on the upper and lower side of hanger.
If there is no upper nut and the lower nut is over-tightened, the hanger and the top plate will deform
and cause abnormal sound.
sDo not insert materials other than that specified into the clearance between the hanger and
the washer for hanger (3).
Unless the washers are properly attached, the hanging bolts may come off from the hanger.
WARNING
The indoor unit must be securely installed on a place that can withstand the mass.
If the strength is insufficient, the indoor unit may fall down and cause injuries.
10
3P458894-1C

6. REFRIGERANT PIPING WORK

s For the outdoor unit refrigerant piping, refer to the installation manual attached to the outdoor unit.
s Carry out insulation of both gas and liquid refrigerant piping securely. If not insulated, it may cause water
leakage. For gas piping, use insulation material of which heat resistant temperature is not less than 120°C.
For use under high humidity, strengthen the insulation material for refrigerant piping. If not strengthened,
the surface of insulation material may sweat.
s Before installation work, make sure that the refrigerant is R32. (Unless the refrigerant is R32, the normal
operation cannot be expected.)
WARNING
When flared joints are reused indoors, the flare part shall be re-fabricated.
CAUTION
This air conditioner is a dedicated model for new refrigerant R32. Make sure to meet the
requirements shown below and carry out installation work.
s Use dedicated piping cutters and flaring tools for R32 and R410A.
s When making a flare connection, coat the flared inner surface only with ether oil or ester oil.
s Use only the flare nuts attached to the air conditioner. If other flare nuts are used, it may cause
refrigerant leakage.
s4OPREVENTCONTAMINATIONORMOISTUREFROMGETTINGINTOTHEPIPINGTAKEMEASURESSUCHAS
pinching or taping the pipings.
Do not mix substance other than the specified refrigerant such as air into the refrigeration circuit.
)FTHEREFRIGERANTLEAKSDURINGTHEWORKVENTILATETHEROOM
s The refrigerant is pre-charged in the outdoor unit. Torque wrench

s When connecting the pipings to the air conditioner, make sure
to use a spanner and a torque wrench as shown in Fig. 14. Spanner
s For the dimension of flared part and the tightening torque,
refer to the Table 3.
Flare nut
Union joint
Fig. 14
s When making a flare connection, coat the flared inner Coat the flared inner surface
surface only with ether oil or ester oil. (Refer to Fig. 15) only with ether oil or ester oil
Then, turn the flare nut 3 to 4 times with your hand and
screw in the nut.
Fig. 15
Table 3
Piping size Dimension for
Tightening torque (N·m) Flare shape
(mm) processing flare A (mm)
I6.4 15.7 ± 1.5 8.9 ± 0.2

2°
°±
45
I9.5 36.3 ± 3.6 13.0 ± 0.2 R0.4-0.8

90°±2°
I12.7 54.9 ± 5.4 16.4 ± 0.2

A
I15.9 68.6 ± 6.8 19.5 ± 0.2
CAUTION
$ONOTHAVEOILADHERETOTHESCREWFIXINGPARTOFRESINPARTS
If oil adheres, it may weaken the strength of screwed part.
Do not tighten flare nuts too tight.
If a flare nut cracks, the refrigerant may leak.
11
3P458894-1C

s)FTHEREISNOTORQUEWRENCHUSETable 4ASARULEOFTHUMB

7HENTIGHTENINGAFLARENUTWITHASPANNERHARDERANDHARDERTHEREISAPOINTWHERETHETIGHTENINGTORQUE
SUDDENLYINCREASES
&ROMTHATPOSITIONTIGHTENTHENUTADDITIONALLYTHEANGLESHOWNINTable 4
!FTERTHEWORKISFINISHEDCHECKSECURELYTHATTHEREISNOGASLEAK
2
)FTHENUTISNOTTIGHTENEDASINSTRUCTEDITMAYCAUSESLOWREFRIGERANTLEAKANDRESULTINMALFUNCTION
SUCHASDOESNOTCOOLORHEAT
Table 4
0IPINGSIZEMM 4IGHTENINGANGLE 2ECOMMENDEDARMLENGTHOFTOOLUSED
I APPROXMM
I APPROXMM
I APPROXMM
I APPROXMM
CAUTION
Insulation of field piping must be carried out up to the connection inside the casing.
)FTHEPIPINGISEXPOSEDTOTHEATMOSPHEREITMAYCAUSESWEATINGBURNDUETOTOUCHINGTHEPIPING
ELECTRICSHOCKSORAFIREDUETOTHEWIRINGTOUCHINGTHEPIPING
s!FTERLEAKTESTREFERRINGTOFig. 16INSULATEBOTHTHEGASANDLIQUIDPIPINGCONNECTIONWITHTHEATTACHED

JOINTINSULATINGFORFITTING AND TOPREVENTTHEPIPINGSFROMGETTINGEXPOSED
4HENTIGHTENTHEBOTHENDSOFINSULATINGMATERIALWITHTHECLAMP
s7RAPTHESEALINGMATERIAL-EDIUM AROUNDTHEJOINTINSULATINGFORFITTING AND
FLARENUTSECTION BOTHTHEGASANDLIQUIDPIPING
s-AKESURETOBRINGTHESEAMOFJOINTINSULATINGFORFITTING AND TOTHETOP
Gas Piping Insulation Procedure

)NSULATIONFORFITTING 7RAPOVERFROMTHE
ACCESSORY BASEOFTHEUNITTO
0IPINGINSULATION THETOPOFTHEFLARE
&LARENUTCONNECTION MATERIALMAINUNIT NUTCONNECTION
4URNSEAMSUP !TTACHTOBASE
0IPINGINSULATION -AINUNIT
MATERIAL #LAMP ACCESSORY
&IELDSUPPLY 3EALINGPAD
MEDIUM
$ONOTEXPOSETHEPIPING 4IGHTENTHEPARTOTHER ACCESSORY
INORDERTOPREVENTTHE THANTHEPIPINGINSULATION
VAPORCONDENSATION MATERIAL
Liquid Piping Insulation Procedure

)NSULATIONFORFITTING 7RAPTHE
ACCESSORY INSULATORAROUND
0IPINGINSULATION THEPARTFROMTHE
&LARENUTCONNECTION MATERIALMAINUNIT ROOT
'ASPIPING
!TTACHTOBASE
4URNSEAMSUP ,IQUIDPIPING
0IPINGINSULATION -AINUNIT
MATERIAL 3CREWMOUNTINGPART
#LAMP ACCESSORY 3EALINGPAD
&IELDSUPPLY MEDIUM OFPIPINGPRESSERPLATE
$ONOTEXPOSETHEPIPING 4IGHTENTHEPARTOTHER ACCESSORY LOCATIONS
INORDERTOPREVENTTHE THANTHEPIPINGINSULATION
VAPORCONDENSATION MATERIAL Fig. 16
12
3P458894-1C

s"EFOREBRAZINGREFRIGERANTPIPINGHAVENITROGENFLOWTHROUGHTHEREFRIGERANTPIPINGANDSUBSTITUTEAIRWITH
nitrogen (NOTE 1) (Refer to Fig. 17). Then, carry out brazing (NOTE 2).
After all the brazing works are finished, carry out flare connection with the indoor unit. (Refer to Fig. 16)
Pressure reducing valve
Taping
Brazing place
Nitrogen
Refrigerant piping Stop valve

Nitrogen
Fig. 17
NOTE
1. The proper pressure for having nitrogen flow through the piping is approximately 0.02 MPa, a pressure
that makes one feel like breeze and can be obtained through a pressure reducing valve.
2. Do not use flux when brazing refrigerant piping.
Use phosphor copper brazing filler metal (BCuP-2: JISZ3264/B-Cu93P-710/795: ISO 3677) that does
not require flux.
(If chlorinated flux is used, the piping will be corroded and, in addition if fluorine is contained, the
refrigerant oil will be deteriorated and the refrigerant circuit will be affected badly.)
3. When carrying out leakage test of refrigerant piping and the indoor unit after the installation of indoor unit
is finished, confirm the connecting outdoor unit installation manual for test pressure.
Refer to also the outdoor unit installation manual or technical document for refrigerant piping.
4. In case of refrigerant shortage due to forgetting additional refrigerant charge etc., it will result in
malfunction such as does not cool or does not heat.
Refer to the outdoor unit installation manual or technical document for refrigerant piping.
CAUTION
Do not use antioxidant when brazing piping.
It may result in malfunction of components and clogging of piping due to residue.
7. DRAIN PIPING WORK

(1) Rig drain piping
s As for drain work, perform piping in such a manner that water can be drained properly.
s Employ a pipe with either the same diameter or with the diameter larger (excluding the raising section) than
that of the connecting pipe (PVC pipe, nominal diameter 25 mm, outside diameter 32 mm).
s Keep the drain pipe short and sloping downwards at a gradient of at least 1/100 to prevent air pockets from
forming.
s If the drain pipe cannot be sufficiently set on a slope, execute the drain raising piping.
s To keep the drain pipe from sagging, space hanging wires every 1 to 1.5 m.
Hanger bracket 1–1.5m 1/100 gradient or more
GOOD WRONG
Fig. 18-1 Fig. 18-2
CAUTION
Water accumulating in the drainage piping can cause the drain to clog.
13
3P458894-1C

s Use the attached drain hose (1) and Metal clamp (2).
s Insert the drain hose into the drain socket up to the base, and tighten the metal clamp securely within the
portion of a white tape of the hose-inserted tip. Tighten the metal clamp until the screw head is less than
4 mm from the hose.
s Wrap the attached sealing pad (10) over the Metal clamp and drain hose to insulate. 2
s Make sure that heat insulation work is executed on the following 2 spots to prevent any possible water
leakage due to dew condensation.
s Indoor drain pipe
s Drain socket
Metal Metal
clamp (2) clamp (2) Large sealing pad (10)
(accessory) (accessory)
Drain hose (1)

Tape (White)
Fig. 19 Fig. 20 t 4mm
<PRECAUTIONS FOR DRAIN RAISING PIPING>

s Install the drain raising pipes at a height of less than 675 mm.
The drain pump of this unit has a high delivery flow rate. Therefore, the higher the drain raising height is, the
lower the sound of draining will be. For this reason, a minimum drain raising height of 300 mm is recommended.
s Install the drain raising pipes at a right angle to the indoor unit and no more than 300 mm from the unit.
Ceiling slab
Drain hose (1)
d 300mm 1 – 1.5m Hanger bracket
(accessory)
Adjustable
Level or (d 675mm)
d 850mm
tilted
slightly up
175mm
Drain raising pipe

To prevent air bubbles in the
drain hose part, keep it level or Raising section
Metal clamp
slightly tilted up. Any bubbles in Drain hose (accessory) (1)
the hose might cause the unit to (accessory) (2)
make noise due to backflow Fig. 21
when the drain pump stops.
NOTE
s To ensure no excessive pressure is applied to the included drain hose (1), do not bend or twist when
installing. (This may cause leakage.)
s If converging multiple drain pipes, install according to the procedure shown below.
Central drain pipe
0 – 675mm
The drain pipe should have a

downward slope of at least 1/100
to prevent air pockets from forming.
Water accumulating in the drain
piping can cause the drain to clog.
Fig. 22
s As for the size of central drain pipe, select the size that meet the capacity of indoor units to be connected.
(Refer to the technical document)
s At replacement with new indoor unit, use the attached new drain hose (1) and the metal clamp (2).
If an old drain hose or a metal clamp is uesd, it may cause water leakage.
CAUTION
Drain piping connections
s Do not connect the drain piping directly to sewage pipes that smell of ammonia. The ammonia in the
sewage might enter the indoor unit through the drain pipes and corrode the heat exchanger.
14
3P458894-1C

(2) After piping work is finished, check if drainage flows smoothly.
WHEN ELECTRIC WIRING WORK IS FINISHED

sAdd approximately 1L of water slowly from the air outlet and check drainage flow. (Refer to Fig.23)
sCheck drainage flow during COOL running, explained under ‘‘12. TEST OPERATION’’.
sRefer to the figure on the following after checking the draining of water, and mount the thermal insulation
material for drainage (14) and thermal insulate the drain socket.
CAUTION
sDo not apply external force to the float switch.
This may result in a malfunction.
Thermal insulation Sealing pad (Large) (10)

material for drainage (14)
Be sure to lay the sealing
(accessory) material on (14).
Thermal insulation Make sure that there

material for drainage (14) is no clearance.
(accessory)
WHEN ELECTRIC WIRING WORK IS NOT FINISHED

CAUTION
s Electrical wiring work should be done by a certified electrician.
s If someone who does not have the proper qualifications performs the work, perform the following after the
test run is complete.
s Remove the control box lid. Connect the single phase power supply (SINGLE PHASE 220~240V) to
connections No.1 and No.2 on the terminal block for wiring the units. Do not connect to No.3 of the
terminal block for wiring the units. (The drain pump will not operate.) Connect the earth wire firmly.
When carrying out wiring work around the control box, make sure none of the connectors come undone.
Be sure to attach the control box lid before turning on the power.
s Put approximately 1L of water into the drain pan through the blow-off mouth on the left-hand side of the
drain socket. Make sure not to pour water over the drain pump or any electric parts including those of the
drain pump.
s When the power is turned on, the drain pump will operate and you can check the draining of water
through the transparent part of the drain socket. (The drain pump will stop automatically in 10 minutes.)
After checking the draining of water, mount the thermal insulation material for drainage (14) and thermal
insulate the drain socket.
s After confirming drainage (Fig. 23, Fig. 24), turn off the power and remove the power supply.
s Attach the control box lid as before.
CAUTION
sDo not apply external force to the float switch.
This may result in a malfunction.
sDo not touch the electronic ports other than the terminal block.
15
3P458894-1C

Drain sockets
(Check the
Drain pump
drainage now.)
location 2
At least
100mm
Service drain outlet (with rubber plug)

(Use this outlet to drain water from
Plastic watering can the drain pan.)
(Tube should be
about 100mm long.)
<Adding water through air discharge outlet>

[Method of adding water]
Fig. 23
Inter-unit wiring
terminal block
Power supply
single phase 220~240V
1
1
2
2
3
3
Control box lid

Earth
wire
Fig. 24
16
3P458894-1C

8. ELECTRIC WIRING WORK

s Electric wiring work must be conducted by electrician authorized by power companies. (Only licensed
electrician can conduct electric work and earth connections.)
s All wiring must be performed by an authorized electrician.
s A circuit breaker capable of shutting down power supply to the entire system must be installed.
s Be sure to install an earth leakage circuit breaker to the outdoor unit.
(This installation of an earth leakage circuit breaker is mandatory for the prevention of electric shocks and
fire disasters.)
s Make sure that 220~240V is specified wiring between the indoor and outdoor units and between indoor units.
s Do not turn on the power supply (of the indoor unit) until all the installation work is completed.
s Be sure to ground the air conditioner.
s Refer to the installation manual attached to the outdoor unit for the size of power supply electric wire
connected to the outdoor unit, the capacity of the circuit breaker and switch, and wiring instructions.
s Do not connect the earth wire to gas pipes, plumbing pipes, lightning rods, or telephone earth wires.
s Gas pipes: might cause explosions or fire if gas leaks.
s Plumbing pipes: no earth effect if hard vinyl piping is used.
s Telephone earth wires or lightning rods: might cause abnormally high electric potential in the earth
during lighting storms.
s For electric wiring work, refer to also “WIRING DIAGRAM” attached to the control box lid.
s Never connect the power supply wire to the terminal block for remote controller wire, or otherwise the entire
system may be damaged.
s For remote controller wiring details, refer to the installation manual attached to the remote controller.
s Do not touch the printed circuit board ASSY during the wiring work. Otherwise, it may cause damage.
s Specifications for field wire
Refer to the installation manual attached to the outdoor unit regarding the detail of standard accessories for
the outdoor unit.
The remote control cord should be procured locally. Refer to the Table 5 when preparing one.
Wiring specifications are shown on the condition that the wiring has a voltage drop of 2%.
Table 5
2
Wire Size (mm ) Length
Wir i ng the units H05VV – U4G (NOTE 1, 2) 2.5 –
Remote controller cord Vinyl cord with sheath or cable NOTE 3 (2 wire) 0.75 – 1.25 Max. 500m *
*This will be the total extended length in the system when doing group control.
NOTE
1. Shows only in case of protected pipes. Use H07RN-F in case of no protection.
2. Supply cords shall not be lighter than polychloroprene sheathed flexible cord
(code designation 60245 IEC 57)
3. Vinyl cord with sheath or cable (Insulated thickness : 1 mm or more)
Connection of wiring between units, earth wire and for the remote controller cord (Refer to Fig. 26)
s Wiring the units and earth wire
Remove the control box lid and connect wires of matching number Outdoor unit Indoor unit
to the terminal block for wiring the units (4 P) inside. And connect
the earth wire to the earth terminal. In doing this, pull the wires
inside through the hole and fix the wires securely with the included
clamp (4). (Terminal block) (Terminal block)
s Remote controller cords
Remove the control box lid and pull the wires inside through the Match both numbers.
hole and connect to the terminal block for remote controller (4 P) How to connect the connection pipe
(no polarity). Securely fix the remote controller cord with the
included clamp (4).
CAUTION
sNever connect the power supply wiring to the terminal block for wiring the units (4P).
If may damage the total system.
sDo not connect the remote controller to the wrong terminal block.
17
3P458894-1C

s Protect the wire and the wiring through hole area for wirings
of the transmission, earth and the remote controller in order [Processing method of wiring through hole]
to prevent the intrusion of water and small animals into the air Wiring through hole
conditioner after the system is wired.
s Cut the sealing pad - small (13) into two pieces and wrap each Transmission wire,
2
wiring with each piece. earth wire or remote
s Seal the clearance around the wirings with putty or thermal controller wire
insulation material (field supply). (If insects and small animals
get into the indoor unit, short circuiting may occur inside the Sealing pad - Small (13)
control box.)
s After all the wiring connections are done, fill in any gaps in the Putty or thermal
through holes with putty or insulation (procured locally) to prevent insulation material
small animals and insects from entering the unit from outside. (If (Filed supply)
any do get in, they could cause short circuits in the control box.)
s Outside the machine, separate the weak wiring (remote controller Fig. 25
cord) and strong wiring (interunit, earth, and other power wiring)
at least 50 mm so that they do not pass through the same place
together. Proximity may cause electrical interference, malfunctions,
and breakage.
Remote
Remote controller cord controller
Inter-unit wiring Wiring (weak electric) P1 P2 F1 F2 T1 T2
through-holes
Approximately Sheaths
Earth wire 7mm
Peel back
the sheath 10 – 15mm
on the power 70 – 90mm Clamp (4)
line and twist. Length of
Cut off any excess
sheath to material after
peel back tightening.
Inter-unit wiring
terminal block (4P) Remote controller
wiring
Wiring
through-holes
Clamping position
Inter-unit Secure the earth wire Remote controller
wiring sheath and inter-unit wiring with wiring terminal block
both edges aligned.
Clamp (4)
(P1 s P2)
Cut off any Control box lid
(Length of sheath to peel back)
Earth
wire excess Electrical Wiring
80~100mm
material after Diagram Nameplate

10~15mm
tightening the (Inside of control box lid)

inter-unit wiring
and earth wire
together.
Earth Earth
wire terminal
<<Inter-unit wiring (strong electric) / Earth wire>> Fig. 26
18
3P458894-1C

CAUTION
s Shape the wires and attach the control box lid securely so that wires will not be caught.
(Caught wires and risen lid may cause an electric shock or fire.)
Precautions to be taken for power supply wiring

Use a round crimp-style terminal for connection to the power supply terminal block.
In case it cannot be used due to unavoidable reasons, be sure to observe the following instructions.
(Refer to Fig. 27)
s Do not connect wires of different gauge to the same power supply terminal. (Looseness in the connection
may cause overheating.) (Refer to Fig. 28)
s When connecting wires of the same gauge, connect them according to. (Refer to Fig. 28)
s In wiring, make certain that prescribed wires are used, carry out complete connections, and fix the wires so
that external forces are not applied to the terminals.
Attach insulation sleeve
Round crimp-style terminal

Electric wire
Fig. 27
Connect wires of the Do not connect wires Do not connect wires

same gauge to both of the same gauge to of different gauges.
side. (GOOD) one side. (WRONG) (WRONG)
Good Wrong Wrong

Fig. 28
Tightening torque for the terminal screws.

s Use the correct screw driver for tightening the terminal screws. If the blade of screwdriver is too small,
the head of the screw might be damaged, and the screw will not be properly tightened.
s If the terminal screws are tightened too hard, screws might be damaged.
Refer to the table below for the tightening torque of the terminal screws.
Tightening torque (N·m)
Terminal block for remote controller 0.88±0.08
Terminal block for wiring the units 1.47±0.14
Ear th terminal 1.47±0.14
s If the strand wire is used, do not solder it. (Abnormal heating may occur if the wirings are not tightened
securely.)
19
3P458894-1C

9. WIRIN'%XAM0L%
CAUTION
Be sure to install an earth leakage breaker to the outdoor unit.
Installation of an earth leakage breaker is mandated to avoid electric shocks or fire.
2
For the wiring of outdoor units, refer to the installation manual attached to the outdoor units.
Confirm the system type.
s0AIRTYPE: 1 remote controller controls 1 indoor unit. (standard system) (Refer to Fig. 29)
s3IMULTANEOUSOPERATIONSYSTEM1 remote controller controls 2 indoor unit (2 indoor units operates
equally). (Refer to Fig.30)
s'RoUPCOnTROL: 1 remote controller controls up to 16 indoor units. (All indoor units operate according to
the remote controller) (Refer to Fig. 31)
sREMOTECONTROLLERSCONTROL: 2 remote controllers control 1 indoor unit. (Refer to Fig. 33)
0AIRTYPE
Earth leakage Power Supply
breaker 1~
50 Hz 220-240 V
Outdoor unit or
1~
1 2 3 60 Hz 220-230 V
NOTE)
1 2 3
P1 P2
Indoor unit
P1 P2 Remote controller
(Optional accessory)
Fig. 29
Standard wiring accessories

Indoor unit
Connection wire between indoor unit and outdoor unit
Earth wire (copper)
Single-phase supply Minimum thickness Length
≥2.0 mm2 2.0 mm
2
≤ 50 m
I1.6 I1.6
* For wiring length of indoor outdoor connection wiring will be changed depends on connect model,
quantity, power size. For details, please refer engineer guide.
3IMULTANEOUSOPERATIONSYSTEM
breaker 1~
50 Hz 220-240 V
or
Outdoor unit 1~
60 Hz 220-230 V
1 2 3
NOTE)
1 2 3 1 2 3
P1 P2 P1 P2
Indoor unit (Master) Indoor unit (slave)

P1 P2
Remote controller
NOTE) (Optional accessory)
Fig. 30
20
3P458894-1C

Simultaneous operation system

s#ONNECTTHEREMOTECONTROLLERONLYTOTHEMASTERUNIT
s4HEREMOTECONTROLLERNEEDSTOBEWIREDONLYTOTHEMASTERUNITITDOESNOTNEEDTOBECONNECTEDTOTHE
slave units through transition wiring. (Do not connect transition wiring to the slave units.)
sThe indoor temperature sensor is effective only for indoor units to which the remote controller is connected.
s4HELENGTHOFWIRINGBETWEENTHEINDOORUNITANDTHEOUTDOORUNITVARIESDEPENDINGONTHECONNECTED
model, the number of connected units, and the maximum piping length.
For details, refer to the technical documents.
Power Supply Power Supply Power Supply

Group control 1~ 1~ 1~
50 Hz 220-240 V 50 Hz 220-240 V 50 Hz 220-240 V
or or or
1~ 1~ 1~
60 Hz 220-230 V 60 Hz 220-230 V 60 Hz 220-230 V
Earth leakage Earth leakage Earth leakage
breaker breaker breaker
Outdoor unit Outdoor unit Outdoor unit

1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3
NOTE) NOTE) NOTE)

1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3
P1 P2 P1 P2 P1 P2
Indoor unit Indoor unit Indoor unit

P1 P2
Group control remote controller Fig. 31

(Optional accessory)
2
Wire Size (mm ) Length
Remote controller cord Vinyl cord with sheath or cable NOTE 3 (2 wire) 0.75 – 1.25 Max. 500 m *
When implementing group control

s When using as a pair unit or as a parent unit for simultaneous operation multi, you may simultaneous
start/stop (group) control up to 16 unit with the remote controller.
s In this case, all the indoor units in the group will operate in accordance with the group control remote
controller.
s Select a remote controller which matches as many of the functions (airflow direction, etc.) in the group as
possible.
Outdoor Outdoor Outdoor
unit 1 unit 2 unit 16
Indoor unit
(Slave)
Indoor unit 1 Indoor
unit 16
Group control remote contoller Fig. 32
Wiring Method
(1) Remove the control box lid. (See ‘‘8. ELECTRIC WIRING WORK’’.)
(2) Cross-wire the terminal block for remote controller (P1, P2) inside the control box. (There is no
polarity.) (Refer to Fig. 30 and Table 5)
21
3P458894-1C

2 remote controllers control

breaker 1~
50 Hz 220-240 V
or
Indoor unit
2
1~ Outdoor unit
Outdoor unit 60 Hz 220-230 V (slave)
1 2 3
Indoor unit
(master)
NOTE)
1 2 3
Remote Remote
P1 P2
controller 1 controller 2
Indoor unit
Remote controller P1 P2 P1 P2
Remote controller
(Optional accessory) (Optional accessory) Fig. 33
Two remote controllers control (Controlling 1 indoor unit by 2 remote controllers)
s When using 2 remote controllers, one must be set to “MAIN” and the other to “SUB”.
MAIN/SUB CHANGEOVER
r Refer to the manual attached to the remote controller.
Wiring Method
(1) Remove the control box lid.
(2) Add wiring between the remote controller 2 (Sub) and the terminal (P1, P2) of the terminal block (X1M)
for the remote controller in the control box. (There is no polarity.) (Refer to Fig.33 and Table 5)
NOTE
1. All transmission wiring except for the remote controller wires is polarized and must match the terminal symbol.
2. In case of simultaneous operation and group control, perform the remote controller wiring to the master
unit when connecting to the simultaneous operation system. (wiring to the slave unit is unnecessary)
3. For group control remote controller, choose the remote controller that suits the indoor unit which has the
most functions (as attached swing flap)
10. INSTALLATION OF THE DECORATION PANEL

<If test operation is required before installation of the decoration panel, “11. FIELD SETTING” and
“12. TEST OPERATION” can be carried out before “10. INSTALLATION OF THE DECORATION PANEL”.>
s Refer to the installation manual attached to the decoration panel.
s After installing the decoration panel, ensure that there is no space between the unit body and decoration
panel.
s When making a test run before installation of the decoration panel, be sure to check the operation of the
swing flap after the installation.
22
3P458894-1C

11. FIELD SETTING

<<Refer to also the installation manual attached to the outdoor unit.>>
CAUTION
BeHore carr[KPI QWV ƂGNF setting, check the KVGOU OGPVKQPGF in the ENCWUG 2 p1. Items to be checked
after completion of workq on RCIG 4.
rCheck KH all the installation and RKRKPI works Hor the air conditioner are EQORNGVGF
rCheck KH the control box lids QH the air conditioner are closed.
< FIELD SETTING >

<<After turn on the power supply, carry out ƂGNF setting from the remote controller according to the
installation state.>>
r%CTT[QWVUGVVKPICVRNCEGUp/QFG0Qqp(+456%1&'0QqCPFp5'%10&%1&'0Qq
6JGUGVVKPIUUJQYPD[pqKPVJGVCDNGKPFKECVGVJQUGYJGPUJKRRGFHTQOVJGHCEVQT[
r6JGOGVJQFQHUGVVKPIRTQEGFWTGCPFQRGTCVKQPKUUJQYPKPVJGKPUVCNNCVKQPOCPWCNCVVCEJGFVQVJGTGOQVG
controller.

0QVG6JQWIJUGVVKPIQHp/QFG0QqKUECTTKGFQWVCUCITQWRKH[QWKPVGPFVQECTT[QWVKPFKXKFWCNUGVVKPI
D[GCEJKPFQQTWPKVQTEQPƂTOCVKQPCHVGTUGVVKPIECTT[QWVUGVVKPIYKVJVJG/QFG0QUJQYPKPVJG
RCTGPVJGUKU

r+PECUGQHTGOQVGEQPVTQNHQTEJCPIGQXGTQHKPRWVVQ(14%'&1((QTVQ101((12'4#6+10
=?'PVGTKPVQVJGƂGNFUGVVKPIOQFGYKVJVJGTGOQVGEQPVTQNNGT
=?5GNGEV/QFG0Qpq
=?5GVVJG(+456%1&'0QVQpq
=?(QT(14%'1((UGVVJG5'%10&%1&'0QVQpq
=?(QT101((12'4#6+10UGVVJG5'%10&%1&'0QVQpq

+VKUUGVVQ(14%'1((YJGPUJKRRGFHTQOVJGHCEVQT[
r#UM[QWTEWUVQOGTVQMGGRVJGOCPWCNCVVCEJGFVQVJGTGOQVGEQPVTQNNGTVQIGVJGTYKVJVJGQRGTCVKQP
OCPWCN
r&QPQVECTT[QWVUGVVKPIUQVJGTVJCPVJQUGUJQYPKPVJGVCDNG
11-1 SETTING CEILING HEIGHT

r Set the SECOND CODE No. according to the ceiling height as shown in the Table 6.
Table 6
FCA-CVMA
FCF-CVM(4) Mode No. FIRST SECOND
Note) 1 CODE No. CODE No.
50·60·71 type 100·125·140 type
Ceiling height (m)
Standard · All round outlet Ű Ű 01

13
High ceiling 1 3.2 - 3.6 0 02
(23)
High ceiling 2 3 - 3.5 3.6 - 4.2 03
Note:
1. “Mode No.” setting is done in a batch for the group.
To make or confirm settings for an individual unit, set the internal mode number in parentheses.
2. The figure of the ceiling height is for the all round outlet.
For the settings for four-direction (part of corner closed off), three-direction and two-direction outlets,
see the installation manual and technical guide supplied with the separately sold closure material kit.
11-2 SETTING AIR DISCHARGE DIRECTION

r4GHGTVQVJGKPUVCNNCVKQPOCPWCNCVVCEJGFVQVJGUGCNKPIOCVGTKCNQHCKTFKUEJCTIGQWVNGVUQNFUGRCTCVGN[
CPFGPIKPGGTKPIFCVCDQQMHQTEGKNKPIJGKIJVUGVVKPIUHQTHQWTFKTGEVKQP
RCTVQHEQTPGTENQUGFQHHCPF
three-direction.

6JG5'%10&%1&'0QKUHCEVQT[UGVVQpq
CNNTQWPFQWVNGVDGHQTGUJKRRKPI
23
3P458894-1C

11-3 SETTING WHEN AN OPTIONAL ACCESSORY IS ATTACHED

r(QTUGVVKPIYJGPCVVCEJKPICPQRVKQPCNCEEGUUQT[TGHGTVQVJGKPUVCNNCVKQPOCPWCNCVVCEJGFVQVJGQRVKQPCN
CEEGUUQT[
11-4 WHEN USING WIRELESS REMOTE CONTROLLER

2
r9JGPWUKPICYKTGNGUUTGOQVGEQPVTQNNGTKVKUPGEGUUCT[VQUGVVJGYKTGNGUUTGOQVGEQPVTQNNGTCFFTGUU
4GHGTVQVJGKPUVCNNCVKQPOCPWCNCVVCEJGFVQVJGYKTGNGUUTGOQVGEQPVTQNNGT
11-5 SETTING FAN SPEED DURING THERMOSTAT OFF

r5GVVJGHCPURGGFCEEQTFKPIVQVJGWUKPIGPXKTQPOGPVCHVGTEQPUWNVCVKQPYKVJ[QWTEWUVQOGT
r9JGPVJGHCPURGGFKUEJCPIGFGZRNCKPVJGUGVHCPURGGFVQ[QWTEWUVQOGT
Table 7
5GVVKPI /QFG0Q (+456 5'%10&

%1&'0Q %1&'0Q
(CPQRGTCVGUUVQRUFWTKPIVJGTOQ1(( 1RGTCVGU 01

%QQNKPIJGCVKPI 5VQRU

'ZVTCNQY 01
(CPURGGFFWTKPIEQQNKPIVJGTOQUVCV1((
6
5GVVKPI

'ZVTCNQY 01
(CPURGGFFWTKPIJGCVKPIVJGTOQUVCV1((
3
5GVVKPI
11-6 SETTING FILTER SIGN

r#OGUUCIGVQKPHQTOVJGCKTƂNVGTENGCPKPIVKOGYKNNDGKPFKECVGFQPVJGTGOQVGEQPVTQNNGT
r5GVVJG5'%10&%1&'0QUJQYPKPVJGTable 8CEEQTFKPIVQVJGCOQWPVQHFWUVQTRQNNWVKQPKP
VJGTQQO
r6JQWIJVJGKPFQQTWPKVKUGSWKRRGFYKVJVJGNQPINKHGƂNVGTKVKUPGEGUUCT[VQRGTKQFKECNN[ENGCPVJGƂNVGT
VQCXQKFENQIIKPIQHVJGƂNVGT2NGCUGCNUQGZRNCKPVJGUGVVKOGVQVJGEWUVQOGT
r6JGRGTKQFKECNƂNVGTENGCPKPIVKOGECPDGUJQTVGPGFFGRGPFKPIQPVJGGPXKTQPOGPV
Table 8
%QPVCOKPCVKQP *QWTUWPVKNKPFKECVKQP /QFG0Q (+456 5'%10&
%1&'0Q %1&'0Q
0QTOCN #RRTQZJTU 01
0
/QTGEQPVCOKPCVGF #RRTQZJTU

9KVJKPFKECVKQP 01
3
0QKPFKECVKQP
7UGp0QKPFKECVKQPqUGVVKPIYJGPENGCPKPIKPFKECVKQPKUPQVPGEGUUCT[UWEJCUVJGECUGQHRGTKQFKECNENGCPKPIDGKPI
ECTTKGFQWV
11-7 SETTING NUMBER OF THE CONNECTED INDOOR UNITS AS SIMULTANEOUS OPERATION

SYSTEM
r9JGPWUKPIKPUKOWNVCPGQWUQRGTCVKQPU[UVGOOQFGEJCPIGVJG5'%10&%1&'0QCUUJQYPKP
Table 9
r9JGPWUKPIKPUKOWNVCPGQWUQRGTCVKQPU[UVGOOQFGTGHGTVQp5+/7.6#0'17512'4#6+105;56'/
+0&+8+&7#.5'66+0)qUGEVKQPVQUGVOCUVGTCPFUNCXGWPKVUUGRCTCVGN[
24
3P458894-1C

3P458894-1C

12. TEST OPERATION

CAUTION
When performing field setting or test operation without attaching the decoration panel, do not
touch the drain pump. This may cause electric shock.
2
<Complete all the “1. Items to be checked after the installation work is completeted” on page 4.
Please also refer to the installation manual attached to outdoor unit.>
Refer to the section of “FOR THE FOLLOWING ITEMS, TAKE SPECIAL CARE DURING
CONSTRUCTION AND CHECK AFTER INSTALLATION IS FINISHED.” .
s After finishing the construction of refrigerant piping, drain piping, and electric wiring, conduct test operation
accordingly to protect the unit.
s Check that the outdoor unit has been wired properly.
s Check that the control box lid of the indoor unit is closed and that the outer plate and piping cover of the
outdoor unit are closed as well.
s Clean the decoration panel and interior of the indoor unit on completion of refrigerant piping, drain piping,
and electric wiring work.
s Refer to the installation manual provided to the outdoor unit, and perform the test operation of the air
conditioner.
s If the decoration panel is mounted at the time of test operation, check the operation of the swing flap of the
decoration panel.
s If the interior finishing work has been still on the way on completion of test operation, explain to the
customer not to operate the air conditioner for the protection of the indoor unit until the interior finishing
work is completed.
If the air conditioner is operated, substances generated from the paint and glue of the interior finishing will
contaminate the indoor unit, thus resulting in water splashing or leakage.
s If an error occurs and the air conditioner does not operate, refer to the following troubleshooting information.
s On completion of test operation, press the INSPECTION/TEST OPERATION button to set the air
conditioner to “ ” mode and check that the error code is set to “00” (=normal).
If the error code is other than “00”, refer to the following troubleshooting information.
s The air conditioner will return to normal run mode if the INSPECTION/TEST OPERATION button is pressed
four times.
s Perform the trial operation of the air conditioner after mounting the decoration panel if the wireless remote
controller is used.
Mode change Four times

Normal operation Test run
Once
Once On
Fo ce
(4 s min.) Once ur
tim
es
Field settings Inspection
PRECAUTIONS
1. Refer to the diagnoses below if the unit does not operate properly.
2. After completing the test run, press the INSPECTION/TEST OPERATION button once to put the unit in
inspection mode, and make sure the malfunction code is “00”. (=normal)
If the code reads anything other than “00”, refer to the malfunction diagnoses below.
NOTE
s If a malfunction is preventing operation, refer to the malfunction diagnoses.
26
3P458894-1C

12-1 CAUTIONS FOR SERVICING

With the power on. Troubles can be monitored on the remote controller.
s If the air conditioner does not operate normally after installing the air conditioner.
a malfunction shown in the table below may happened.
Remote controller display Malfunction
s Power supply trouble or Open phase connection
s Wrong wiring between indoor and outdoor unit
s Indoor PC board faulty
No display
s Wrong remote controller conection wiring
s Remote controller faulty
s Fuse faulty
*After turning on the power, the maximum is 90 seconds, although it will only display “Checking the
connection. Please stand by”. This is not a problem, and it will be set for 90 seconds.
Trouble shooting with the display on the liquid crystal display remote controller.
1. With the wired remote controller. (NOTE 1)
When the operation stops due to trouble, operation lamp will blink, and “Error : Push Menu button” will
appear on the basic screen. When press the Menu/Enter button, the Malfunction code blinks and the
contact address and model name will appear. In such a case, diagnose the fault contents by referring to
the table on the Malfunction code list it case of group control, the unit No. is displayed so that the indoor
unit no with the trouble can be recognized. (NOTE 2)
2. With the wireless remote controller.
(Refer also to the operation manual attached to the wireless remote controller)
When the operation stops due to trouble. The display on the indoor unit flashes. In such a case, diagnose
the fault contents with the table on the Malfunction code list looking for the Malfunction code which can be
found by following procedures. (NOTE 2)
(1) Press the INSPECTION /TEST OPERATION button, “ ” is displayed and “ 0 ” flashes.
(2) Press the PROGRAMMING TIME button and find the unit No. which stopped due to trouble.
Number of beeps 3 short beeps Perform all the following operations
1 short beep Perform (3) and (6)
1 long beep No trouble
(3) Press the OPERATION MODE SELECTOR button and upper figure of the Malfunction code flashes.
(4) Continue pressing the PROGRAMMING TIME button unit it makes 2 short beeps and find the upper code.
(5) Press the OPERATION MODE SELECTOR button and lower figure of the Malfunction code flashes.
(6) Continue pressing the PROGRAMMING TIME button unit it makes a long beep and find the lower code.
s A long beep indicate the Malfunction code.
NOTE
1. In case wired remote controller, either one of the following messages will appear on the basic screen
during operation.
“Error : Push Menu button”
* The operation lamp will blink.
“Warning : Push Menu button”
* The operation lamp will not blink.
Please press Menu/Enter button for see the Malfunction code.
2. Keep down the ON/OFF button for 5 seconds or longer in the inspection mode and the above trouble
history disappears, after the trouble code goes on and off twice, followed by the code “00”(normal).
The display changes from the inspection mode to the normal mode.
Caution:
Check the items in “2. Items to be checked at time of delivery” on page 4 after a test operation.
27
3P458894-1C

12-2 MALFUNCTION CODE LIST

s For places where the Malfunction code is left blank, the “ ” indication is not displayed. Though the
system continues operating, be sure to inspect the system and make repairs as necessary.
s Depending on the type of indoor or outdoor unit, the Malfunction code may or may not be displayed.
Code Malfunction/Remarks
2
A0 Safety device operates
A1 Indoor unit’s PC board faulty
A3 Drain water level abnormal
A6 Indoor fan motor overloaded, overcurrent or locked
A8 Fan PCB power supply error
AF Humidifier faulty
Air cleaner faulty
AH
Only the air cleaner does not function.
Type set improper
AJ
Capacity data is wrongly preset. Or there is nothing programmed in the data hold IC.
C1 Indoor PCB (Master) - indoor PCB (Slave) transmission defect
C4 Sensor (R2T) for heat exchanger temperature is fault
C5 Sensor (R3T) for heat exchanger temperature is fault
C6 Fan PCB setting defect
C9 Sensor for suction air temperature is fault
CC Humidity sensor abnormal
CE Human detection / floor temperature sensor error
Sensor for remote controller is fault
CJ The remote controller thermistor does not function, but the system thermo run is
possible.
E0 Action of safety device (outdoor unit)
E1 Outdoor unit’s PC board faulty
E3 High pressure abnormal (outdoor unit)
E4 Low pressure abnormal (outdoor unit)
E5 Compressor motor lock malfunction
Outdoor fan motor lock malfunction
E7
Outdoor fan instantaneous overcurrent malfunction
E9 Electronic expansion valve faulty (outdoor unit)
EA Error from defect of change 4 way valve (outdoor)
F3 Discharge pipe temperature abnormal (outdoor unit)
H3 High pressure switch faulty (outdoor unit)
H4 Low pressure switch faulty (outdoor unit)
H7 Outdoor motor position signal malfunction
Outdoor air thermistor faulty (outdoor unit)
H9
Equipment operation in response to errors will vary according to model.
JA Discharge pipe pressure sensor faulty (outdoor unit)
JC Suction pipe pressure sensor faulty (outdoor unit)
J1 Pressure sensor system error (batch) (outdoor unit)
J2 Power sensor system error (outdoor unit)
Discharge pipe thermistor faulty (outdoor unit)
J3
J5 Suction pipe thermistor faulty (outdoor unit)
Heat exchanger thermistor faulty (outdoor unit)
J6
28
3P458894-1C


J7
J8 Liquid piping temperature sensor system error (outdoor unit)
J9 Intake temperature sensor error (outdoor unit)
L1 Inverter system error (outdoor unit)
L3 Reactor thermister error (outdoor)
Overheated heat-radiating fin (outdoor unit)
L4
Inverter cooling defect.
Instantaneous overcurrent (outdoor unit)
L5
Possible earth fault or short circuit in the compressor motor.
Electric thermal (outdoor unit)
L8
Possible electrical overload in the compressor or cut line in the compressor motor.
Stall prevention (outdoor unit)
L9
Compressor possibly locked.
LC Transmission malfunction between the outdoor control units’ inverters (outdoor unit)
P1 Open-phase (outdoor unit)
P3 P-board temperature sensor malfunction (outdoor unit)
P4 Heat-radiating fin temperature sensor malfunction (outdoor unit)
P6 DC output current error (outdoor)
Type set improper (outdoor unit)
PJ
U0 Suction pipe temperature abnormal
Reverse phase
U1
Reverse two phase of the L1, L2 and L3 leads.
Power source voltage malfunction (outdoor unit)
U2
Includes the defect in 52C.
Transmission error (indoor unit – outdoor unit)
U4
UF Wrong wiring between indoor and outdoor units or malfunction of the PC board
mounted on the indoor and the outdoor units.
Transmission error (indoor unit – remote controller)
U5
Transmission is improper between the indoor unit and the remote controller.
Malfunction in transmission between main and sub remote controls.
U8
(Malfunction in sub remote controller.)
Miss setting for multi system
UA Setting is wrong for selector switch of multi - system. (see switch SS2 on the main
unit’s PC board)
UC Central control address overlapping
UE Transmission defect (indoor - centralizing)
UJ Peripheral equipment transmission fault
CAUTION
s Refer to “2. Items to be checked at time of delivery” on page 4 upon completion of the test run and
make sure that all the items are checked.
s If the customer’s interior work has not been finished on completion of the test run, explain the customer
not to operate the air conditioner. This is essential until the interior work is finished so as to protect the product.
Substances generated from paints and adhesives used for the interior work may contaminate the product
if the unit is operated.
To test run Contractors
When delivering the product to the customer after the test run is completed, check that the control box lid,
the air filter and the suction grille are mounted. In addition, explain to the customer regarding the state
(ON/OFF) of the power supply breaker.
29
3P458894-1C

2.2 FFF50BV1 / FFF60BV1

3P479034-1

2.2.2 Installation
FFF50BV1 FFF60BV1
SPLIT SYSTEM Air Conditioners Installation manual
FFF50BV14 FFF60BV14
CONTENTS
1. SAFETY PRECAUTIONS .......................................................................................... 1
2. BEFORE INSTALLATION ........................................................................................... 3
3. SELECTING INSTALLATION SITE ............................................................................ 5
4. PREPARATIONS BEFORE INSTALLATION.............................................................. 6
5. INDOOR UNIT INSTALLATION .................................................................................. 7
6. REFRIGERANT PIPING WORK ................................................................................. 9
7. DRAIN PIPING WORK.............................................................................................. 11
8. ELECTRIC WIRING WORK ...................................................................................... 14
9. INSTALLATION OF THE DECORATION PANEL..................................................... 18
10. FIELD SETTINGS ..................................................................................................... 19
11. TEST OPERATION ................................................................................................... 20
Please read these “SAFETY PRECAUTIONS” carefully before installing air conditioning equipment and be sure to install it correctly.
After completing the installation, make sure that the unit operates properly during the start-up operation.
After completing installation, conduct a trial operation to check for faults and explain to the customer how to operate the
air conditioner and take care of it with the aid of the operation manual. Ask the customer to store the installation manual along
with the operation manual for future reference.
Also, inform customers that they should store this installation manual along with the operation manual for future reference.
Meaning of WARNING and CAUTION notices.
WARNING ........ Failure to follow these instructions properly may result in personal injury or loss of life.
CAUTION ........ Failure to observe these instructions properly may result in property damage or personal injury,
which may be serious depending on the circumstances.
WARNING
t Ask your dealer or qualified personnel to carry out installation work.
Do not attempt to install the air conditioner yourself. Improper installation may result in water leakage, electric shocks or fire.
t Install the air conditioner in accordance with the instructions in this installation manual.
Improper installation may result in water leakage, electric shocks or fire.
t Be sure to use only the specified accessories and parts for installation work.
Failure to use the specified parts may result in the unit falling, water leakage, electric shocks or fire.
t Install the air conditioner on a foundation strong enough to withstand the weight of the unit.
A foundation of insufficient strength may result in the equipment falling and causing injury.
t Carry out the specified installation work after taking into account strong winds, typhoons or earthquakes.
Failure to do so during installation work may result in the unit falling and causing accidents.
t Make sure that a separate power supply circuit is provided for this unit and that all electrical work is carried out by qualified
personnel according to local laws and regulations and this installation manual.
An insufficient power supply capacity or improper electrical construction may lead to electric shocks or fire.
t Make sure that all wiring is secured, the specified wires are used, and that there is no strain on the terminal connections or wires.
Improper connections or securing of wires may result in abnormal heat build-up or fire.
t When wiring the power supply and connecting the wiring between the indoor and outdoor units, position the wires so that the
control box lid can be securely fastened.
Improper positioning of the control box lid may result in electric shocks, fire or overheating terminals.
English 1
3P479035-1

s If refrigerant gas leaks during installation, ventilate the area immediately.

Toxic gas may be produced if the refrigerant comes into contact with fire.
s After completing installation, check for refrigerant gas leakage.
Toxic gas may be produced if the refrigerant gas leaks into the room and comes into contact with a source of fire, such as a fan
s
heater, stove or cooker.
When installing or relocating the air conditioner, be sure to bleed the refrigerant circuit to ensure, it is free of air, and use only 2
the specified refrigerant (R32).
The presence of air or other foreign matter in the refrigerant circuit causes abnormal pressure rise, which may result in
equipment damage and even injury.
s Be sure to switch off the unit before touching any electrical parts.
s Do not directly touch refrigerant that has leaked from refrigerant pipes or other areas, as there is a danger of frostbite.
s Be sure to earth the air conditioner.
Do not earth the unit to a utility pipe, lightning conductor or telephone earth lead.
Imperfect earthing may result in electric shocks or fire.
A high surge current from lightning or other sources may cause damage to the air conditioner.
s Be sure to install an earth leakage breaker.
Failure to install an earth leakage breaker may result in electric shocks or fire.
s Consult your local dealer regarding what to do in case of refrigerant leakage. When the air coditioner is to be installed in a
small room, it is necessary to take proper measures so that the amount of any leaked refrigerant does not exceed the
concentration limit in the event of a leakage. Otherwise, this may lead to an accident due to oxygen depletion.
s Do not allow children to climb on the outdoor unit and avoid placing objects on the unit.
Injury may result if the unit becomes loose and falls.
s The appliance must be stored in a room without continuosly operating ignition sources
s Be aware that refrigerant may not contain an odour.
s Floor area required for installation of the equipment, refer to the installation manual of the outdoor unit.
s Comply with national gas regulations.
s When flared joints are reused indoors, the flare part shall be re-fabricated.
CAUTION
s While following the instructions in this installation manual, install drain piping to ensure proper drainage and insulate piping to
prevent condensation.
Improper drain piping may result in indoor water leakage and property damage.
s Install the indoor and outdoor units, power cord and connecting wires at least 1 meter away from televisions or radios to prevent
picture interference and noise.
(Depending on the incoming signal strength, a distance of 1 meter may not be sufficient to eliminate noise.)
s Remote controller (wireless kit) transmitting distance can be shorter than expected in rooms with electronic fluorescent lamps
(inverter or rapid start types). Install the indoor unit as far away from fluorescent lamps as possible.
s In a domestic environment this product may cause radio interference in which case the user may be required to take adequate
measures.
s Make sure to provide for adequate measures in order to prevent that the outdoor unit be used as a shelter by small animals.
Small animals making contact with electrical parts can cause malfunctions, smoke or fire. Please instruct the customer to keep
the area around the unit clean.
s Install in a machine room that is free of moisture. The unit is designed for indoor use.
s Disposal requirements
Dismantling of the unit, treatment of the refrigerant, of oil and of other parts must be done in accordance with relevant local and
national legislation.
s The refrigerant R32 requires that strict precautions be observed for keeping the system clean, dry and tightly sealed.
A. Clean and dry
Strict measures must be taken to keep impurities (including SUNISO oil and other mineral oils as well as moisture) out of the system.
B. Tightly sealed
R32 contains no chlorine, does not destroy the ozone layer and so does not reduce the earth's protection against harmful
ultraviolet radiation. R32 will contribute only slightly to the greenhouse effect if released into the atmosphere.
s Do not install the air conditioner in the following locations:
1. Where there is a high concentration of mineral oil spray or vapour (e.g. a kitchen).
Plastic parts will deteriorate, parts may fall off and water leakage could result.
2. Where corrosive gas, such as sulphurous acid gas, is produced.
Corroding of copper pipes or soldered parts may result in refrigerant leakage.
3. Near machinery emitting electromagnetic radiation.
Electromagnetic radiation may disturb the operation of the control system and result in a malfunction of the unit.
4. Where flammable gas may leak, where there is carbon fibre or ignitable dust suspensions in the air, or where volatile
flammables such as paint thinner or gasoline are handled.
Operating the unit in such conditions may result in fire.
s The air conditioner is not intended for use in a potentially explosive atmosphere.
s Only qualified personnel can handel, fill, purge and dispose of the refrigerant.
This product contains fluorinated greenhouse gases covered by the Kyoto protocol. Do not vent gases into the atmosphere.
GWP(1) value: 550*
(1)
s The refrigerant quantity is indicated on the unit name plate.
*This value is based on F gas regulation (824/2006).
2 English
3P479035-1

Do not exert pressure on the resin parts when opening the unit or when moving it after opening
Be sure to check the type of R32 refrigerant to be used before doing any work. (Using an incorrect
refrigerant will prevent normal operation of the unit.)
s When opening the unit or moving it after opening, be sure to lift it by holding on to the lifting lugs without
exerting any pressure on other parts, especially, drain piping, and other resin parts.
s Decide upon a line of transport.
s Leave the unit inside its packaging while moving, until reaching the installation site. Use a sling of soft
material, where unpacking is unavoidable or protective plates together with a rope when lifting, to avoid
damage or scratches to the unit.
s Especially, do not unfasten packing case(top) guarding the control box until suspending the unit.
s Refer to the installation manual of the outdoor unit for items not described in this manual.
s Do not dispose of any parts necessary for installation until the installation is complete.
2-1 PRECAUTIONS
s Be sure to read this manual before installing the indoor unit.
s When selecting installation site, refer to the paper pattern.
s This unit is suitable for installation in a household, commercial and light industrial environment.
s Do not install or operate the unit in rooms mentioned below.
s Laden with mineral oil, or filled with oil vapor or spray like in kitchens. (Plastic parts may deteriorate.)
s Where corrosive gas like sulfurous gas exists. (Copper tubing and brazed spots may corrode.)
s Where volatile flammable gas like thinner or gasoline is used.
s Where machines can generate electromagnetic waves. (Control system may malfunction.)
s Where the air contains high levels of salt such as that near the ocean and where voltage fluctuates
greatly such as that in factories. Also in vehicles or vessels.
2-2 ACCESSORIES
Check the following accessories are included with your unit.
(3)Washer for (5)Paper pattern

Name (1)Drain hose (2)Metal clamp (4)Clamp
hanger bracket for installation
1 pc. 1 pc. 8 pcs. (Big) (Small) 1 pc.
Quantity 6 pcs. 1 pc.
Also used as
packing material
Shape
(6)Screws (7)Washer (12)Sealing

Name Insulation for fitting Sealing pad (Other)
(M5) fixing plate material
Quantity 4 pcs. 4 pcs. 1 each. 1 each. 2 pcs.
Operation
(8)For gas pipe (10)Large manual
For paper pattern
for installation
Installation
Shape manual
(9)For liquid pipe (11)Small
English 3
3P479035-1

C: 3P479035-1

c. Points for explanation about operations
The items with WARNING and CAUTION marks in the instruction manual are the items per-
taining to possibilities for bodily injury and material damage in addition to the general usage of
the product. Accordingly, it is necessary that you make a full explanation about the described contents
and also ask your customers to read the instruction manual.
2-4 NOTE TO THE INSTALLER

Be sure to instruct customers how to properly operate the unit (especially cleaning filters, operating
different functions, and adjusting the temperature) by having them carry out operations themselves while
looking at the manual.
3. SELECTING INSTALLATION SITE

¢Hold the unit by the 4 lifting lugs when opening the box and moving it, and do not exert pressure on to any
other part piping (refrigerant, drain, etc.) or plastic parts.
If the temperature or humidity inside the ceiling might rise above 30°C or RH 80%, respectively, use the
high-humidity kit (sold separately) or add extra insulation to the main unit body.
Use glass wool or polyethylene foam as insulation and make sure it is at least 10mm thick and fits inside the
ceiling opening.²
The direction this product blows can be selected. However, a separately sold shut-off material kit is
needed in order to make the unit blow in two, three, or four (corner shut-off) directions.
(1) Select an installation location with the customer’s approval which matches the following condi-
tions.
t A location from which cool (warm) air will reach the whole room.
t A location with no objects blocking the air passage.
t A location where drainage can be done with no problem.
t A location strong enough to support the weight of the indoor unit.
t Locations where the wall is not significantly tilted.
t A location which leaves enough room for installation and service work.
t A location where there is no risk of flammable gas leaking.
t A location where the length of the indoor-outdoor piping is no longer than the tolerated length (see the
installation manual that came with the outdoor unit for details).
[Space required for installation] (mm)
> >
* 1500 * 1500
H
For installation
1500
in high places
Air Air
2500
outlet Air outlet

> >
>
inlet
* 1500 * 1500
>
> >
* 1500
* 1500
Fig. 1
Fig. 2
NOTE
t Leave 200 mm or more space where marked with the *, on sides where the air outlet is closed.
Model H
FFF50·60BV1 285 (Confirm the space of 295 or more)

FFF50·60BV14
English 5
3P479035-1

CAUTION
t Install the indoor and outdoor units, power cord and connecting wires at least 1 meter away from televi-
sions or radios in order to prevent image interference or noise.
(Depending on the radio waves, a distance of 1 meter may not be sufficient enough to eliminate the
noise.)
2
(2) Air flow direction
The air direction shown is an example.
Select the appropriate number of directions according to the shape of the room and the location of the
unit. (Field settings have to be made using the remote controller and the outlet vents have to be shut off if
two, three, or four (corner shut-off) directions are selected. See the shut-off materials (sold separately)
installation manual for details.)
[Air flow direction] (Example)

Piping Piping Piping
Air outlet in Air outlet in Air outlet in

4 directions 3 directions 2 directions
(3) Use suspension bolts for installation. Check whether the ceiling is strong enough to support the
weight of the unit or not. If there is a risk, reinforce the ceiling before installing the unit.
(Installation pitch is maked on the paper pattern for installation. Refer to it to check for points requiring
reinforcing.)
4. PREPARATIONS BEFORE INSTALLATION

(1) Relation of ceiling opening to unit and suspension bolt position.
Refrigerant
piping (Ceiling opening dimension)
585-660 (Ceiling opening)
585 – *660
575 (indoor unit)
Hanger
Suspension bracket
False
bolt ( 4) ceiling
(180)

20 d 20 d
(mm)
575 (indoor unit) (Ceiling-panel overlapping dimension)
585-660 (Ceiling opening)
700 (Decoration panel) View as seen from A
Fig. 3 Fig. 4
A
NOTE
t Installation is possible with a ceiling dimension of 660 mm (marked with *). However, to achieve a ceiling-
panel overlapping dimension of 20 mm, the spacing between the ceiling and the unit should be 5-45 mm.
If the spacing between ceiling and the unit is over 45 mm, attach ceiling material to part or recover
the ceiling.
6 English
3P479035-1

'BMTF 'BMTF
DFJMJOH DFJMJOH
$FJMJOHNBUFSJBM
NN

Fig. 5
(2) Make the ceiling opening needed for installation where applicable. ('PSFxJTUJOHDFJMJOHT
t 3FGFSUPUIFQBQFSQBUUFSOGPSJOTUBMMBUJPO
GPSDFJMJOHPQFOJOHEJNFOTJPOT
t $SFBUFUIFDFJMJOHPQFOJOHSFqVJSFEGPSJOTUBMMBUJPO'SPNUIFTJEFPGUIFPQFOJOHUPUIFDBTJOH
PVUMFU JNQMFNFOUUIFSFGSJHFSBOUBOEESBJOQJQJOHBOEXJSJOHGPSSFNPUFDPOUSPMMFS VOOFDFTTBSZ
GPSXJSFMFTTUZQF
BOEXJSJOHCFUXFFOVOJUT3FGFSUPFBDI1*1*/(PS8*3*/(TFDUJPO
t AGUFSNBkJOHBOPQFOJOHJOUIFDFJMJOH JUNBZCFOFDFTTBSZUPSFJOGPSDFDFJMJOHCFBNTUPkFFQUIF
DFJMJOHMFWFMBOEUPQSFWFOUJUGSPNWJCSBUJOH$POTVMUUIFCVJMEFSGPSEFUBJMT
(3) Install the suspension bolts.
6TFFJUIFSB.~.TJzFCPMU
JOTUBMMBUJPOFYBNQMF
6TFBIPMFJOBODIPSGPSFxJTUJOHDFJMJOHT BOE $FJMJOHTMBC
BTVOkFOJOTFSU TVOkFOBODIPSPSPUIFSGJFME
"ODIPS

TVQQMJFEQBSUTGPSOFXDFJMJOHTUPSFJOGPSDF
UIFDFJMJOHUPCFBSUIFwFJHIUPGUIFVOJU -POHOVUPSUVSOCVDLMF
AEKVTUDMFBSBODF(5oNN
GSPNUIF 4VTQFOTJPOCPMU
DFJMJOHCFGPSFQSPDFFEJOHGVSUIFS
'BMTFDFJMJOH NN
NOTE Fig. 6
t AMMUIFBCPWFQBSUTBSFGJFMETVQQMJFE
Precaution when installation

t5PQSFWFOUPGBCOPSNBMOPJTF UIFTVTQFOTJPOCPMUNVTUCFWFSUJDBMMZJOTUBMMFE4FF'JH
'PSUIF"OHMF "
PGIBOHFSXIFO 4VTQFOTJPOCPMU
°
JOTUBMMBUJPONVTUUPCF¡
° A A
OK
Fig. 6-1
5. INDOOR UNIT INSTALLATION

Installing optional accessories (except for the decoration panel) before installing the indoor unit is
easier. However, for existing ceilings, install fresh air inlet component kit and branch duct before
installing the unit.
ATGPSUIFQBSUTUPCFVTFEGPSJOTUBMMBUJPOwPSk CFTVSFUPVTFUIFQSPWJEFEBDDFTTPSJFTBOETQFDJGJFEQBSUT
EFTJHOBUFECZPVSDPNQBOZ
(1) For new ceilings
t"UUBDIUIFIBOHFSCSBDkFUUPUIFTVTQFOTJPOCPMU#FTVSFUPGJYJUTFDVSFMZCZVTJOHBOVUBOE
wBTIFS
GSPNUIFVQQFSBOEMPwFSTJEFTPGUIFIBOHFSCSBDkFU
5IFwBTIFSGJYJOHQMBUF
XJMMQSFWFOUUIFwBTIFSGSPNGBMMJOH
8BTIFS
BDDFTTPSZ
)BOHFSCSBDLFU
*OTFSU
/VU 5JHIUFO 8BTIFSGJYJOHQMBUF
'JFMETVQQMJFE
EPVCMFOVUT
BDDFTTPSZ
<4FDVSJOHUIFIBOHFSCSBDLFU> <4FDVSJOHUIFXBTIFS>
Fig. 7 Fig. 8
EOHMJTI 7
3P479035-1

(1-2) Refer to the paper pattern for installation (5) for ceilling opening dimension.
Consult the builder or carpenter for details.
s The center of the ceiling opening is indicated on the paper pattern for installation.
The center of the unit is indicated on the paper pattern for installation. 2
s&IXTHe paper pattern to the unit with screws (6) (×4).
s#EILING height is shown on the side of the paper pattern for installation (5). Adjust the height of the
unit according to this indication.
sPlease perform one of the following, as the shape of the paper pattern for installation differs
according to the model.
Paper pattern for installation (5)
(accessory)
Screws (6)
(accessory)
Screws (6)
(accessory) [Installation of paper pattern for installation]
Fig. 9
<Ceiling work>
(1-3) Adjust the unit to the right position for installation.
(Refer to 4.PREPARATIONS BEFORE INSTALLATION-(1).)
(1-4) Check the unit is horizontally level.
s The indoor unit is equipped with a built-in drain pump and float switch. Verify that it is level by using
a water level or a waterfilled vinyl tube.
CAUTION
If the unit is tilted against condensate flow, the float
switch may malfunction and cause water to drip.
(1-5) Remove the washer fixing plate (7) used for pre-
venting the washer from falling and tighten the
Water level Vinyl tube
upper nut.
(1-6) Remove the paper pattern for installation (5).
(2) For existing ceilings Fig. 10
s!TTACHTHe hanger bracket to the suspension bolt. Be sure to fix it securely by using a nut and
washer (3) from the upper and lower sides of hanger bracket. The washer fixing plate (7) will pre-
vent the washer from falling.
Washer (3) (accessory)
Hanger bracket
Insert
Nut Tighten Washer fixing plate (7)
(Field supplied) (double nuts)
(accessory)
[Securing the hanger bracket]
[Securing the washer]
Fig. 11 Fig. 12
(2-2) Adjust the height and position of the unit.

(Refer to 4.PREPARATIONS BEFORE INSTALLATION-(1).)
(2-3) Perform steps (1-4), (1-5) in (1) For new ceilings.
8 English
3P479035-1


<For refrigerant piping of outdoor units, see the installation manual attached to the outdoor unit.>
<Execute heat insulation work completely on both sides of the gas piping and the liquid piping.
Otherwise, a water leakage can result sometimes.>
<Also, in cases where the temperature and humidity of the refrigerant piping sections might exceed
30°C or RH80%, reinforce the refrigerant insulation. (20 mm or thicker) Condensation may form on
the surface of the insulating material.>
<Before refrigerant piping work, check which type of refrigerant is used. Proper operation is not
possible if the types of refrigerant are not the same.>
CAUTION
t Use a pipe cutter and flare suitable for the type of refrigerant.
t Apply ester oil or ether oil around the flare portions before connectiong.
t To prevent dust, moisture or other foreign matter from infiltrating the tube, either pinch the end
or cover it with tape.
t Do not allow anything other than the designated refrigerant to get mixed into the refrigerant
circuit, such as air, etc. If any refrigerant gas leaks while working on the unit, ventilate the room
thoroughly right away.
t The outdoor unit is charged with refrigerant.

t Be sure to use both a spanner and torque wrench together, as
shown in the drawing, when connecting or disconnecting pipes to/ Torque wrench
from the unit. (Refer to Fig. 13)
t Refer to “ Table 3” for the dimensions of flare nut spaces.
t When connecting the flare nut, coat the flare section (both inside and
outside) with ester oil or ether oil, rotate three or four times first, Spanner
then screw in. (Refer to Fig. 14)
Piping union
CAUTION
Flare nut Fig. 13
Over-tightening may damage the flare and cause a
Apply ester oil or
ether oil only inside
NOTE Fig. 14
t Use the flare nut included with the unit main body.
Table 3
Piping size Tightening torque Dimension for Flare shape
(mm) (N·m) processing flare A (mm)
2°
°±
ø9.5 36.3 ± 3.6 13.0 ± 0.2

45
R0.6±0.2
90°±2°
ø15.9 68.6 ± 6.8 19.5 ± 0.2
t Refer to “Table 3” to determine the proper tightening torque.
English 9
3P479035-1

Not recommendable but in case of emergency

You must use a torque wrench but if you are obliged to install the unit without a torque wrench, you may
follow the installation method mentioned below.
After the work is finished, make sure to check that there is no gas leak. 2
When you keep on tightening the flare nut with a spanner, there is a point where the tightening torque
suddenly increases. From that position, further tighten the flare nut the angle shown below:
Pipe size Recommended arm length

Tightening angle
(mm) of tool used
ø9.5 60° - 90° approx. 200 mm
ø15.9 30° - 60° approx. 300 mm
CAUTION
CAUTION TO BE TAKEN WHEN BRAZING REFRIGERANT PIPING
“Do not use flux when brazing refrigerant piping. Therefore, use the phosphor copper brazing filler metal
(BCuP-2: JIS Z 3264/B-Cu93P-710/795: ISO 3677) which does not require flux.”
(Flux has extremely harmful influence on refrigerant piping systems. For instance, if the chlorine based
flux is used, it will cause pipe corrosion or, in particular, if the flux contains fluorine, it will damage the
refrigerant oil.)
s Before brazing local refrigerant piping, nitrogen gas shall be blown through the piping to expel air from the
piping.
If your brazing is done without nitrogen gas blowing, a large amount of oxide film develops inside the
piping, and could cause system malfunction.
s When brazing the refrigerant piping, only begin brazing after having carried out nitrogen substitution or
while inserting nitrogen into the refrigerant piping. Once this is done, connect the indoor unit with a flared
or a flanged connection.
s Nitrogen should be set to 0.02 MPa (0.2 kg/cm2) with a pressure-reducing valve if brazing while inserting
nitrogen into the piping. (Refer to Fig.15)
Taping
Refrigerant piping
Pressure-reducing valve
Part to be hands valve
brazed
Nitrogen
Nitrogen
Fig. 15
s Make absolutely sure to execute heat insulation works on the pipe-connecting section after checking gas
leakage by thoroughly studying the following figure and using the attached heat insulating materials for
fitting (8) and (9). (Fasten both ends with the clamps (4).)
(Refer to Fig. 16)
s Wrap the sealing pad (11) only around the insulation for the joints on the gas piping side.
(Refer to Fig. 16)
10 English
3P479035-1

Small sealing pad

(accessory) (11)
(Wrap the piping union
with the sealing pad.)
Clamp (4) Insulation for fitting

(Big 4) (accessory) (9)
(accessory) (for liquid pipe)
Insulation for fitting (accessory) (8)
Liquid piping (for gas pipe)
Gas piping
Fig. 16
CAUTION
Be sure to insulate any field piping all the way to the piping connection inside the unit. Any exposed piping
may cause condensation or burns if touched.

(1) Carry out the drain piping
s Lay pipes so as to ensure that drainage can occur with problems.
s Employ a pipe with either the same diameter or with the diameter larger (excluding the raising section)
than that of the connecting pipe (PVC pipe, nominal diameter 20 mm, outside diameter 26 mm).
s keep the drain pipe short and sloping downwards at a gradient of at least 1/100 to prevent air pockets from
forming.
s If the drain hose cannot be sufficiently set on a slope, refer to PRECAUTIONS FOR DRAIN RAISING PIP-
ING on page 12.
s To keep the drain hose from sagging, space hanger bracket every 1 to 1.5 m.
Hanger bracket 1/100

gradient or more
GOOD WRONG WRONG

Fig. 17 Fig. 18
CAUTION
Water pooling in the drainage piping can cause the drain to clog.
s Use the attached drain hose (1) and metal clamp (2).
s Insert the drain hose into the drain socket up to the base, and tighten the clamp securely within the portion
of a gray tape of the hose-inserted tip. Tighten the clamp until the screw head is less than 4 mm from the
hose.
s Make sure that heat insulation work is executed on the following 2 spots to prevent any possible water
leakage due to dew condensation.
s Indoor drain pipe
s Drain socket
s Wrap the attached sealing pad (10) over the metal clamp (2) and drain hose to insulate.
English 11
3P479035-1

Metal clamp (2) Metal clamp (2)

(accessory) (accessory) Large sealing pad (10)
(accessory) 2
Drain hose (1)
Tape (Gray) 4mm
(accessory)
Fig. 19 Fig. 20
<PRECAUTIONS FOR DRAIN RAISING PIPING>

s Install the drain raising pipes at a height of less than 545 mm.
s Install the drain raising pipes at a right angle to the indoor unit and no more than 300 mm from the unit.
Drain hose (1)

(accessory)
Ceiling slab Hanger bracket
Level or
tilted 300 1-1.5m Adjustable
slightly up Drain hose (accessory)(1) ( 545)
750
To prevent air bubbles in the (mm)
205
drain hose part, keep it level or
slightly tilted up. Any bubbles in Metal clamp (2) Drain raising pipe
the hose might cause the unit to
(accessory) Raising section
make noise due to backflow
when the drain pump stops.
Fig. 21
NOTE
s To ensure no excessive pressure is applied to the included drain hose (1), do not bend or twist when
installing. (This may cause leakage.)
s If converging multiple drain pipes, install according to the procedure shown below.
Central drain pipe
0 – 545mm
The drain pipe should have a downward

slope of at least 1/100 to prevent
air pockets from forming.
Water accumulating in the drain
piping can cause the drain to clog.
Fig. 22
Select converging drain pipes whose gauge is suitable for the operating capacity of the unit.
(2) After piping work is finished, check if drainage flows smoothly.

s Add approximately 1000 cc of water slowly from the air outlet and check drainage flow.
WHEN ELECTRIC WIRING WORK IS FINISHED

s Check drainage flow during cooling operation, explained in “HOW TO TEST OPERATION” on page 20.
WHEN ELECTRIC WIRING WORK IS NOT FINISHED

CAUTION
s Electrical wiring work should be done by a certified electrician.
s If someone who does not have the proper qualifications performs the work, perform the following after the
test run is complete.
s Remove the control box lid. Connect the single phase power supply (SINGLE PHASE 50Hz 220-240V) to
connections No.1 and No.2 on the power supply terminal block. Do not connect to No.3 of the power supply
terminal block. (The drain pump will not operate.) When carrying out wiring work around the control box, make
sure none of the connectors come undone. Be sure to attach the control box lid before turning on the power.
s After confirming drainage (Fig.23, Fig.24), turn off the power and remove the power supply.
s Attach the control box lid as before.
12 English
3P479035-1

Drain sockets
(Check the drainage now.)
Drain pump
location
(mm)
Service drain outlet (with rubber plug)
100 (Use this outlet to drain water from
Plastic container the drain pan)
for pouring
<Adding water through air outlet>
(Tube should be
about 100 mm long.)
[Method of adding water]
Terminal block (X3M) for remote controller wiring Fig. 23
Prohibited
Do not connect wiring between
the indoor and outdoor units
Remote controller wiring (high voltage).
No polarity
<Remote controller wiring method>
Control
box lid
Remove the
control box lid
(take off 2 screws)
Outdoor unit Indoor unit Power supply

1 1 terminal block
2 2
3 3
Terminal block Terminal block
Match the numbers
Connection method of wiring
between the indoor and outdoor units
Fig. 24
CAUTION
Drain piping connections
Do not connect the drain piping directly to sewage pipes that smell of ammonia. The ammonia in the sewage
might enter the indoor unit through the drain pipes and corrode the heat exchanger.
Keep in mind that it will become the cause of getting drain pipe blocked if water collects on drain pipe.
English 13
3P479035-1


8-1 General instructions
s Make certain that all electric wiring work is carried out by qualified personnel according
to the applicable legislation and this installation manual, using a separate dedicated circuit.
Insufficient capacity of the power supply circuit or improper electrical construction may lead to
2
electric shocks or a fire.
s Make sure to install an earth leakage breaker. Failure to do so may cause electric shocks and a fire.
s Do not turn on the power supply (branch switch, branch overcurrent circuit breaker) until all
the works are finished.
s Multiple number of indoor units are connected to one outdoor unit. Name each indoor unit as A-unit,
B-unit ….. and the like. When these indoor units are wired to the outdoor unit, always wire the indoor
unit to the terminal indicated with the same symbol on the terminal block. If the wiring and the piping
are connected to the different indoor units and operated, it will result in malfunction.
s Make sure to earth the air conditioner. Earthing resistance should be according to applicable
legislation.
s Do not connect the earth wiring to gas or water pipings, lightning conductor or telephone earth wiring.
s Gas piping.................Ignition or explosion may occur if the gas leaks.
s Water piping..............Hard vinyl tubes are not effective earths.
s Lightning conductor or telephone earth wiring.................. Electric potential may rise abnormally
if struck-by a lightning bolt.
s For electric wiring work, refer to also the “WIRING DIAGRAM” attached to the control box lid.
s Carry out wiring between the outdoor units, indoor units and the remote controllers according to the
wiring diagram.
s Carry out installation and wiring of the remote controller according to the “installation manual”
attached to the remote controller.
s Do not touch the Printed Circuit Board assembly. It may cause malfunction.
8-2 Specifications for field wire
The remote controller cord should be procured locally. Refer to the Table 4 when preparing one.
Table 4
Wire Size(mm2) Length(m)
Wiring between units H05VV-U4G (NOTE 1, 2) 2.5 –
Remote controller cord Vinyl cord with sheath or cable (2 wire) (NOTE 3) 0.75-1.25 Max.500 *
Wiring to ground terminal Ground wire conform to local codes 2.0 –
*This will be the total extended length in the system when doing group control.
NOTE
1. Shows only in case of protected pipes. Use H07RN-F in case of no protection.
2. Supply cords shall not be lighter than polychloroprene sheathed flexible cord
(code designation 60245 IEC 57)
3. Asian market Vinyl cord with sheath or cable (Insulated thickness 1mm or more)
For Australian regular Shield wire (Insulated thickness 1mm or more)
CAUTION
s Arrange the wires and fix a lid firmly so that the lid does not float during wiring work.
s Do not clamp remote controller cords together with wiring between units together. Doing so may cause
malfunction.
s Remote controller cords and wiring between units should be located at least 50 mm from other electric
wires. Not following this guideline may result in malfunction due to electrical noise.
Connection of wiring between units, ground wire and for the remote control cord (Refer to Fig. 29)
s Wiring between units and ground wire
Remove the control box lid and connect wires of matching number to the power supply terminal block
(4P)inside. And connect the ground wire to the terminal block. In doing this, pull the wires inside through
the hole and fix the wires securely with the included clamp (4).
s Give enough slack to the wires between the clamp (4) and power supply terminal block. (Use Fig. 30 as a
guide and allow at least 80mm for removing the sheath.)
s Remove the control box lid and pull the wires inside through the hole and connect to the terminal block for
remote controller (6P). (no polarity) Securely fix the remote controller cord with the included clamp (4).
s Give enough slack to the wires between the clamp (4) and the terminal block for the remote controller.
s After connection, attach sealing material (12)
s Be sure to attach it to prevent the infiltration of water as well as any insects and other small creatures from
the outside. Otherwise a short circuit may occur inside the control box.
14 English
3P479035-1

Wiring Remote controller cord
Remote controller cord

Ground the shield part of shielded wire.
( Refer to Note 2 in "8. WIRING EXAMPLE" )
Note
Terminal block for
remote controller (6P)
10~
15
mm
control box lid
Wiring diagram label

After clamping (Back side of control box lid)
Clamp(4)(small)
(accessory) to wire sheath,
Clamp(4)
clamp the wire
(Big) (accessory) sheath with
Clamp(4) Clamp(4)(Big)
(Small) to clamp
material.
Be sure to clamp
wire sheath. Remove the
Clamp After securing the control box lid
clamp (4) to clamp (take off 2
material screws)
material, cut off
any extra material
Wiring between units
Outdoor Indoor
Note unit unit
(Wiring between units)
How to connect power
supply terminal block
(4P) with ground wire
10~15mm
Note)
Be sure to attach it to prevent the infiltration of water
Wiring between as well as any insects and other small creatures from
Power supply the outside. Otherwise a short circuit may occur
units
terminal block inside the control box.
Clamp(4)
(accessory)
(Big) Sealing material (12) Sealing
(accessory) Be sure to clamp Attach completely to
material(12)
wire sheath. hole of wiring without
(accessory)
leaving any space
After securing the Wiring
clamp (4) to clamp material, Wiring to
Clamp cut off any extra material outside
material (Outside) (Inside)
Fig. 29 [How to attach sealing materials]
Observe the notes mentioned below when wiring to the power supply terminal block.
Tightening torque for the terminal blocks.

s Use the correct screwdriver for tightening the terminal screws. If the blade of screwdriver is too small, the
head of the screw might be damaged, and the screw will not be properly tightened.
s If the terminal screws are tightened too hard, screws might be damaged.
s Refer to the table below for the tightening torque of the terminal screws.
Terminal block for remote controller (6P) 0.79 - 0.97
Power supply terminal block (4P) 1.18 - 1.44
English 15
3P479035-1

Precautions to be taken for power supply wiring

Use a round crimp-style terminal for connection to the power supply terminal block. In case it cannot be
used due to unavoidable reasons, be sure to observe the following instructions.
Be sure to peel off the sheath of wiring between units more than 80 mm.
(Refer to Fig. 30) 2
s In wiring, make certain that prescribed wires are used, carry out complete connections, and fix the wires
so that external forces are not applied to the terminals.
Attach insulation sleeve

Round crimp-style terminal
Wiring between units
e
or
m
or
Fig. 30 mm
80
When none are available, follow the instructions below.

s Do not connect wires of different gauge to the same power supply terminal.
Connect wires of the Do not connect wires Do not connect wires

same gauge to both of the same gauge to of different gauges.
side. one side.
(Looseness in the connection may cause overheating.)
CAUTION
s When clamping wiring, use the included clamping material to prevent outside pressure being exerted on the
wiring connections and clamp firmly. When doing the wiring, make sure the wiring is neat and does not
cause the control box lid to stick up, then close the cover firmly.
s When attaching the control box lid, make sure you do not pinch any wires.
s After all the wiring connections are done, fill in any gaps in the through holes with putty or insulation (pro-
cured locally) to prevent small animals and insects from entering the unit from outside. (If any do get in,
they could cause short circuits in the control box.)
s Outside the machine, separate the weak wiring (remote controller cord) and strong wiring (interunit,
ground, and other power wiring) at least 50 mm so that they do not pass through the same place together.
Proximity may cause electrical interference, malfunctions, and breakage.
16 English
3P479035-1

8-3 Wiring example

For the wiring of outdoor units, refer to the installation manual attached to the outdoor units.
Confirm the system type.
t Pair type: 1 remote controller controls 1 indoor unit. (standard system) (Refer to Fig. 25)
t Simultaneous operation system: 1 remote controller controls 2 indoor units
(2 indoor units operates equally) (Refer to Fig. 26)
t Group control: 1 remote controller controls up to 16 indoor units. (All indoor units operate according to
the remote controller) (Refer to Fig. 27)
t 2 remote controllers control: 2 remote controllers control 1 indoor unit. (Refer to Fig. 28)
Pair type Simultaneous operation system

Main power supply Main power supply
Main switch Earth leakage
circuit breaker
Fuse
Outdoor unit
Outdoor unit 1 2 3
1 2 3
Indoor unit
P1 P1
Remote controller
P2 P2 (Optional accessory)
P1
1 2 3 Earth leakage 1 1 P2 Earth leakage
circuit breaker 2
3
2
3
circuit breaker
P1 P2
L L L L
Indoor unit N N N N
Remote controller Indoor unit Indoor unit

P1 P2 (slave)
(Optional accessories)
Fig. 25 Fig. 26
Group control 2 remote controllers control

Main power supply Main power supply Main power supply Main power supply
Main switch Main switch Main switch Main switch
Fuse Fuse Fuse Fuse
Outdoor unit Outdoor unit Outdoor unit Outdoor unit

1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3
1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3
P1 P2 P1 P2 P1 P2 P1 P2
Indoor unit Indoor unit Indoor unit Indoor unit

Remote Remote
P1 P2
Remote controller controller 1 P P 1 2 P1 P2
controller 2
(Optional accessories) (Optional (Optional
accessories) accessories)
Fig. 27 Fig. 28
NOTE
1. All transmission wiring except for the remote controller wires is polarized and must match the terminal
symbol.
2. For group control remote controller, choose the remote controller that suits the indoor unit which has the
most functions (as attached swing flap)
3. When controlling the simultaneous operation system with 2 remote controllers, connect it to the master
unit. (wiring to the slave unit is unnecessary)
English 17
3P479035-1

When implementing group control

t When using as a pair unit, you may control up to 16 unit with the remote controller.
t In this case, all the indoor units in the group will operate in accordance with the group control remote
controller.
t Select a remote controller which matches as many of the functions (swing flap, etc) in the group as possible.
2
Outdoor Outdoor Outdoor

Indoor Indoor
Indoor unit 2 unit 2 Indoor
unit 1 (Slave) (Master) unit 16
Group control remote controller
Wiring Method (See 8. ELECTRIC WIRING WORK on page 14.)

(2) Cross-wire the remote control terminal block (P1 P2) inside the control box. (There is no polarity.)
(Refer to Fig. 27 on page 17 and conduct wiring in installation manual attached to the remote
controller.)
Two remote Controllers (Controlling 1 indoor unit by 2 remote controllers)

t When using 2 remote controllers, one must be set to “MAIN” and the other to “SUB”.
MAIN/SUB CHANGEOVER
t Refer to the manual attached to the remote controller.
Wiring Method (See 8. ELECTRIC WIRING WORK on page14.)

(2) Add remote controller 2 to the remote control terminal block (P1, P2) in the control box.
(There is no polarity.) (Refer to Fig. 28 on page 17 and Table 4 on page 14)
9. INSTALLATION OF THE DECORATION PANEL

Caution:
With a wireless remote controller, field setting and test operation cannot be performed without
attaching the decoration panel.
<Read “11. TEST OPERATION” before making a test run without attaching the decorated panels.>
Refer to the installation manual attached to the decoration panel.
After installing the decoration panel, ensure that there is no space between the unit body and decoration panel.
18 English
3P479035-1

10. FIELD SETTINGS

CAUTION
(1) Make sure the control box lids are closed on the indoor and outdoor units.
(2) Field settings must be made from the remote controller and in accordance with installation
conditions.
s Carry out setting at 3 places, “Mode No.”, “FIRST CODE No.” and “SECOND CODE No.”.
The settings shown by in the following tables indicate those when shipped from the factory.
s The method of setting procedure and operation is shown in the installation manual attached to the
remote controller.
(Note) Though setting of “Mode No.” is carried out as a group, if you intend to carry out individual setting
by each indoor unit or confirmation after setting, carry out setting with the Mode No. shown in the
paren thesis ( ).
s Ask your customer to keep the manual attached to the remote controller together with the operation
manual.
s Do not carry out settings other than those shown in the table.
s Settings are performed by selecting “Mode No.”, “FIRST CODE No.”, and “SECOND CODE No.”.
10-1 Setting air outlet direction

s For changing air outlet direction (2 or 3 directions), refer to the optional installation manual of the sealing
member of air discharge outlet kit or the service manual.
(SECOND CODE NO. is factory set to “01” for air outlet in 4 directions.)
10-2 Setting for options

s For settings for options, see the installation instructions provided with the option.
10-3 Setting air filter sign

s Remote controllers are equiped with liquid crystal display air filer signs to display the time to clean air filters.
s Change the SECOND CODE NO. according to “Table 5” depending on the amount of dirt or dust in the
room.
(SECOND CODE NO. is factory set to “01” for air filter contamination-light.)
Table5
Spacing time of display air FIRST CODE SECOND
Setting Mode No.
filter sign (long life type) NO. CODE NO.
Air filter contamination-light Approx. 2500 hrs 01
10 (20) 0
Air filter contamination-heavy Approx. 1250 hrs 02
When using wireless remote controllers

s When using wireless remote controllers, wireless remote controller address setting is necessary. Refer to
the installation manual attached to the wireless remote controller for setting instructions.
English 19
3P479035-1

11. TEST OPERATION

CAUTION
2
Refer to the section of FOR THE FOLLOWING ITEMS, TAKE SPECIAL CARE DURING
CONSTRUCTION AND CHECK AFTER INSTALLATION IS FINISHED on page 4.
s After finishing the construction of refrigerant piping, drain piping, and electric wiring, conduct test
operation accordingly to protect the unit.
s The settings of BRC1E model remote controller should be performed while referring to the manual
attached to the remote controller.
PRECAUTIONS
1. Refer to “11-1 HOW TO DIAGNOSE FOR MALFUNCTION” if the unit does not operate properly.
2. After completing the test run, press the INSPECTION/TEST OPERATION button once to put the unit in
inspection mode, and make sure the malfunction code is “00”. (=normal)
If the code reads anything other than “00”, refer to 11-1 HOW TO DIAGNOSE FOR MALFUNCTION.
NOTE
s If a malfunction is preventing operation, refer to the malfunction diagnoses below.
11-1 HOW TO DIAGNOSE FOR MALFUNCTION

With the power on, troubles can be monitored on the remote controller.
1. The fault diagnosis for BRC1E model remote controller should be performed while referring to the
installation manual supplied with the remote controller.
2. With the wireless remote controller.
(Refer also to the operation manual attached to the wireless remote controller)
When the operation stops due to trouble. the display on the indoor unit flashes. In such a case, diagnose
the fault contents with the table on the Error code list looking for the error code which can be found by
following procedures. (NOTE 2)
(1)Press the INSPECTION /TEST OPERATION button, “ ” is displayed and “ 0 ” flashes.
(2)Press the PROGRAMMING TIME button and find the unit No. which stopped due to trouble.
Number of beeps 3 short beeps ............................. Perform all the following operations
1 short beep............................... Perform (3) and (6)
1 long beep ................................ No trouble
(3)Press the OPERATION MODE SELECTOR button and upper figure of the error code flashes.
(4)Continue pressing the PROGRAMMING TIME button unit it makes 2 short beeps and find the upper code.
(5)Press the OPERATION MODE SELECTOR button and lower figure of the error code flashes.
(6)Continue pressing the PROGRAMMING TIME button unit it makes a long beep and find the lower code.
s A long beep indicate the error code.
NOTE
1. In case wired remote controller. Press the INSPECTION/TEST OPERATION button on remote controller,
“ ” starts flashing and changes the inspection mode.
2. Keep down the ON/OFF button for 5 seconds or longer in the inspection mode and the above trouble
history disappears, after the trouble code goes on and off twice, followed by the code “00”(normal).
The display changes from the inspection mode to the normal mode.
Caution:
Check the items in “b. Items to be checked at time of delivery” on page 4 after a test operation.
20 English
3P479035-1

11-2 Malfunction code list

s For places where the Malfunction code is left blank, the “ ” indication is not displayed. Though the
system continues operating, be sure to inspect the system and make repairs as necessary.
s Depending on the type of indoor or outdoor unit, the Malfunction code may or may not be displayed.
Code Malfunction/Remarks
A0 Safety device operates
A1 Indoor unit’s PC board faulty
A3 Drain water level abnormal
A6 Indoor fan motor overloaded, overcurrent or locked
AF Humidifier faulty
Air cleaner faulty
AH
Only the air cleaner does not function.
Type set improper
AJ
C4 Sensor for heat exchanger temperature is fault
C9 Sensor for suction air temperature is fault
CC Humidity sensor abnormal
Sensor for remote controller is fault
CJ The remote controller thermistor does not function, but the system thermo run is
possible.
E0 Action of safety device (outdoor unit)
E1 Outdoor unit’s PC board faulty
E3 High pressure abnormal (outdoor unit)
E4 Low pressure abnormal (outdoor unit)
E5 Compressor motor lock malfunction
Outdoor fan motor lock malfunction
E7
Outdoor fan instantaneous overcurrent malfunction
E9 Electronic expansion valve faulty (outdoor unit)
F3 Discharge pipe temperature abnormal (outdoor unit)
H3 High pressure switch faulty (outdoor unit)
H4 Low pressure switch faulty (outdoor unit)
H7 Outdoor motor position signal malfunction
Outdoor air thermistor faulty (outdoor unit)
H9
JA Discharge pipe pressure sensor faulty
JC Suction pipe pressure sensor faulty
J1 Pressure sensor system error (batch) (outdoor unit)
J2 Power sensor system error (outdoor unit)
Discharge pipe thermistor faulty (outdoor unit)
J3
J5 Suction pipe thermistor faulty (outdoor unit)
J6
J7
J8 Liquid piping temperature sensor system error (outdoor unit)
English 21
3P479035-1

J9 Intake temperature sensor error (outdoor unit)

L1 Inverter system error (outdoor unit)
Overheated heat-radiating fin (outdoor unit)
L4
Inverter cooling defect.
2
Instantaneous overcurrent (outdoor unit)
L5
Possible earth fault or short circuit in the compressor motor.
Electric thermal (outdoor unit)
L8
Possible electrical overload in the compressor or cut line in the compressor motor.
Stall prevention (outdoor unit)
L9
Compressor possibly locked.
LC Transmission malfunction between the outdoor control units’ inverters (outdoor unit)
P1 Open-phase (outdoor unit)
P3 P-board temperature sensor malfunction (outdoor unit)
P4 Heat-radiating fin temperature sensor malfunction (outdoor unit)
Type set improper (outdoor unit)
PJ
U0 Suction pipe temperature abnormal
Reverse phase
U1
Reverse two phase of the L1,L2and L3 leads.
Power source voltage malfunction (outdoor unit)
U2
Includes the defect in 52C.
Transmission error (indoor unit – outdoor unit)
U4
UF Wrong wiring between indoor and outdoor units or malfunction of the PC board
mounted on the indoor and the outdoor units.
Transmission error (indoor unit – remote controller)
U5
Transmission is improper between the indoor unit and the remote controller.
Malfunction in transmission between main and sub remote controls.
U8
(Malfunction in sub remote controller.)
Miss setting for multi system
UA Setting is wrong for selector switch of multi-system. (see switch SS2 on the main
unit’s PC board)
UC Central control address overlapping
UJ Peripheral equipment transmission fault
22 English
3P479035-1

2.3 FDF50BV1 / FDF60BV1

3P483896-1

2.3.2 Installation
FDF50BV1
SPLIT SYSTEM
FDF60BV1 Installation manual
Air Conditioner
2
CONTENTS r After the installation is completed, test the air conditioner
and check if the air conditioner operates properly. Give the
1. SAFETY PRECAUTIONS ................................................ 1 user adequate instructions concerning the use and cleaning
2. BEFORE INSTALLATION ................................................ 2 of the indoor unit according to the Operation Manual. Ask the
user to keep this manual and the Operation Manual together
3. SELECTION OF INSTALLATION LOCATION.................. 4
in a handy place for future reference.
4. PREPARATION BEFORE INSTALLATION ...................... 5
5. INSTALLATION OF INDOOR UNIT ................................. 7
WARNING
6. REFRIGERANT PIPING WORK ...................................... 7
t Do not use means to accelerate the defrosting process or to
7. DRAIN PIPING WORK .................................................... 9 clean, other than those recommended by the manufacturer.
8. DUCT WORK................................................................. 10 t The appliance must be stored in a room without continuously
9. ELECTRIC WIRING WORK........................................... 10 operating ignition sources (for example: open flames,
an operating gas appliance or an operating electric heater).
10. TEST OPERATION ........................................................14
t Do not pierce or burn.
Important information regarding the refrigerant used t Be aware that refrigerants may not contain an odour.
This product contains fluorinated greenhouse gases covered t Floor area required for installation of the equipment, refer to
by the Kyoto Protocol. Do not vent gases into the atmosphere. the installation manual of the outdoor unit.
Refrigerant type: R32 t Comply with national gas regulations.
GWP (1) value: 675 r Ask your local dealer or SWCNKƂGF personnel to carry out
(1) installation work.
Improper installation may result in water leakage, electric
The refrigerant quantity is indicated on the unit name plate. shocks or a ƂTe.
r Perform installation work in accordance with this installation
1. SAFETY PRECAUTIONS manual.
Read the precautions in this manual Improper installation may result in water leakage, electric
carefully before operating the unit. shocks or a ƂTe.
r Consult your local dealer regarding what to do in case of
When the air conditioner is installed in a small room, it is
necessary to take proper measures so that the amount of
Please read the these "SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS" any leaked refrigerant does not exceed the concentration
carefully before installing air conditioning unit and be sure to
limit in the event of a leakage.
install it correctly. After completing the installation, make sure
Otherwise, this may lead to an accident due to oxygen
that the unit operates properly during the start-up operation.
FGƂEKGPEy.
Please instruct the customer on how to operate the unit and r Be sure to use only the URGEKƂGF parts and accessories for
keep it maintained. installation work.
Also, inform customers that they should store this installation Failure to use the URGEKƂGF parts may result in the air
manual along with the operation manual for future reference. conditioner falling down, water leakage, electric shocks, a
This air conditioner comes under the term "appliances ƂTe, etc.
not accessible to the general public". r Install the air conditioner on a foundation that can withstand
its mass.
This is a class A product. In a domestic environment this
+PUWHƂEKGPV strength may result in the air conditioner falling
product may cause radio interference in which case the user
down and causing injury.
may be required to take adequate measures.
In addition, it may lead to vibration of indoor units and cause
r This manual ENCUUKƂGU the precautions into WARNINGS and unpleasant chattering noise.
CAUTIONS. r Carry out the URGEKƂGF installation work in consideration of
Be sure to follow all the precautions below: They are all strong winds, typhoons, or earthquakes.
important for ensuring safety. Improper installation may result in an accident such as air
conditioner falling.
WARNING ..............Indicates a potentially r Make certain that all electrical work is carried out by SWCNKƂGF
hazardous situation which, personnel according to the applicable legislation (Note 1)
if not avoided, could result in and this installation manual, using a separate circuit.
death or serious injury. In addition, even if the wiring is short, make sure to use a
CAUTION ...............Indicates a potentially wiring that has UWHƂEKGPV length and never connect additional
hazardous situation which, wiring to make the length UWHƂEKGPV
if not avoided, may result in +PUWHƂEKGPV capacity of the power supply circuit or improper
minor or moderate injury. electrical construction may lead to electric shocks or a ƂTe.
It may also be used to alert (Note 1) applicable legislation means “All international,
against unsafe practices. national and local directives, laws, regulations
and/or codes which are relevant and applicable for
a certain product or domain”.
1
3P483898-1

r Earth the air conditioner. 3. Where there is machinery which emits electromagnetic
Do not connect the earth wiring to gas or water piping, waves.
lightning conductor or telephone earth wiring. Electromagnetic waves may disturb the control system,
Incomplete earthing may cause electric shocks or a ƂTe. and cause malfunction of the equipment.
r Be sure to install an earth leakage breaker. 4. Where gases may leak, where carbon
Failure to do so may cause electric shocks and a ƂTe. or ignitable dust is suspended in the air or where volatile
r Disconnect the power supply before touching the electric such as thinner or gasoline, are handled.
components. If the gas should leak and remain around the air
If you touch the live part, you may get electric shocks. conditioner, it may cause ignition.
r Make sure that all wiring is secure, using the URGEKƂGF r The air conditioner is not intended for use in a potentially
wirings and ensuring that external forces do not act on the explosive atmosphere.
terminal connections or wirings. r Pay careful attention when transporting the product.
Incomplete connection or ƂZKPI may cause an overheat or a Carry the product by the handle sections indicated on the
ƂTe. packaging material.
r When wiring between the indoor and outdoor units, and Do not hold the PP band since the PP band can become
wiring the power supply, form the wirings orderly so that the loose and may result in danger.
control box lid can be securely fastened. r Do not touch the heat exchanger ƂPs.
If the control box lid is not in place, overheating of the Inadvertently touching the ƂPU can cause injury.
terminals, electric shocks or a ƂTG may be caused. t .BkFTVSFUPQSPWJEFGPSBEFRVBUFNFBTVSFTJOPSEFSUP
r If refrigerant gas leaks during installation work, ventilate the QSevFOUUIBUUIFPVUEPPSVOJUCFVTFEBTBTIFMUFSCZTNBMM
area immediately. BOJNBMT
Toxic gas may be produced if refrigerant gas comes into 4NBMMBOJNBMTNBLJOHDPOUBDUXJUIFMFDUSJDBMQBSUTDBODBVTF
contact with a ƂTe. NBMGVODUJPOT TNPkFPSGJSe1MFBTFJOTUSVDUUIFDVTUPNFSUP
r After completing the installation work, check to make sure kFFQUIFBSFBBSPVOEUIFVOJUDMFBO
that there is no leakage of refrigerant gas. t *OTUBMMJOBNBDIJOFSPPNUIBUJTGSFFPGNPJTUVSe
Toxic gas may be produced if refrigerant gas leaks into the 5IFVOJUJTEFTJHOFEGPSJOEPPSVTe
room and comes into contact with a source of a ƂTe, such as t 5IFSFGSJHFSBOU3SFRVJSFTUIBUTUSJDUQSFDBVUJPOTCF
a fan heater, stove or cooker. PCTFSvFEGPSkFFQJOHUIFTZTUFNDMFBO ESZBOEUJHIUMZ
r Never directly touch any accidental leaking refrigerant. This TFBMFE
could result in severe wounds caused by frostbite. $MFBOBOEESZ
t 8IFOJOTUBMMJOHPSSFMPDBUJOHUIFBJSDPOEJUJPOFS CFTVSFUP 4USJDUNFBTVSFTNVTUCFUBkFOUPkFFQJNQVSJUJFT

CMFFEUIFSFGSJHFSBOUDJSDVJUUPFOTVSFJUJTGSFFPGBJS BOE JODMVEJOH46/*40PJMBOEPUIFSNJOFSBMPJMTBTXFMMBT
VTFPOMZUIFTQFDJGJFESFGSJHFSBOU 3
NPJTUVSF
PVUPGUIFTZTUFN
5IFQSFTFODFPGBJSPSPUIFSGPSFJHONBUUFSJOUIFSFGSJHFSBOU -5JHIUMZTFBMFE
DJSDVJUDBVTFTBCOPSNBMQSFTTVSFSJTe XIJDINBZSFTVMUJO 3DPOUBJOTOPDIMPSJOe EPFTOPUEFTUSPZUIFPzPOFMBZFS
FRVJQNFOUEBNBHFBOEevFOJOKVSZ
BOETPEPFTOPUSFEVDFUIFFBSUIhTQSPUFDUJPOBHBJOTU
t %POPUBMMPXDIJMESFOUPDMJNCPOUIFPVUEPPSVOJUBOEBWPJE IBSNGVMVMUSBWJPMFUSBEJBUJPO
QMBDJOHPCKFDUTPOUIFVOJU
3XJMMDPOUSJCVUFPOMZTMJHIUMZUPUIFHSFFOIPVTFFGGFDU
*OKVSZNBZSFTVMUJGUIFVOJUCFDPNFTMPPTFBOEGBMMT JGSFMFBTFEJOUPUIFBUNPTQIFSe
t 8IFOGMBSFEKPJOUTBSFSFVTFEJOEPPST UIFGMBSFQBSUTIBMMCF t 0OMZRVBMJGJFEQFSTPOOFMDBOIBOEMe GJMM QVSHFBOEEJTQPTF
SFGBCSJDBUFE PGUIFSFGSJHFSBOU
t %JTQPTBMSFRVJSFNFOUT
CAUTION %JTNBOUMJOHPGUIFVOJU USFBUNFOUPGUIFSFGSJHFSBOU PGPJM
BOEPGPUIFSQBSUTNVTUCFEPOFJOBDDPSEBODFXJUISFMevBOU
r Install drain piping according to this installation manual to MPDBMBOEOBUJPOBMMFHJTMBUJPO
ensure good drainage, and insulate the piping to prevent
condensation.
Improper drain piping may cause water leakage, make the
furniture get wet. 2. BEFORE INSTALLATION
r Install the air conditioner, power supply wiring, remote When unpacking the indoor unit or moving the unit after
controller wiring and transmission wiring at least 1 meter unpacked, hold the hangers (4 places) and do not apply
away from televisions or radios to prevent image interference force to other parts (particularly refrigerant piping, drain
or noise. piping).
(Depending on the radio waves, a distance of 1 meter may
not be UWHƂEKGPV to eliminate the noise.) r Make sure to check in advance that the refrigerant to be
r Install the indoor unit as far as possible from ƃWQTGUEGPV used for installation work is R32.
lamps. (The air conditioner will not properly operate if a wrong
If a wireless remote controller kit is installed, the transmission refrigerant is used.)
distance may be shorter in a room where an electronic lighting r For installation of the outdoor unit, refer to the installation
type (inverter or rapid start type) ƃWQTGUEGPV lamp is installed. manual attached to the outdoor unit.
r Do not install the air conditioner in places such as the r Do not throw away the accessories until the installation work
following: is completed.
1. Where there is mist of oil, oil spray or vapour for example r After the indoor unit is carried into the room, to avoid the
a kitchen. indoor unit from getting damaged, take measures to protect
Resin parts may deteriorate, and fall out or water may leak. the indoor unit with packing materials.
2. Where corrosive gas, such as sulfurous acid gas, is
produced.
Corrosion of copper pipings or brazed parts may cause
the refrigerant to leak.
2
3P483898-1

(1) Determine the route to carry the unit into the room. 2-2 OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
(2) Do not unpack the unit until it is carried to the r A remote controller is required for the indoor unit.
installation location. (No remote controllers are required for multi slave units
Where unpacking is unavoidable, use a sling of soft in simultaneous multi operation.)
material or protective plates together with a rope when r There are 2 kinds of remote controller; wired type and 2
lifting, to avoid damage or scratches to the indoor unit. wireless type.
r Have the customer actually operate the air conditioner while Install the remote controller to the place where the customer
looking at the operation manual. has given consent.
Instruct the customer how to operate the air conditioner Refer to the catalog for the applicable model.
(particularly cleaning of the air ƂNVGTs, operation procedures, (Refer to the installation manual attached to the remote
and temperature adjustment). controller for how to install.)
r Do not use the air conditioner in a salty atmosphere such as
Remote controller
coastal areas, vehicles, vessels or where voltage ƃWEVWCVKQP
is frequent such as factories. Wired type BRC1E62
r Take off static electricity from the body when carrying out Wireless type
BRC4C64
wiring and the control box lid is removed. (Cooling only type)
The electric parts may be damaged.
CARRY OUT THE WORK GIVING CAUTION
2-1 ACCESSORIES
Check if the following accessories are attached to the
TO THE FOLLOWING ITEMS AND AFTER THE
indoor unit. WORK IS COMPLETED CHECK THESE AGAIN.
Metal Drain
Name Insulation for fitting 1. Items to be checked after the installation work is
clamp (1) hose (2)
Quantity 1 pc. 1 pc. 1 each completed
Items to be checked In case of defective Check column
for liquid pipe (3) Are the indoor and outdoor Drop · vibration ·
Shape units rigidly Ƃxed? noise
Are the installation works of
Does not operate ·
for gas pipe (4) the outdoor and indoor units
burnout
completed?
Have you carried out a leakage
Name Sealing pad test with the test pressure Does not cool
Quantity Large and small URGEKƂGF in the outdoor unit
3 pcs. 1 pcs. installation manual?
1 each
Is the insulation of refrigerant
piping and drain piping Water leakage
Large (5) 2 large (7) completely carried out?
Shape Hanger (right) Does the drain ƃow out
insulation (9) Water leakage
1 small (8) smoothly?
Small (6) Stored on packing pad side Is the power supply voltage
identical to that stated in the Does not operate ·
manufacturer’s label on the burnout
Screws for Washer for Washer air conditioner?
Name duct flanges hanging Clamp fixing plate Are you sure that there is no
(10) bracket (11) (14) Does not operate ·
wrong wiring or piping or no
burnout
Quantity 1 set 8 pcs. 1 set 4 pcs. loose wiring?
Danger in case of
Is earthing completed?
leakage
Large (12) Are the sizes of electric
Does not operate ·
8 pcs. wiring according to the
Shape burnout
URGEKƂECVKQP!
Are any of air outlets or inlets
26 pcs.
small (13) of the indoor and outdoor
4 pcs. units blocked with obstacles? Does not cool
(It may lead to capacity drop
due to fan speed drop or
Sealing malfunction of equipment.)
Name Air filter (16)
material (15)
Is the external static Does not cool
Quantity 2 pcs. 1 pc. (Other) pressure set correctly?
Operation manual
Installation manual Have you recorded the
(this manual) refrigerant piping length Refrigerant charge
Shape and the refrigerant charge amount is not clear
amount added?
Make sure to recheck the items of “SAFETY PRECAUTIONS”.
3
3P483898-1

2. Items to be checked at delivery 3. SELECTION OF INSTALLATION LOCATION

Items to be checked Check column Hold the hangers at 4 locations to move the indoor unit
when unpacking or after unpacked, and do not apply force
Have you carried out setting? (if necessary) to the piping (refrigerant and drain).
Are the control box lid, the air and the suction If the temperature and humidity in the ceiling is likely to
grille attached? exceed 30°C, RH80%, use the additional insulation stick to
Does the cool air discharge during the cooling the indoor unit.
operation ? Does the indoor unit makes unpleasant Use the insulation such as glass wool or polyethylene
sound of air discharge ? that has thickness of 10 mm or more. However, keep the
Have you explained how to operate the air insulated outside dimension smaller than the ceiling
conditioner showing the operation manual to the opening so that the unit may go through the opening at
customer? installation.
Have you explained the description of cooling (1) Select an installation site where the following conditions
and program dry givenin the operation manual are fulfilled and that meets with your customer’s approval.
to the customer ? ĳ Where optimum air distribution can be ensured.
If you set the fan speed at thermostat OFF, did you ĳ Where nothing blocks air passage.
explain the set fan speed to the customer. ĳ Where condensate can be properly drained.
Have you handed the operation manual and the ĳ Where the ceiling is strong enough to bear the indoor unit
installation manual to the customer? weight.
Have you checked that there is no generation ĳ Where the false ceiling is not noticeably on an incline.
of abnormal noise (i.e., noise resulting from ĳ Where there is no risk of flammable gas leakage.
contamination or missing parts)? ĳ Where sufficient clearance for maintenance and service
Is the printed circuit board switch not on the
can be ensured. (Refer to Fig. 1)
emergency (EMG.) side?
ĳ Where piping between indoor and outdoor units is
The switch is factory set to the normal (NORM.) side.
possible within the allowable limit. (Refer to the installation
manual for the outdoor unit.)
If an optional accessory is in use, did you check the
operation of the optional accessory and make
settings as needed?
Is the remote controller icon displayed? Is the
remote controller connected to the master unit if the
system is in simultaneous multi operation? 300
Have you explained failure examples of Control box or more
3. SELECTION OF INSTALLATION LOCATION?
Maintenance
space
Points of the operation explanation
In addition to the general usage, since the items in the

operation manual with the WARNING and 2500 or more 240 or more
200
CAUTION marks are likely to result in human bodily

*H1=
injuries and property damages, it is necessary not only

to explain these items to the customer but also to have *H2=20 or more
the customer read them.
Furthermore, it is necessary to have the customer read Ceiling
through the troubleshooting items while explaining the
above items.
Fig. 1 Floor surface
(length : mm)
ĳ *H1 dimension means the minimum height of the unit.
ĳ Select the *H1, *H2 dimension such that a downward
slope of at least 1/100 is ensured as indicated in
“7. DRAIN PIPING WORK”.
<Failure example>
If there is an obstacle in the CKTƃow path or proper installation
space is not provided, the indoor unit will cause air volume
reduction and take in air blown out of the indoor unit,
thus resulting in performance degradation or turning the
thermostat OFF frequently.
4
3P483898-1

(2) Mount canvas ducts to the air outlet and inlet so that
CAUTION the vibration of the indoor unit will not be transmitted
r Install the indoor and outdoor units, power supply wiring, to the ducts or ceiling. Furthermore, attach sound
remote controller wiring and transmission wiring at least absorbing material (thermal insulation material) to the
1 meter away from televisions or radios to prevent image duct inner walls and anti-vibration rubber to the hanging 2
interference or noise. bolts (refer to 8. DUCT WORK).
(3) Open installation holes
not be to eliminate the noise.)
(in the case of installation onto the existing ceiling).
r Install the indoor unit as far as possible from
r Open the installation holes on the ceiling of the
lamps.
installation location, and work on the refrigerant piping,
If a wireless remote controller kit is installed, the transmis-
drain piping, remote controller wiring (unless a wireless
sion distance may be shorter in a room where an electronic
remote controller is used), and wiring between the indoor
lighting type (inverter or rapid start type) lamp is and outdoor units to the piping connection port and
installed. wiring connection port of the indoor unit (refer to each
piping and wiring procedure items).
(2) Use hanging bolts for installation. r Ceiling framework reinforcement may be required in
Investigate if the installation place can withstand the mass order to keep the ceiling horizontal and prevent ceiling
of the indoor unit and, if necessary, hang the indoor unit vibration after opening the ceiling holes. For details,
with bolts after it is reinforced by beams etc. consult your building and upholstery work contractors.
4. PREPARATIONS BEFORE INSTALLATION (4) Install the hanging bolts.

r Use M8 to M10 bolts for hanging the indoor unit.
(1) Confirm the positional relationship between the unit
Use hole-in-anchors for the existing bolts and embedded
and suspension bolts. (Refer to Fig. 2)
inserts or foundation bolts for new bolts, and the
ĳ Install the inspection opening on the control box side where
indoor unit to the building so that it may withstand
maintenance and inspection of the control box are easy.
the mass of the unit.
Install the inspection opening also in the lower part of
In addition, adjust clearance (50 - 100 mm) from the
the unit.
ceiling in advance.
620
500 <Installation examples>
Suspension (length : mm) Ceiling slab
bolt pitch
Anchor bolt
(Suspension bolt pitch )
Long nut or
turn-buckle
Air outlet Air inlet
1140
1100
Suspension bolt
Indoor
unit
Control box
Note) Components shoYPKPVJGƂIWTGCDQve are

all local procurement.
450×450
(Inspection
opening size)
Ceiling
¢SERVICE SPACE²
620
1100
Allow view
Inspection door
(Ceiling opening)
Fig. 2
5
3P483898-1

(5) In the case of changing the preset suction to under- Sealing pad (Small)
side suction, replace the chamber cover and the suc- (accessor[

(3)
tion (Refer to Fig. 3)
CAUTION
r Secure a maintenance space for the drain pan
and electrical components before installing the indoor
Air inlet
unit.
r Secure a maintenance space for the Air Sealing pad
(Large) (7)
chamber, and peripheral components before installing the discharge
(accessor[
indoor unit. #PVKsweat material
included with the product
1. Remove the protection net and chamber cover.
For bottom intakGV[RG
Air inlet (1)
4. Attach the hanger (right) insulation to the right hanger.
(See the beloYƂIWTGfor the sticking base line.)
Protection net
(4)
Chamber lid
Air discharge
Hanger bracket (right)
2. Replace the protection net and chamber cover. Hanger (right) insulation (9)
(2) line
se
Slit ba
ing
S tick
Air inlet
Protection net
Chamber lid
Chamber lid
Air discharge
Protection net
3. Attach sealing pad as shoYPKPVJGƂIWTGDGNow. Arrow view
(In order to take in the air inside the ceiling,

and when not taking in air from outdoor air, 5. #VVCEJVJGCKTƂNVGT
CEEGUUQT[KPVJGOCPPGTUJQYP
it is not necessar[VQUVKck.) in the diagram
r#VVCEJVJGUGCNKPIRCF
CEEGUUQr[VQVJGRNCVGOGVCN In case of bottom side
sections which are not covered b[CPVKsweat material. (5)
r/Cke sure there are no gaps between the different
pieces of sealing pad.
Sealing pad (Small)

(accessor[

(3)
Air inlet
/CKPWPKV
Attach the
Force ƂNVGTVQVJG
Sealing pad main unit
Air while
discharge (Large) (7)
Filter pushing
(accessor[
Force down on
#PVKsweat material
the tabs.
included with the product
In case of back side

For rear intakGV[RG
Fig.3
6
3P483898-1

5. INSTALLATION OF INDOOR UNIT CAUTION

Depending on the optional parts, it may be easier to attach r Attach nuts on the upper and lower side of hanger.
them before installing the indoor unit. Refer to also the there is no upper nut and the lower nut is ov
installation manual attached to the optional parts.
For installation, use the attached installation parts and
the hanger and the top plate will de orm and cause abnormal 2
URGEKƂGF parts. r Do not insert materials other than that into
(1) Install the indoor unit temporarily. the clearance between the hanger and the washer for
r Fix the hanger to the hanging bolt. hanger (11).
Make sure to securely the hanger with the nut and the Unless the washers are properly attached, the hanging
bolts may come o rom the hanger.
washer for hanger (11) from the upper and lower side.
(Refer to Fig. 4)
If the washer clamp (14) is used, the upper side washer WARNING
for hanger (11) may be protected from falling off. The indoor unit must be securely installed on a place
(Refer to Fig. 5) that can withstand the mass.
I the strength is the indoor unit may all down
[ Fix the hanger ] and cause injuries.
Field supply

Washer for r For the outdoor unit rigerant piping, re er to the installation
hanger (11) manual to the outdoor unit.
(accessory) r Carry out insulation both and rigerant piping
securely. not insulated, it may cause water leakage. For
piping, use insulation material which heat resistant
temperature is not less than 120°C.
Tighten For use under high y, the insulation
(double nut) material or rigerant piping. not the
sur ace insulation material may sweat.
Fig. 4 r Be ore installation work, make sure that the rigerant
[ WCUJGTƂZKPI] is R32. the rigerant is R32, the normal operation
Upper nut cannot be e
Washer
clamp (14) WARNING
(accessory)
Insert Washer for shall be re-fabricated.
hanger (11)
(accessory)
CAUTION
This air conditioner is a dedicated model for new
refrigerant R32. Make sure to meet the requirements
Fig. 5 shown below and carry out installation work.
r Keep the air outlet covered with a protective sheet to prevent r Use dedicated piping cutters and tools for R32
weld spatter and other foreign materials from entering the and R410A.
indoor unit and damaging the resin drain pan. r When making a connection, coat the inner
(If holes or cracks are generated in the resin drain pan, water surface only with ether oil or ester oil.
can leak.) r Use only the nuts attached to the air conditioner.
If other nuts are used, it may cause refrigerant
(2) Adjust so that the unit is properly positioned. leakage.
(3) Check the level of the unit. (Refer to Fig. 6) r To prevent contamination or moisture from getting
(4) Remove the washer clamp (14) used for preventing the into the piping, take measures such as pinching or
washer for hanger (11) from dropping and tighten the taping the pipings.
upper side nut. Do not mix substance other than the
refrigerant such as air into the refrigeration circuit.
Hanger Level
If the refrigerant leaks during the work, ventilate the
room.
r The re rigerant is pre-charged in the outdoor unit.

r When connecting the pipings to the air conditioner, make
sure to use a spanner and a torque wrench as shown in
Fig. 7.
r For the dimension o part and the tightening torque,
re er to the Table 1.
r When making a connection, coat the inner
Hanger
Vinyl tube sur ace only with ether oil or ester oil.
(Refer to Fig.8)
Feed water into the tube and Then, turn the nut 3 to 4 times with your hand and
set the indoor unit to the water screw in the nut.
levels on the left and right.
Fig. 6
7
3P483898-1

Torque wrench r After leak test, referring to Fig.9 , insulate both the gas
and liquid piping connection with the attached
+PUWNCVKQPHQTƂVVKPI
CPF
VQRTGXGPVVJGRKRKPIHTQO
Spanner getting exposed.
Then, tighten both the ends of insulating Oaterial with the
claOp

Flare nut r (QTVJGICURKRKPIYTCRVJGUOCNNUGCNKPIRCF
QXGT
VJGKPUWNCVKQPHQTƂVVKPI
ƃCTGPWVRCTV
r Make sure to bring the seaO oH+PUWNCVKQPHQTƂVVKPI

and
to the top.
Union joint
Fig.7
)CUUKFGRKRKPIKPUWNCVKPImGVJQd
ace
Insulation for
ƂVVKPI

CEEGUUQT[
Flare nut Piping insulating
connection OCVGTKCN
OCKPWPKV Wind around the
piping until top of the
Fig.8 Bring the ƃCTGPWVEQPPGEVKQP
UGCO Do not leaXe beginning at the base.
Table to the top. clearance.
Piping Tightening or
size torque ƃCTG Flare

OO
0O A
OO Indoor unit
%NCOR

Piping

I 9.5 ± ±

CEEGUUQT[ Sealing pad

4± insulating
Tighten the portion UOCNN

OCVGTial

ƂGNFUWRRN[ where oXerlapped by
CEEGUUQry
the piping insulating
A
I ± ± Do not expose the OCVGTial.

piping in order to
preXGPVVJGXapor
condensation.
CAUTION
DQPQVJCvGQiNCdJGrGVQVJGUcrGw RCrVQfrGUiP
RCrVU. Liquid pipe
oil s, it Oay weaken the screwed part.
DQPQVVigJVGP PuVUVQQVigJV.
a ƃCTG nut cracks, the rigerant Oay leak.
r I there is no torque wrench, use Table as a rule o Gas pipe

thuOb.
When tightening a nut with a spanner harder and .KSWKFUKFGRKRKPIKPUWNCVKPImGVJQd
harder, there is a point where the tightening torque sud-
denly increases. Insulation for
ƂVVKPI

FroO that position, tighten the nut additionally at the angle

CEEGUUQT[
shown in Table . Piping insulating
Flare nut
A ter the work is check securely that there is no connection OCVGTKCN
OCKPWPKV
gas leak.
Bring the
I the nut is not tightened as instructed, it Oay cause slow Do not leaXe
UGCO
re rigerant leak and result in Oal unction
such as does to the top. clearance.
not cool or heat.
Table Indoor unit
Piping size Tightening RecoOOended arO length o

OO angle tool used
Piping %NCOR

I 9.5 - 9 approx. OO insulating
CEEGUUQT[
I 5.9 - approx. OO OCVGTial
Tighten the portion

ƂGNFUWRRN[
where oXerlapped by
CAUTION Do not expose the the piping insulating
piping in order to OCVGTial.
IPUuNCViQPQf RiRiPgmuUVbGcCrriGdQuVuRVQ VJG
cQPPGcViQPiPUidGVJGcCUiPg. preXGPVVJGXapor
condensation.
the piping is e to the e, it Oay cause
sweating, burn due to touching the piping, electric c or Fig.9
a ƂTG due to the wiring touching the piping.
8
3P483898-1

r Before brazing refrigerant piping, have nitrogen (1) Install the drain piping.
through the refrigerant piping and substitute air with nitro-
gen (NOTE 1) (Refer to Fig. 10). Then, carry out brazing
(NOTE 2).
Drain socket
2
After all the brazing works are carry out
connection with the indoor unit. (Refer to Fig. 10)
Taping
Refrigerant pipes
Brazing place
Connect the drain pipe after removing the rubber cap and
insulation tubing attached to the connection hole.
Nitrogen
t Make sure the drain works properly.
Refrigerant piping Stop valve t The diameter of the drain piping should be greater than or
Nitrogen equal to the diameter of the connecting pipe (vinyl tube; pipe
Fig. 10 size: 20 mm; outer dimension: 26 mm).
(not including the riser)
t Keep the drain piping short and sloping downwards at a gra-
NOTE dient of at least 1/100 to prevent air pockets from forming.
1. The proper pressure for having nitrogen through the (Refer to Fig. 11)
piping is approximately 0.02 MPa, a pressure that makes
one feel like slight breeze and can be obtained through a
pressure reducing valve.
2. Do not use when brazing refrigerant piping.
Use phosphor copper brazing metal (BCuP-2: JIS Z
3264/B-Cu93P-710/795: ISO 3677) that does not require
(If chlorinated is used, the piping will be corroded and,

or more
100mm
in addition if is contained, the refrigerant oil will

be deteriorated and the refrigerant circuit will be affected
badly.)
3. When carrying out leakage test of refrigerant piping and
the indoor unit after the installation of indoor unit is - Central drain piping
Fig. 11 (with a slope of at least 1/100)
ished, the connecting outdoor unit installation
manual for test pressure.
Refer to also the outdoor unit installation manual or techni- CAUTION
cal document for refrigerant piping. Water accumulating in the drain piping can cause the
4. In case of refrigerant shortage due to forgetting additional drain to clog.
refrigerant charge etc., it will result in malfunc tion such as
does not cool or does not heat. t To keep the drain piping from sagging, space hanging
Refer to the outdoor unit installation manual or technical bracket every 1 to 1.5 m.
document for refrigerant piping. t Use the drain hose (2) and the metal clamp (1). Insert the
drain hose (2) fully into the drain socket and firmly tighten the
CAUTION metal clamp (1) with the upper part of the tape on the hose
Do not use antioxidant when brazing piping. end. Tighten the metal clamp (1) until the screw head is less
It may result in malfunction of components and clogging of than 4 mm from the hose. (Refer to Fig. 12, 13)
piping due to residue. t The two areas below should be insulated because conden-
sation may form there causing water to leak.
t Drain piping passing indoors
7. DRAIN PIPING WORK t Drain socket
Referring the figure below, insulate the metal clamp (1) and
CAUTION
drain hose (2) using the included large sealing pad (5).
t The connection opening on the drain piping may vary (Refer to Fig. 13)
depending on the model, so check the model name and use
the right method for that model. Large sealing
t Make sure all water is out before making the duct connection. Metal clamp (1) pad (5)
Metal clamp (1)
(accessory)
Tape Drain hose (2) 4mm
(accessory)
Fig. 12 Fig. 13
3P483898-1

ÄPRECAUTIONS Ô Connection method of ducts on air inlet and outlet sides.

Drain piping connections r Connect the ƂGNF supply duct in alignment with the inner side
t Do not connect the drain piping directly to sewage pipes that of the ƃCPIe.
smell of ammonia. The ammonia in the sewage might enter r Connect the ƃCPIG and unit with the ƃCPIG connection screw (10).
the indoor unit through the drain piping and corrode the heat r Wrap aluminum tape around the ƃCPIG and duct joint in
exchanger. order to prevent air leakage.
t Do not twist or bend the drain hose (2), so that excessive
Flange
force is not applied to it.
(Field supply)
(This type of treatment may cause leaking.) Insulation
t If you are using central drain piping, follow the procedure Connection screw (10) Flange material
Main unit
outlined in the figure 11. (Field supply)
(accessory)
t Select central drain piping of proper size according to the
Aluminum tape
capacity of the connected unit.
(Field supply)
(2) After piping work is finished, check drainage flows
smoothly, with manner described below. Aluminum tape
(Field supply)
Air outlet
Air inlet side Air outlet side
Portable pump
Fig. 14
Refrigerant
Bucket pipes CAUTION
Drain outlet Connect the ƃCPIG and unit with the ƃCPIG connection screw
(10) regardless of whether the duct is connected to the air
t Gradually pour approximately 1L of water from the outlet hole
inlet side.
into the drain pan to check drainage.
t Check the drainage.
8. DUCT WORK 9-1 GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS
Pay the utmost attention to the following items and r Make certain that all electric wiring work is carried out by
conduct the ductwork. SWCNKƂGF personnel according to the applicable legislation
r Check that the duct is not in excess of the setting range of and this installation manual, using a separate dedicated
external static pressure for the unit. (Refer to the technical circuit.
datasheet for the setting range.) +PUWHƂEKGPV capacity of the power supply circuit or improper
r Attach a canvas duct each to the air outlet and air inlet so electrical construction may lead to electric shocks or a ƂTe.
that the vibration of the equipment will not be transmitted to r Make sure to install an earth leakage breaker.
the duct or ceiling. Failure to do so may cause electric shocks and a ƂTe.
Use a sound-absorbing material (insulation material) for the r Do not turn on the power supply (branch switch, branch
lining of the duct and apply vibration insulation rubber to the overcurrent circuit breaker) until all the works are ƂPKUJGF
r Make sure to earth the air conditioner.
hanging bolts.
Earthing resistance should be according to applicable
r At the time of duct welding, perform the curing of the duct so
legislation.
that the sputter will not come in contact with the drain pan for
r Do not connect the earth wiring to gas or water pipings,
the ƂNVGr.
lightning conductor or telephone earth wiring.
r If the metal duct passes through a metal lath, wire lath, or
r Gas piping .................Ignition or explosion may occur if
plate of a wooden structure, separate the duct and wall
the gas leaks.
electrically.
r Water piping ..............Hard vinyl tubes are not effective
r Be sure to heat insulate the duct for the prevention of
earths.
dew condensation. (Material: Glass wool or styrene foam;
r Lightning conductor or telephone earth wiring ..................
Thickness: 25 mm)
Electric potential may rise abnormally if struck by a light-
r Be sure to attach the ƂGNF supply air ƂNVGT to the air inlet of the
ning bolt.
unit or ƂGNF supply inlet in the air passage on the air suction
r For electric wiring work, refer to also the “WIRING
side. (Be sure to select an air ƂNVGT with a duct collection
DIAGRAM” attached to the control box lid.
GHƂEKGPE[ of 50 weight percent.)
r Carry out wiring between the outdoor units, indoor units and
r Explain the operation and washing methods of the locally
the remote controllers according to the wiring diagram.
procured components (i.e., the air ƂNVGr, air inlet grille, and air
r Carry out installation and wiring of the remote controller
outlet grille) to the customer.
according to the “installation manual” attached to the remote
r Locate the air outlet grille on the indoor side for the
controller.
prevention of drafts in a position where indirect contact with
r Do not touch the Printed Circuit Board assembly. It may
people.
cause malfunction.
10
3P483898-1

9-2 SPECIFICATION FOR FIELD WIRING r Use the required wirings, connect them securely and ƂZ
Table 3 these wirings securely so that external force may not apply to
the terminals.
Remote controller wiring
Field wiring
Transmission wiring
r Use a proper screw driver for tightening the terminal screws.
If an improper screw driver is used, it may damage the screw 2
Model
head and a proper tightening cannot be carried out.
Wiring Size Wiring Size r If a terminal is over tightened, it may be damaged.
Refer to the table shown below for tightening torque of
Wiring terminals.
size and Vinyl cord
length Table 4
with sheath
FDF50BV1 H05VV-U4G must Tightening torque (N·m)
or cable 0.75-
comply Terminal block for remote controller
FDF60BV1 with local (2 core) 1.25 mm2 0.88 ± 0.08
NOTE 1) and transmission wirings
codes or
IEC60335-1 NOTE 2) Terminal block for wirings the units 1.20 ± 0.12
(Table 11).
r Do not carry out soldering when stranded wirings
are used.
The lengths of remote controller wiring are as follows:
Remote controller wiring (indoor unit - remote controller) ....Max. 500 m
WARNING
NOTE r When wiring, form the wirings orderly so that the control box
1. Shows only in case of protected piping. Use H07RN-F in lid can be securely fastened. If the control box lid is not in
case of no protection. (Supply cords shall not be lighter place, the wirings may come out or be sandwiched by the
VJCPRQN[EJNQTQRTGPGUJGCVJGFƃGZKDNGEQTF
EQFG box and the lid and cause electric shocks or a ƂTe.
designation 60245 IEC 57)).
2. Vinyl cord with sheath or cable (Insulated thickness : 1 mm
or more)
9-3 WIRING CONNECTION METHOD

CAUTION FOR WIRING
r For connection to the terminal block, use ring type crimp
style terminals with insulation sleeve or insulate the wirings
properly.
Wiring
Insulation sleeve
Ring type crimp

style terminals
Fig. 15
r Connect the terminal as shown in Fig. 15.
r Do not carry out soldering ƂPKUJ when stranded wirings
are used. (Otherwise, the loosening of wiring may result in
abnormal heat radiation.)
Use wirings the same in size
Fig. 16
(Abnormal heating may occur if the wirings are not tightened
securely.)
11
3P483898-1

s Wire only after removing the control box lid as shown in [ PRECAUTIONS ]
Fig. 17. s Refer to the “REMOTE CONTROLLER INSTALLATION
Control box lid MANUAL” on how to install and lay the wiring for the remote
controller.
Power supply wiring s See also the “Wiring Diagram label” attached to the control
Earth wire
box lid when laying electrical wiring.
s Connect the remote controller and transmission wiring their
respective terminal blocks.
CAUTION
Wiring Diagram s Do not, under any circumstances, connect the power sup-
(Rear) ply wiring to the remote controller or transmission wiring
terminal block. Doing so can destroy the entire system.
[ Connecting electrical wiring, remote controller wiring,

and transmission wiring ] (Refer to Fig. 18)
Transmission wiring Power supply wiring
Remote controller wiring Earth wire
Do not connect power
X15A
X26A X18A
supply wiring here. Clamp (for fixing in place) X20A
Indoor PC board (ASSY) Terminal block (4P)

That may cause Match up the wiring sheath with
malfunctions. the fixing clasp with the clamping
X11A X27A
X5A
X16A X10A Power supply wiring
material for preventing slippage on
Earth wire
the power supply side and clamp YLW C1 WHT
1 2 3
(accessory (12)) . P1 P2 F1 F2 T1 T2
REMOTE
CONTRL
TRANSMISSION
WIRING
FORCED
OFF
Wiring through hole
X1M
X2M
Clamp T1R
Clamp Clamp
Remove the clasp with screwdriver.
Let a wire go through the clasp, Terminal block (6P)
Wiring through hole
and be sure to attach the clasp to Remote controller wiring
the control box. Transmission wiring
Clamp (for prevent slippage)
Clamp the wiring sheaths (accessory (13))
P 1 P 2 F 1 F2 T 1 T 2
REMOTE TRANSMISSION FORCED
CONTRL WIRING OFF
s Make sure to let a wire go through a wire penetration area. X2M
s After wiring, seal the wire and wire penetration area to prevent
moisture and small creatures from the outside.
s Wrap the strong and weak electric lines with the sealing
material (15) as shown in the figure below.
(Otherwise, moisture or small creatures such as insects from
the outside may cause short-circuit inside the control box.) Fig. 18
Attach securely so that there are no gaps.
Sealing s Power supply and Earth wiring
material (15)
Penetration area Remove the control box lid.
(accsessory) Next, pull the wires into the unit through the wiring through
hole and connect to the terminal block (4P).
Be sure to put the part of the sheathed vinyl into the control
box.
Wire s Remote controller and transmission wiring
Outside Inside
unit unit Pull the wires into the unit through the wiring through hole
[How to adhere it] and connect to the terminal block (6P).
Be sure to put the part of the sheathed vinyl into the control
Fig. 17
box.
CAUTION
s When clamping the wiring, use the included clamp material
(12) and (13) as shown in the Fig.17 to prevent outside pres-
sure being exerted on the wiring connections and clamp
firmly.
s Be sure to attach power supply wiring and earth wire to the
control box with the clamp.
s When doing the wiring, make sure the wiring is neat and
does not cause the control box lid to stick up, then close the
cover firmly. When attaching the control box lid, make sure
you do not pinch any wires.
s Outside the air conditioners, separate the low voltage wiring
(wiremote controller and transmission wiring) and high voltage
wiring (earth wire and power supply wiring) at least 50 mm.
so that they do not pass through the same place together.
Proximity may cause electrical interference, malfunctions,
and breakage.
12
3P483898-1

9-4 WIRING EXAMPLE When implementing group control

r When using as a pair unit or you may carry out simultaneous
CAUTION start / stop (group) control up to 16 units with the
Be sure to install an earth leakage breaker to the outdoor unit.
This is to avoid electric shocks or a ƂTe.
remote controller.
(Refer to Fig. 21) 2
r In this case, all the indoor units in the group will operate in
For the wiring of outdoor units, refer to the installation manual accordance with the group control remote controller.
attached to the outdoor units. %QPƂrm the system type. r Select a remote controller which matches as many of the
r Pair type: functions (airƃow direction, etc.) in the group as possible.
1 remote controller controls 1 indoor unit (standard system).
(Refer to Fig. 19) Outdoor Outdoor Outdoor
r Group control: Indoor
1 remote controller controls up to 16 indoor units Indoor unit 2 Indoor
(All indoor units operate according to the remote controller). unit 1 unit 16
(Refer to Fig. 20)
r 2 remote controllers control: Group control remote contoller
2 remote controllers control 1 indoor unit. (Refer to Fig. 23)
Fig. 21
Main power supply Wiring Method

Pair type
Earth leakage 220 - 240V (1) Remove the control box lid.
circuit breaker 1~ (2) Connect crossover wiring between the terminals (P1, P2)
50Hz inside the control box for the remote controller. (There is no
Outdoor unit polarity.) (Refer to Fig. 22)
1 2 3 Terminal for remote
controller wiring (P1, P2)
Indoor
unit 1 Indoor unit 2
Indoor unit
P1 P2 F1 F2 T1 T2 P1 P2 F1 F2 T1 T2
Terminal block
P1 P1
P2 P2 (X2M)
3
2
1
Remote controller
(Optional accessory) Crossover wiring
to next unit
Indoor unit Terminal block
(X2M)
Fig. 19 Fig. 22
NOTE
1. Terminal numbers of outdoor and indoor units must be Control with 2 remote controllers control
2. The length of wiring between the indoor unit and the
Power supply
outdoor unit varies depending on the connected model, Earth 220 - 240V
the number of connected units, and the maximum piping leakage 1~
breaker 50Hz
length.
For details, refer to the technical documents.
Group control Outdoor unit

Power supply Power supply Power supply 1 2 3
220 - 240V 220 - 240V 220 - 240V
1~ 1~ 1~
50Hz 50Hz 50Hz NOTE)
1 2 3
circuit breaker circuit breaker circuit breaker
P1 P2
Outdoor unit Indoor unit

Outdoor unit Outdoor unit
Remote Remote
1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 controller controller
(Optional P1 P2 P1 P2 (Optional
NOTE) NOTE) NOTE) accessory) accessory)
Fig. 23
1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3
P1 P2 P1 P2 P1 P2
Indoor unit Indoor unit Indoor unit
P1 P2
Group control remote controller

(Optional accessory) Fig. 20
NOTE
r Terminal numbers of outdoor and indoor units must be
matched.
13
3P483898-1

Two remote controllers control (Controlling 1 indoor unit by r If a malfunction occurs and the air conditioner cannot
2 remote controllers) operate, refer to 10-1HOW TO DIAGNOSE FOR
r When using 2 remote controllers, one must be set to “MAIN” PROBLEMS.
and the other to “SUB”. r After completing the test operation, press the INSPEC-
TION/TEST OPERATION button once to put the indoor
MAIN/SUB CHANGEOVER
unit in inspection mode, and make sure the malfunction
r Refer to the manual attached to the remote controller.
code is “00” (= normal).
Wiring Method If the code reads anything other than “00”, refer to
(1) Remove the control box lid. 10-1 HOW TO DIAGNOSE FOR PROBLEMS.
(2) Add wiring between the remote controller 2 (Sub) and the r Press the INSPECTION/TEST OPERATION button four
terminal (P1, P2) of the terminal block (X2M) for the remote times to return to normal operation mode.
controller in the control box. (There is no polarity.)
[Mode switching]
Terminal block
(X2M) Wireless remote controller
P1 P2 F1 F2 T1 T2
Normal Test
operating Once operation
mode mode
Additional
remote controller
Once
Remote Remote
(Main) (Sub) “Malfunction
code”
display
Fig. 24
NOTE Inspection mode

Fig. 25
matched.
10-1 HOW TO DIAGNOSE FOR PROBLEMS
10. TEST OPERATION With the power on, troubles can be monitored on the
Complete all the 1. Items to be checked after the remote controller.
installation work is completed on page 3. Please also refer The fault diagnosis for BRC1E model remote controller
to the installation manual attached to outdoor unit. should be performed while referring to the installation
(1) The settings of BRC1E model remote controller should be manual supplied with the remote controller. For the other
performed while referring to the manual attached to the remote controllers, perform the fault diagnosis using the
remote controller. following procedure.
(2) The settings of the wireless remote controller should be Trouble shooting with the remote controller display.
switched in accordance with the following procedure. 1. With the wireless remote controller.
r Make sure that the installation work for the indoor and (Also refer to the operation manual attached to the
outdoor units are all completed. wireless remote controller.)
r Make sure that the following items are all closed: the When the operation stops due to trouble, the
control box lid of the indoor unit and the outer board and display on the indoor unit In such a case,
piping cover of the outdoor unit. diagnose the fault contents with the table on the
r After completing the refrigerant piping, drain piping, and Malfunction code list looking for the Malfunction
electrical wiring, clean the interior of the indoor unit and code which can be found by following procedures.
front panel. Next, perform test operation in accordance (NOTE 1)
with the installation manual attached to the outdoor unit (1) Press the INSPECTION /TEST OPERATION but-
in order to protect the unit. (It is recommended that the ton, “ ” is displayed and “ 0 ”
test operation is performed in the presence of (2) Press the PROGRAMMING TIME button and
electrical technician or engineer.) the unit No. which stopped due to trouble.
r In test operation, make sure that fan speed can be Number of beeps 3 short beeps
obtained according to the settings. ...................Perform all the following operations
r If interior work is still when test operation 1 short beep
explain to the customer that the air conditioner ...................Perform (3) and (6)
must not be operated until interior work is completed in 1 long beep
order to protect the indoor units. ...................No trouble
(If the indoor unit is operated under this condition, paint,
glue, and other materials used during the KPVGTKQTƂPKUJKPI
work will contaminate the indoor unit. This may cause
water splashes or leakage.)
14
3P483898-1

(3) Press the OPERATION MODE SELECTOR Abnormal stop is applied

button and upper of the malfunction code Suction air thermistor
C9 depending on the model or
malfunction
condition.
(4) Continue pressing the PROGRAMMING TIME
button unit it makes 2 short beeps and the
CJ
Remote controller air
Remote controller thermo
does not function, but 2
upper code. thermistor malfunction body thermo operation is
(5) Press the OPERATION MODE SELECTOR enabled.
button and lower of the malfunction code Action of safety device
E0
(Outdoor unit)
(6) Continue pressing the PROGRAMMING TIME Outdoor Printed Circuit
E1
button unit it makes a long beep and the lower Board failure (Outdoor unit)
code. High pressure malfunction
E3
r A long beep indicate the malfunction code. (Outdoor unit)
Low pressure malfunction
NOTE E4
(Outdoor unit)
1. When the ON/OFF button is kept pressed for 5 seconds or
Compressor motor lock
longer during the inspection mode, the above trouble his- E5
malfunction (Outdoor unit)
tory indication disappears. In this case, after the malfunc-
Compressor motor lock by
tion code indication twice, the indication of code E6
over current (Outdoor unit)
becomes “00” (normal) and unit NO. becomes “0”. Then,
Outdoor fan motor lock
the display automatically changes from the inspection
mode to the normal mode.
E7 Outdoor fan instant over-
10-2 MALFUNCTION CODE current malfunction
(Outdoor unit)
r For places where the malfunction code is left blank,
the “ ” indication is not displayed. Though the system Input overcurrent
E8
continues operating, be sure to inspect the system and make (outdoor unit)
repairs as necessary. Electric expansion valve
E9
r Depending on the type of indoor or outdoor unit, the malfunction (Outdoor unit)
malfunction code may or may not be displayed. Cooling/heating switch
EA
Malfunc- Discharge piping
Descriptions and measures Remarks
tion code F3 temperature malfunction
Indoor Printed Circuit Board (Outdoor unit)
A1
failure High pressure control
F6
A3 Drain level abnormal (in cooling) (Outdoor unit)
Indoor fan motor overload, Sensor fault for inverter
H0
over current, lock (Outdoor unit)
A6
Indoor Printed Circuit Board High pressure switch failure
H3
connection failure (Outdoor unit)
Indoor unit power supply Low pressure switch failure
A8 H4
voltage abnormal (Outdoor unit)
system Outdoor fan motor position
AF
malfunction H7 signal malfunction
Air cleaner faulty (Outdoor unit)
AH Only the air cleaner does CT abnormality
H8
not function. (Outdoor unit)
Capacity setting adapter Outdoor air thermistor Abnormal stop is applied
or capacity data error, or H9 system malfunction depending on the model or
disconnection of the capac- (Outdoor unit) condition.
AJ Capacity setting failure ity setting adapter, failure Pressure sensor system
to connect the adapter, or J1 malfunction (batch)
the capacity is not set to the (Outdoor unit)
data-retention IC. Abnormal stop is applied
Current sensor system
Transmission error between J2 depending on the model or
indoor Printed Circuit Board condition.
C1
(Master) and indoor Printed Discharge piping thermistor Abnormal stop is applied
Circuit Board (Slave) J3 system malfunction depending on the model or
Indoor heat exchanger Abnormal stop is applied (Outdoor unit) condition.
C4 liquid pipe temperature depending on the model or Suction piping thermistor
sensor malfunction condition. J5 system malfunction
Indoor heat exchanger (Outdoor unit)
Abnormal stop is applied
condenser / evaporator
temperature sensor mal-
condition.
function
15
3P483898-1

Outdoor heat exchanger Wiring error between

Abnormal stop is applied Transmission error
distributor liquid piping U4 indoor and outdoor unit. Or
J6 depending on the model or (between indoor and
thermistor malfunction UF Indoor and outdoor Printed
condition. outdoor units)
(Outdoor unit) Circuit Board failure.
Outdoor heat exchanger Transmission between
condenser / evaporator indoor unit and remote
J7 depending on the model or U5 (between indoor and
thermistor malfunction controller is not performed
(Outdoor unit) properly.
Liquid piping thermistor Abnormal stop is applied Transmission error of the
U7
J8 system malfunction depending on the model or inverter module
(Outdoor unit) condition. Transmission error between
Gas piping thermistor main and sub remote
U8
J9 malfunction (cooling) controllers (sub remote
(Outdoor unit) controller malfunction)
Discharge piping pressure System setting error of the
JA sensor system malfunction UA Field setting error simultaneous on/off multi-
(Outdoor unit) split type.
Suction piping pressure Transmission error (between
JC sensor system malfunction UE indoor unit and centralized
(Outdoor unit) remote controller)
Inverter system malfunction Remote controller address
L1 UC
(Outdoor unit) setting error
Reactor thermistor Abnormal stop is applied
L3 Accessory equipment
malfunction (Outdoor unit) UJ depending on the model or
transmission error
Overheated heat-radiating condition.
L4 Inverter cooling failure.
(Outdoor unit)
The compressor engines
L5
Instantaneous overcurrent and turbines may be CAUTION
(Outdoor unit) experiencing a ground fault
or short circuit.
After test operation is completed, check the items mentioned in
the clause 2. Items to be checked at delivery on page 4.
The compressor engines
Electric thermal If the interior ƂPKUJ work is not completed when the test
L8 and turbines may be over-
(Outdoor unit) operation is ƂPKUJGF for protection of the air conditioner, ask
loaded and disconnected.
the customer not operate the air conditioner until the interior
Stall prevention The compressor may be
L9
(Outdoor unit) locked.
ƂPKUJ work is completed.
If the air conditioner is operated, the inside of the indoor units
Transmission malfunction
may be polluted by substances generated from the coating and
between inverter and
LC adhesives used for the interior ƂPKUJ work and cause water
outdoor control unit
(Outdoor unit) splash and leakage.
P1 Open-phase (Outdoor unit)
DCL sensor system To the operator carrying out test operation
P3
malfunction (Outdoor unit) After test operation is completed, before delivering the air
Heat-radiating Abnormal stop is applied conditioner to the customer, EQPƂrm that the control box lid is
P4 thermistor malfunction depending on the model or closed.
(Outdoor unit) condition. In addition, explain the power supply status (power supply ON/
DC output current sensor OFF) to the customer.
P6 system malfunction
(Outdoor unit)
Capacity setting adapter
or capacity data error, or
disconnection of the capacity
Capacity setting failure
PJ setting adapter, failure
(Outdoor unit)
to connect the adapter, or
the capacity is not set to the
data-retention IC.
The refrigerant may be
Suction piping temperature
U0 Abnormal stop is applied
abnormal (Outdoor unit)
depending on the model or
condition.
Reverse phase Reverse two phase of L1,
U1
(Outdoor unit) L2 and L3 leads.
The inverter open-phase or
main circuit condenser may
Power voltage malfunction be malfunctioning.
U2
(Outdoor unit) Abnormal stop is applied
depending on the model or
condition.
16
3P483898-1

2.4 FBA50BVMA / FBA60BVMA / FBA71BVMA / FBA100BVMA / FBA125BVMA /

FBA140BVMA
2.4.1 Names and Functions of Parts
3P427030-2E

2.4.2 Installation
SPLIT SYSTEM
FBA60BVMA FBA125BVMA Installation manual
Air Conditioner
CONTENTS r After the installation is completed, test the air conditioner

and check if the air conditioner operates properly. Give the
1. SAFETY PRECAUTIONS ................................................ 1 user adequate instructions concerning the use and cleaning
2. BEFORE INSTALLATION ................................................ 2 of the indoor unit according to the Operation Manual. Ask the
user to keep this manual and the Operation Manual together
3. SELECTION OF INSTALLATION LOCATION.................. 4
4. PREPARATION BEFORE INSTALLATION ...................... 5
5. INSTALLATION OF INDOOR UNIT ................................. 6
WARNING
6. REFRIGERANT PIPING WORK ...................................... 7
s Do not use means to accelerate the defrosting process or to
7. DRAIN PIPING WORK .................................................... 8 clean, other than those recommended by the manufacturer.
8. DUCT WORK................................................................. 11 s The appliance
must be stored in a room without continuously
9. ELECTRIC WIRING WORK........................................... 11 operating ignition sources (for example: open flames,
an operating gas appliance or an operating electric heater).
10. FIELD SETTING ............................................................ 14
11. TEST OPERATION ........................................................ 16 s Be aware that refrigerants may not contain an odour.
s Floor area required for installation of the equipment, refer to
Important information regarding the refrigerant used the installation manual of the outdoor unit.
This product contains fluorinated greenhouse gases covered s Comply with national gas regulations.
by the Kyoto Protocol. Do not vent gases into the atmosphere. r Ask your local dealer or SWCNKƂGF personnel to carry out
Refrigerant type: R32 installation work.
GWP (1) value: 550 * Improper installation may result in water leakage, electric
(1)
GWP = global warming potential shocks or a ƂTe.
The refrigerant quantity is indicated on the unit name plate. r Perform installation work in accordance with this installation
*This value is based on F gas regulation (824/2006). manual.
shocks or a ƂTe.
1. SAFETY PRECAUTIONS r Consult your local dealer regarding what to do in case of
Read the precautions in this manual refrigerant leakage.
carefully before operating the unit. When the air conditioner is installed in a small room, it is
necessary to take proper measures so that the amount of
any leaked refrigerant does not exceed the concentration
limit in the event of a leakage.
Otherwise, this may lead to an accident due to oxygen
Please read the these "SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS"
FGƂEKGPEy.
carefully before installing air conditioning unit and be sure to
r Be sure to use only the URGEKƂGF parts and accessories for
installation work.
that the unit operates properly during the start-up operation.
Failure to use the URGEKƂGF parts may result in the air
Please instruct the customer on how to operate the unit and conditioner falling down, water leakage, electric shocks, a
keep it maintained. ƂTe, etc.
Also, inform customers that they should store this installation r Install the air conditioner on a foundation that can withstand
manual along with the operation manual for future reference. its mass.
This air conditioner comes under the term "appliances +PUWHƂEKGPV strength may result in the air conditioner falling
not accessible to the general public". down and causing injury.
This is a class A product. In a domestic environment this In addition, it may lead to vibration of indoor units and cause
product may cause radio interference in which case the user unpleasant chattering noise.
may be required to take adequate measures. r Carry out the URGEKƂGF installation work in consideration of
strong winds, typhoons, or earthquakes.
r This manual ENCUUKƂGU the precautions into WARNINGS and Improper installation may result in an accident such as air
CAUTIONS. conditioner falling.
Be sure to follow all the precautions below: They are all r Make certain that all electrical work is carried out by SWCNKƂGF
important for ensuring safety. personnel according to the applicable legislation (Note 1)
and this installation manual, using a separate circuit.
WARNING ..............Indicates a potentially In addition, even if the wiring is short, make sure to use a
hazardous situation which, wiring that has UWHƂEKGPV length and never connect additional
if not avoided, could result in wiring to make the length UWHƂEKGPV
death or serious injury. +PUWHƂEKGPV capacity of the power supply circuit or improper
CAUTION ...............Indicates a potentially electrical construction may lead to electric shocks or a ƂTe.
hazardous situation which, (Note 1) applicable legislation means “All international,
if not avoided, may result in national and local directives, laws, regulations
minor or moderate injury. and/or codes which are relevant and applicable for
It may also be used to alert a certain product or domain”.
against unsafe practices.
3P427042-2

r Earth the air conditioner. 3. Where there is machinery which emits electromagnetic
Do not connect the earth wiring to gas or water piping, waves.
lightning conductor or telephone earth wiring. Electromagnetic waves may disturb the control system,
Incomplete earthing may cause electric shocks or a ƂTe. and cause malfunction of the equipment.
r Be sure to install an earth leakage breaker.
Failure to do so may cause electric shocks and a ƂTe.
4. Where gases may leak, where carbon
or ignitable dust is suspended in the air or where volatile 2
r Disconnect the power supply before touching the electric such as thinner or gasoline, are handled.
components. If the gas should leak and remain around the air
If you touch the live part, you may get electric shocks. conditioner, it may cause ignition.
r Make sure that all wiring is secure, using the URGEKƂGF r The air conditioner is not intended for use in a potentially
wirings and ensuring that external forces do not act on the explosive atmosphere.
terminal connections or wirings. r Pay careful attention when transporting the product.
Incomplete connection or ƂZKPI may cause an overheat or a Carry the product by the handle sections indicated on the
ƂTe. packaging material.
r When wiring between the indoor and outdoor units, and Do not hold the PP band since the PP band can become
wiring the power supply, form the wirings orderly so that the loose and may result in danger.
control box lid can be securely fastened. r Do not touch the heat exchanger ƂPs.
If the control box lid is not in place, overheating of the Inadvertently touching the ƂPU can cause injury.
terminals, electric shocks or a ƂTG may be caused. s -AKESURETOPROVIDEFORADEQUATEMEASURESINORDERTO
r If refrigerant gas leaks during installation work, ventilate the PREVENTTHATTHEOUTDOORUNITBEUSEDASASHELTERBYSMALL
area immediately. ANIMALS
Toxic gas may be produced if refrigerant gas comes into 3MALLANIMALSMAKINGCONTACTWITHELECTRICALPARTSCANCAUSE
contact with a ƂTe. MALFUNCTIONSSMOKEORFIRE0LEASEINSTRUCTTHECUSTOMERTO
r After completing the installation work, check to make sure KEEPTHEAREAAROUNDTHEUNITCLEAN
that there is no leakage of refrigerant gas. s )NSTALLINAMACHINEROOMTHATISFREEOFMOISTURE
Toxic gas may be produced if refrigerant gas leaks into the 4HEUNITISDESIGNEDFORINDOORUSE
room and comes into contact with a source of a ƂTe, such as s 4HEREFRIGERANT2REQUIRESTHATSTRICTPRECAUTIONSBE
a fan heater, stove or cooker. OBSERVEDFORKEEPINGTHESYSTEMCLEANDRYANDTIGHTLY
r Never directly touch any accidental leaking refrigerant. This SEALED
could result in severe wounds caused by frostbite. #LEANANDDRY
s 7HENINSTALLINGORRELOCATINGTHEAIRCONDITIONERBESURETO 3TRICTMEASURESMUSTBETAKENTOKEEPIMPURITIES

BLEEDTHEREFRIGERANTCIRCUITTOENSUREITISFREEOFAIRAND INCLUDING35.)3/OILANDOTHERMINERALOILSASWELLAS
USEONLYTHESPECIFIEDREFRIGERANT2 MOISTURE OUTOFTHESYSTEM
4HEPRESENCEOFAIROROTHERFOREIGNMATTERINTHEREFRIGERANT 4IGHTLYSEALED
CIRCUITCAUSESABNORMALPRESSURERISEWHICHMAYRESULTIN 2CONTAINSNOCHLORINEDOESNOTDESTROYTHEOZONELAYER
EQUIPMENTDAMAGEANDEVENINJURY
ANDSODOESNOTREDUCETHEEARTHgSPROTECTIONAGAINST
s $ONOTALLOWCHILDRENTOCLIMBONTHEOUTDOORUNITANDAVOID HARMFULULTRAVIOLETRADIATION
PLACINGOBJECTSONTHEUNIT
2WILLCONTRIBUTEONLYSLIGHTLYTOTHEGREENHOUSEEFFECT
)NJURYMAYRESULTIFTHEUNITBECOMESLOOSEANDFALLS IFRELEASEDINTOTHEATMOSPHERE
s 7HENFLAREDJOINTSAREREUSEDINDOORSTHEFLAREPARTSHALLBE s /NLYQUALIFIEDPERSONNELCANHANDLEFILLPURGEANDDISPOSE
RE FABRICATED OFTHEREFRIGERANT
s $ISPOSALREQUIREMENTS
CAUTION $ISMANTLINGOFTHEUNITTREATMENTOFTHEREFRIGERANTOFOIL
ANDOFOTHERPARTSMUSTBEDONEINACCORDANCEWITHRELEVANT
r Install drain piping according to this installation manual to LOCALANDNATIONALLEGISLATION
condensation.
furniture get wet. 2. BEFORE INSTALLATION
r Install the air conditioner, power supply wiring, remote When unpacking the indoor unit or moving the unit after
controller wiring and transmission wiring at least 1 meter unpacked, hold the hangers (4 places) and do not apply
away from televisions or radios to prevent image interference force to other parts (particularly refrigerant piping, drain
or noise. piping).
not be UWHƂEKGPV to eliminate the noise.) r Make sure to check in advance that the refrigerant to be
r Install the indoor unit as far as possible from ƃWQTGUEGPV used for installation work is R32.
lamps. (The air conditioner will not properly operate if a wrong
If a wireless remote controller kit is installed, the transmission refrigerant is used.)
distance may be shorter in a room where an electronic lighting r For installation of the outdoor unit, refer to the installation
type (inverter or rapid start type) ƃWQTGUEGPV lamp is installed. manual attached to the outdoor unit.
r Do not install the air conditioner in places such as the r Do not throw away the accessories until the installation work
following: is completed.
1. Where there is mist of oil, oil spray or vapour for example r After the indoor unit is carried into the room, to avoid the
a kitchen. indoor unit from getting damaged, take measures to protect
Resin parts may deteriorate, and fall out or water may leak. the indoor unit with packing materials.
2. Where corrosive gas, such as sulfurous acid gas, is
produced.
Corrosion of copper pipings or brazed parts may cause
the refrigerant to leak.
2
3P427042-2

(1) Determine the route to carry the unit into the room. 2-2 OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
(2) Do not unpack the unit until it is carried to the r A remote controller is required for the indoor unit.
installation location. (No remote controllers are required for multi slave units
Where unpacking is unavoidable, use a sling of soft in simultaneous multi operation.)
material or protective plates together with a rope when r There are 2 kinds of remote controller; wired type and
lifting, to avoid damage or scratches to the indoor unit. wireless type.
r Have the customer actually operate the air conditioner while Install the remote controller to the place where the customer
looking at the operation manual. has given consent.
Instruct the customer how to operate the air conditioner Refer to the catalog for the applicable model.
(particularly cleaning of the air ƂNVGTs, operation procedures, (Refer to the installation manual attached to the remote
and temperature adjustment). controller for how to install.)
r Have the customer actually operate the air conditioner while r The indoor unit can be switched to lower suction.
looking at the operation manual. (Refer to 4. PREPARATION BEFORE INSTALLATION.)
Instruct the customer how to operate the air conditioner The side cover plate (KDBD63A160) is required in the case
(particularly cleaning of the air ƂNVGTs, operation procedures, of wiring from the bottom for underside suction.
and temperature adjustment). For installation work, refer to the instruction sheet provided
r Do not use the air conditioner in a salty atmosphere such as with the side cover plate.
coastal areas, vehicles, vessels or where voltage ƃWEVWCVKQP
is frequent such as factories. CARRY OUT THE WORK GIVING CAUTION
r Take off static electricity from the body when carrying out TO THE FOLLOWING ITEMS AND AFTER THE
wiring and the control box lid is removed.
The electric parts may be damaged. WORK IS COMPLETED CHECK THESE AGAIN.
2-1 ACCESSORIES 1. Items to be checked after the installation work is

Check if the following accessories are attached to the completed
indoor unit.
Items to be checked In case of defective Check column
(1) Metal (3) Duct ƃCPIG connection
Name (2) Drain hose
clamp screw Are the indoor and outdoor Drop · vibration ·
units rigidly Ƃxed? noise
Quantity 1 pc. 1 pc. See below
Are the installation works of
50·60·71 Does not operate ·
18 pcs. the outdoor and indoor units
class burnout
Shape completed?
100·125·140 Have you carried out a leakage
30 pcs.
class test with the test pressure Does not cool / Does
URGEKƂGF in the outdoor unit not heat
Joint insulating (6) Sealing (7) Sealing installation manual?
Name (8) Clamp
material material material Is the insulation of refrigerant
Quantity 1 each 1 sheet 2 sheets 9 pcs. piping and drain piping Water leakage
completely carried out?
Thin Does the drain ƃow out
Water leakage
smoothly?
(4) For liquid
piping Is the power supply voltage
Shape identical to that stated in the Does not operate ·
Large Medium manufacturer’s label on the burnout
Thick (Dark gray) air conditioner?
(Dark gray)
(5) For gas Are you sure that there is no
piping Does not operate ·
wrong wiring or piping or no
burnout
loose wiring?
(9) Washer (10) Wire (11) Washer Danger in case of
Name Others Is earthing completed?
clamp sealing material for hanger leakage
Are the sizes of electric
Quantity 4 pcs. 2 sheets 8 pcs. rOperation Does not operate ·
wiring according to the
manual burnout
URGEKƂECVKQP!
Shape Small rInstallation Are any of air outlets or inlets
(Gray) manual of the indoor and outdoor
units blocked with obstacles? Does not cool /
(It may lead to capacity drop Does not heat
due to fan speed drop or
malfunction of equipment.)
Is the external static Does not cool /
pressure set correctly? Does not heat
Have you recorded the
refrigerant piping length Refrigerant charge
and the refrigerant charge amount is not clear
amount added?
Make sure to recheck the items of “SAFETY PRECAUTIONS”.
3
3P427042-2

2. Items to be checked at delivery 3. SELECTION OF INSTALLATION LOCATION

Items to be checked Check column Hold the hangers at 4 locations to move the indoor unit
when unpacking or after unpacked, and do not apply force
Have you carried out ƂGNF setting? (if necessary) to the piping (refrigerant and drain) and air outlet ƃCPge.
Are the control box lid, the air ƂNVGT and the suction
grille attached?
If the temperature and humidity in the ceiling is likely to
exceed 30°C, RH80%, use the additional insulation stick to
2
Does the cool air discharge during the cooling the indoor unit.
operation and the warm air discharge during the Use the insulation such as glass wool or polyethylene
heating operation? Does the indoor unit makes that has thickness of 10 mm or more. However, keep the
unpleasant sound of air discharge? insulated outside dimension smaller than the ceiling
Have you explained how to operate the air opening so that the unit may go through the opening at
conditioner showing the operation manual to the installation.
customer?
Have you explained the description of cooling, (1) Select the installation location that meets the following
heating, program dry and automatic (cooling/ conditions and get approval of the customer.
heating) given in the operation manual to the r Where the cool and warm air spreads evenly in the
customer?
room.
If you set the fan speed at thermostat OFF, did you
r Where there are no obstacles in the air passage.
explain the set fan speed to the customer.
r Where drainage can be ensured.
Have you handed the operation manual and the
r Where the ceiling’s lower surface is not remarkably
installation manual to the customer?
inclined.
Have you checked that there is no generation
of abnormal noise (i.e., noise resulting from
r Where there is strength to withstand the mass
contamination or missing parts)? of the indoor unit. (If the strength is the in-
Is the printed circuit board switch not on the door unit may vibrate and get in contact with the ceiling
emergency (EMG.) side? and generate unpleasant chattering noise.)
The switch is factory set to the normal (NORM.) side. r Where a space for installation and service can
If an optional accessory is in use, did you check the be ensured. (Refer to Fig. 1 and Fig. 2)
operation of the optional accessory and make ƂGNF r Where the piping length between the indoor and the out-
settings as needed? door units is ensured within the allowable length. (Refer
Is the remote controller icon displayed? Is the to the installation manual attached to the outdoor unit.)
remote controller connected to the master unit if the r Where there is no risk of gas leak.
system is in simultaneous multi operation?
Have you explained failure examples of [ Required installation space ]
3. SELECTION OF INSTALLATION LOCATION? Figures indicate the minimum required installation space.
Points of the operation explanation
In addition to the general usage, since the items in the

operation manual with the WARNING and
CAUTION marks are likely to result in human bodily
injuries and property damages, it is necessary not only
to explain these items to the customer but also to have
the customer read them.
Furthermore, it is necessary to have the customer read
through the troubleshooting items while explaining the
or more
450mm
Maintenance Maintenance
above items. space for space for
electrical
drain pan components
Secure the maintenance

space for the drain pan and
electrical components.
Fig. 1
or more
20mm
H1=245mm*
H2 or more*
2500mm
or more
Ceiling
Floor
Fig. 2
4
3P427042-2

r * Dimension H1 indicates the product height. 800

Inspection port 1
r * Secure a downward slope of at least 1/100 in 630 (450×450)
7. DRAIN PIPING WORK and determine dimension H2. (Hanging bolt pitch)
200 or less
Hanging bolts (× 4)
<Failure example>
If there is an obstacle in the CKTƃow path or proper installation Control box
space is not provided, the indoor unit will cause air volume
reduction and take in air blown out of the indoor unit,
thus resulting in performance degradation or turning the
500
thermostat OFF frequently.
(Hanging bolt pitch)

CAUTION
C
B
Air outlet
r Install the indoor and outdoor units, power supply wiring,
remote controller wiring and transmission wiring at least Bottom of Air inlet
Inspection port 2* indoor unit
1 meter away from televisions or radios to prevent image (450×450)
interference or noise. (For drain pan
(Depending on the radio waves, a distance of 1 meter may removal and * Inspection port 2 is not required
not be to eliminate the noise.) component replacement) if the bottom space under the product
r Install the indoor unit as far as possible from is accessible for work.
(unit [mm])
lamps. Fig. 3-1
If a wireless remote controller kit is installed, the transmis-
Control box
sion distance may be shorter in a room where an electronic
20 or more
lighting type (inverter or rapid start type) lamp is
installed.
Ceiling
(2) Use hanging bolts for installation.
Investigate if the installation place can withstand the mass
of the indoor unit and, if necessary, hang the indoor unit Inspection port
with bolts after it is reinforced by beams etc. A
Inspection Inspection
port 1 port 3
4. PREPARATION BEFORE INSTALLATION (450×450)
200mm
or less
(Indoor unit size

(1) Check the relation of location between the ceiling + 300 or more)
opening and the indoor unit hanging bolts.
D=B+300 or more
r Provide one of the following service spaces for the
maintenance and inspection of the control box and
drain pump or for other services. Control box
B
1. Inspection ports 1 and 2 (450 × 450) (Fig. 3-1) and

a minimum space of 300 mm at the bottom of the
product (Fig. 3). Inspection port 2
800 800 Control box
2. Inspection port 1 (450 × 450) on the control box side (Indoor unit
and inspection port 2 on the bottom of the product. size or more) Arrow A-2
Arrow A-1
(Fig. 4, arrow A-1)
3. Inspection port 3 on the bottom of the product and on < In the case of (1)-2, 3 > (unit [mm])
the bottom side of the control box. (Fig. 4, arrow A-2) Fig. 4
Control box
Table 1 (unit [mm])
300 or more
Model B C D
50·60·71 class 1000 1038 1300
100·125·140 class 1400 1438 1700
(2) Mount canvas ducts to the air outlet and inlet so that
the vibration of the indoor unit will not be transmitted
Ceiling Inspection port
to the ducts or ceiling. Furthermore, attach sound
< In the case of (1)-1 > (unit [mm]) absorbing material (thermal insulation material) to the
Fig. 3 duct inner walls and anti-vibration rubber to the hanging
bolts (refer to 8. DUCT WORK).
(3) The indoor unit is set to standard external static
pressure.
r If external static pressure is higher or lower than the
standard set value, the remote controller may be used to
make on-site setting change in the external static pressure.
Refer to 10. FIELD SETTING.
5
3P427042-2

(4) Open installation holes 5. INSTALLATION OF INDOOR UNIT

(in the case of installation onto the existing ceiling).
Depending on the optional parts, it may be easier to attach
r Open the installation holes on the ceiling of the
them before installing the indoor unit. Refer to also the
installation location, and work on the refrigerant piping,
installation manual attached to the optional parts.
drain piping, remote controller wiring (unless a wireless
remote controller is used), and wiring between the indoor
For installation, use the attached installation parts and
URGEKƂGF parts.
2
and outdoor units to the piping connection port and
(1) Install the indoor unit temporarily.
wiring connection port of the indoor unit (refer to each
piping and wiring procedure items). r Fix the hanger to the hanging bolt.
Make sure to securely the hanger with the nut and the
r Ceiling framework reinforcement may be required in
washer for hanger (11) from the upper and lower side.
order to keep the ceiling horizontal and prevent ceiling
(Refer to Fig. 6)
vibration after opening the ceiling holes. For details,
If the washer clamp (9) is used, the upper side washer
consult your building and upholstery work contractors.
for hanger (11) may be protected from falling off.
(5) Install the hanging bolts. (Refer to Fig. 7)
r Use M8 or M10 bolts for hanging the indoor unit.
[ Fix the hanger ]
Use hole-in-anchors for the existing bolts and embedded
inserts or foundation bolts for new bolts, and the Field supply
indoor unit to the building so that it may withstand
the mass of the unit.
Washer for
In addition, adjust clearance (50 - 100 mm) from the
hanger (11)
ceiling in advance.
(accessory)
<Installation examples>
Ceiling slab
Tighten
Foundation bolt (double nut)
Long nut or Fig. 6
Indoor turnbuckle
unit Hanging bolt [ WCUJGTƂZKPI]
Washer Upper nut

Note) Components shoYPKPVJGƂIWTGCDQve are
all local procurement. clamp (9)
(accessory)
Insert Washer for
(6) In the case of changing the preset suction to under- hanger (11)
side suction, replace the chamber cover and the suc-
(accessory)
tion (Refer to Fig. 5)
1. Remove the suction and chamber cover.
2. Replace the suction and the chamber cover.
Fig. 7
CAUTION
r Keep the air outlet covered with a protective sheet to prevent
r Secure a maintenance space for the drain pan weld spatter and other foreign materials from entering the
and electrical components before installing the indoor indoor unit and damaging the resin drain pan.
unit. (If holes or cracks are generated in the resin drain pan, water
r Secure a maintenance space for the can leak.)
chamber, and peripheral components before installing the
(2) Adjust so that the unit is properly positioned.
indoor unit.
(3) Check the level of the unit. (Refer to Fig. 8)
5WEVKQPƃCPIG (4) Remove the washer clamp (9) used for preventing the
washer for hanger (11) from dropping and tighten the
upper side nut.
Hanger
Replacement
Chamber cover Bottom of
Fig. 5 Level product
Vinyl tube
Feed water into the tube and
set the indoor unit to the water
levels on the left and right.
Fig. 8
6
3P427042-2

Torque wrench
CAUTION
r Install the indoor unit leveled.
IH the inFoor unit iU inclineF anF the Frain piping UKFe getU Spanner
high, it may cauUe malHunction oH Uwitch anF reUult in
water leakage.
r Attach nuts on the upper and lower side of hanger.
+H there KU no upper nut CPF the lower nut KU ovGTVKIJVGPGF Flare nut
the hanger CPF the top plate will FGHorm CPF ECWUG abnormal
UQWPF
r Do not insert materials other than that into
the clearance between the hanger and the washer for Union joint
hanger (11). Fig. 9
UnleUU the waUherU are properly attacheF, the hanging
boltU may come oHH Hrom the hanger. %QCVVJGƃCTGFKPPGTUWTHace
QPN[YKVJGVJGTQKNQTGUVGTQKN
WARNING
The indoor unit must be securely installed on a place
that can withstand the mass.
IH the Utrength iU the inFoor unit may Hall Fown
anF cauUe injurieU. Fig. 10
Table 2
Piping Tightening &KOGPUKQP Hor
6. REFRIGERANT PIPING WORK UKze torque RTQEGUUKPI ƃCTG Flare UJCRG
r For the QWVFQQT unit TGHrigerant piping, reHer to the KPUVCNNCVKQP (mm) (N·m) A (mm)
manual CVVCEJGF to the QWVFQQT unit.
2°
r Carry out KPUWNCVKQP QH both ICU CPF NKSWKF TGHrigerant piping
°±
UGEWTGNy. +H not KPUWNCVGF it may ECWUG water leakage. For I 9.5 36.3 ± 3.6 13.0 ± 0.2
45
ICU piping, WUG KPUWNCVKQP material QH which heat TGUKUVCPV R0.4-0.8
90°±2°
temperature KU not NGUU than 120°C.
For WUG WPFGT high JWOKFKVy, UVTGPIVJGP the KPUWNCVKQP
A
material Hor TGHrigerant piping. +H not UVTGPIVJGPGF the I 15.9 68.6 ± 6.8 19.5 ± 0.2
UWTHace QH KPUWNCVKQP material may Uweat.
r BeHore KPUVCNNCVKQP work, make UWTG that the TGHrigerant
KU R32.
7PNGUU the TGHrigerant KU R32, the normal operation CAUTION
cannot be eZRGEVGF
Do not have oil adhere to the screw part of resin
WARNING parts.
9JGPƃCTGFLQKPVUCTGTGWUGFKPFQQTUVJGƃCTGRCTV +H oil CFJGTGU, it may weaken the UVTGPIVJ QH UETewGF part.
shall be re-fabricated. Do not tighten nuts too tight.
+H a ƃCTG nut crackU, the TGHrigerant may leak.
CAUTION
r IH there iU no torque wrench, uUe Table 3 aU a rule oH
This air conditioner is a dedicated model for new thumb.
refrigerant R32. Make sure to meet the requirements When tightening a nut with a Upanner harFer anF
shown below and carry out installation work. harFer, there iU a point where the tightening torque UuF-
r Use dedicated piping cutters and tools for R32 Fenly increaUeU.
and R410A. From that pQUition, tighten the nut aFFitionally at the angle
r When making a connection, coat the inner Uhown in Table 3.
surface only with ether oil or ester oil. AHter the work iU check Uecurely that there iU no
r Use only the nuts attached to the air conditioner. gaU leak.
If other nuts are used, it may cause refrigerant IH the nut iU not tighteneF aU inUtructeF, it may cauUe Ulow
leakage. reHrigerant leak anF reUult in malHunction (Uuch aU FoeU
r To prevent contamination or moisture from getting not cool or heat).
into the piping, take measures such as pinching or
Table 3
taping the pipings.
Piping Uize Tightening RecommenFeF arm length oH
Do not mix substance other than the
(mm) angle tool uUeF
refrigerant such as air into the refrigeration circuit.
I 9.5 60° - 90° approx. 200 mm
If the refrigerant leaks during the work, ventilate the
room. I 15.9 30° - 60° approx. 300 mm
r The reHrigerant iU pre-chargeF in the outFoor unit. CAUTION

r When connecting the pipingU to the air conFitioner, make
Insulation of piping must be carried out up to the
Uure to uUe a Upanner anF a torque wrench aU Uhown in
connection inside the casing.
Fig. 9.
+H the piping KU eZRQUGF to the CVOQURJGTe, it may ECWUG
r For the FimePUion oH part anF the tightening torque,
Uweating, burn FWG to touching the piping, electric UJQcMU or
reHer to the Table 2.
a ƂTG FWG to the wiring touching the piping.
r When making a connection, coat the inner
UurHace only with ether oil or eUter oil.
(Refer to Fig. 10)
Then, turn the nut 3 to 4 timeU with your hanF anF
Ucrew in the nut.
7
3P427042-2

r After leak test, referring to Fig.11, insulate both the gas r Before brazing refrigerant piping, have nitrogen
and liquid piping connection with the attached joint in- through the refrigerant piping and substitute air with nitro-
sulating material (4) and (5) to prevent the pipings from gen (NOTE 1) (RGHGrVQFig.12). Then, carry out brazing
getting exposed. (NOTE 2).
Then, tighten both the ends of insulating material with the
clamp (8).
After all the brazing works are carry out
connection with the indoor unit. (RGHGrVQFig.11) 2
r Wrap the sealing material (Medium) (7) around the joint
insulating material (4) and (5) nut section), both the Pressure reducing valve
gas and liquid piping. Taping
r Make sure to bring the seam of joint insulating material (4) Brazing place
and (5) to the top.
)CUUKFGRKRKPIKPUWNCVKPIOGVJQF Nitrogen
Joint insulating
material (5) Refrigerant piping Stop valve
(accessory) Nitrogen
Flare nut Piping insulating Fig.12
connection material (main unit) Wind around the
piping until top of the NOT'
Bring the ƃCTGPWVEQPPGEVKQP
seam Do not leave beginning at the base. 1. The proper pressure for having nitrogen through the
to the top. clearance. piping is approximately 0.02 MPa, a pressure that makes
one feel like slight breeze and can be obtained through a
Indoor unit
2. Do not use when brazing refrigerant piping.
Clamp (8) Use phosphor copper brazing metal (BCuP-2: JIS Z
Piping (accessory) Sealing material 3264/B-Cu93P-710/795: ISO 3677) that does not require
insulating
Tighten the portion (7) Medium
material

ƂGNFUWRRN[ where overlapped by (accessory) (If chlorinated is used, the piping will be corroded and,
the piping insulating
material.
in addition if is contained, the refrigerant oil will
Do not expose the
piping in order to be deteriorated and the refrigerant circuit will be affected
prevent the vapor badly.)
condensation. 3. When carrying out leakage test of refrigerant piping and
the indoor unit after the installation of indoor unit is -
ished, the connecting outdoor unit installation
manual for test pressure.
Refer to also the outdoor unit installation manual or techni-
cal document for refrigerant piping.
4. In case of refrigerant shortage due to forgetting additional
refrigerant charge etc., it will result in malfunc tion such as
Gas piping does not cool or does not heat.
Refer to the outdoor unit installation manual or technical
Liquid piping document for refrigerant piping.
.KSWKFUKFGRKRKPIKPUWNCVKPIOGVJQF CAUTION
Joint insulating DQPQVuUGCPViQxidCPVwJGPbrCziPgRiRiPg.
material (4) It may result in malfunction of components and clogging of
(accessory) piping due to residue.
Flare nut Piping insulating
connection material (main unit)
Wind around the
Bring the piping, beginning 7. DRAINPIPINGWORK
seam Do not leave at the base.
clearance.
(1) %CTryQWVFTCKPRKRKPI
to the top.
Carry out drain piping so that drainage is ensured.
r Select the piping diameter equal to or larger than
Indoor unit (except for riser) that of the connection piping (polyvi-
nyl chloride piping, nominal diameter 25 mm, outside
Piping Clamp (8) diameter 32 mm).
Sealing material
insulating (accessory) r Install the drain piping as short as possible with down-
(7) Medium
material

ƂGNFUWRRN[
Tighten the portion (accessory) ward inclination of 1/100 or more and without such that
where overlapped by air may not stagnate. (RGHGrVQFig.13) (It may cause
Do not expose the the piping insulating
material.
abnormal sound such as bubbling noise.)
piping in order to
prevent the vapor
condensation.
Fig.11
8
3P427042-2

1~1.5 m <In case of sticking vinyl tape>
Tightened part
Support
approx. 90°
Downward
inclination of
1/100 or more
Vinyl tape
Good
Stick vinyl tape without

tearing the sealing
material (Large) (6).
Wrong <In case of bending the tip>

Fig. 13 Tightened part
approx. 90°
CAUTION
If drain stagnates in the drain piping, the piping may be
clogged.
r If downward inclination cannot be ensured,

carry out upward drain piping. Bend the tip without tearing the
r Install supports at a distance of 1 to 1.5 m so that the sealing material (Large) (6).
piping may not (Refer to Fig. 13)
Fig. 15
r Make sure to use the attached drain hose (2) and the
metal clamp (1). < Caution to be taken when carrying out upward drain
Insert the drain hose (2) into the drain socket up to the piping (Refer to Fig. 16) >
point where the socket diameter becomes larger. r The maximum height of the drain riser is 675 mm. Since
Put the metal clamp (1) to the taped hose end and the drain pump mounted on this indoor unit is a high
tighten the metal clamp (1) with torque 1.2~1.5 N·m head type, from the characteristic point of view, the
(120~150|N·cm). higher the drain riser the lower the draining noise.
Indoor unit Metal clamp (1) Therefore, the drain riser of 300 mm or higher is
(accessory) recommended.
r For upward drain piping, keep the horizontal piping
Drain hose (2) distance of 300 mm or less between the drain socket
(accessory) root to the drain riser.
VP25 side (unit [mm])
Ceiling slab
Tape
300 or less 1~1.5 m
Fig. 14 Support(850 or less)
CAUTION
r Do not tighten the metal clamp (1) with the torque more
than the value. Adjustable
The drain hose (2), the socket or the metal clamp (1) may (675 or less)
be damaged.
Upward drain piping
Metal clamp (1)
r Wrap the vinyl tape around the end of the metal clamp (Field supply)
(accessory)
(1) so that the sealing material (Large) (6) to be used at
the next process may not be damaged with the clamp Drain hose (2)
end or bend the tip of the metal clamp (1) inward as (accessory)
shown. (Refer to Fig. 15)
Drain hose (2)
(accessory)
Level or upward
inclination
Keep the drain hose level or make a slight up-grade so
that air may not stagnate in the drain hose.
If air stagnates, the drain ma[ƃQw oppositely when
the drain pump stops and generate abnormal sound.
Fig. 16
9
3P427042-2

r If a person is not present, after the electric wir-

CAUTION
ing work is check the drainage according to the
r To avoid the attached drain hose (2) getting excessive method in [WhentheelectricwiringworkiU
force, do not bend nor twist it. .
It may cause water leakage.
r As for drain piping connection, do not connect the drain
1. Open the control box lid and connect the single phase
220 - 240 V power supply to the terminal (L, N) on the 2
hose directly to a sewage that gives off ammonia odor. terminal block (X2M).
(The ammonia in the sewage may go through the drain Connect the earth wiring to the earth terminal.
piping and corrode the heat exchanger of the indoor unit.) 2. Make sure the control box lid is closed before turning
r In case of centralized drain piping, carry out piping work on the power supply.
according to the procedure shown in the following Fig.17. r Throughout the whole process, carry out the work
0 ~ 675 mm
giving caution to the wiring around the control box

so that the connectors may not come off.
3. Gradually pour 1 liter of water from the air outlet on
the left side of the drain socket into the drain pan
giving caution to avoid splashing water on the electric
components such as drain pump. (RefertoFig.18)
Centralized drain piping 4. When the power supply is turned on, the drain pump
will operate. Drainage can be checked at the trans-
Make a downward inclination of 1/100
parent part of the drain socket.
or more to avoid stagnation of air.
(The drain pump will automatically stop after 10
If water stagnates in the drain minutes.)
piping, it may cause clogging of The drainage of water can be with water level
drain piping.
change in the drain pan through the access window.
Fig.17 r Do not connect the drain piping directly to the sew-
r As for the size of centralized drain piping, select the size age that gives off ammonia odor.
that meets the capacity of indoor units to be connected. The ammonia in the sewage may go through the
(Refer to the technical document) drain piping and corrode the heat exchanger of the
r Positioning the upward drain piping at an angle may cause indoor unit.
switch malfunction and lead to water leakage. r Do not apply external force to the switch. (It
r While replacing with new indoor unit, use the attached may result in malfunction)
new drain hose (2) and the metal clamp (1). r Do not touch the drain pump.
If an old drain hose or a metal clamp is used, it may Touching the drain pump may cause electric shocks.
cause water leakage. r Do not apply external force to the switch.
External force may cause a switch malfunction.
5. Turn off the power supply after checking drainage,
(2) Afterpipingis checkifthedrain
and remove the power supply wiring.
smoothly.
6. Attach the control box lid as before.
[Whentheelectricwiringworkis
r Gradually pour 1 liter of water from the inspection port (3) Sweatingmayoccurandresultinwaterleakage
at the bottom of the drain socket on the left side of the Therefore,makesuretoinsulatethefollowing2loca-
drain socket into the drain pan giving caution to avoid tions(drainpipingthatlaidindoorsanddrainsockets).
splashing water on the electric components such as r Use the provided sealing material (large) (6), and per-
drain pump and drainage by operating the form the thermal insulation of the metal clamp (1) and
indoor unit under cooling mode according to drain hose (2) after checking the drainage of water.
10.FIELDSETTING. (RefertoFig.18) (RefertoFig.19)
Control box Sealing material - Large
Drain socket Control box lid (6) (accessory)
Filling port
Drain pan
No clearance is
allowed.
Terminal block
for wiring between Drain hose (2) Sealing material (Large) (6)
the indoor and (accessory) (accessory)
outdoor units
Air outlet Start wrapping from where the

Screw metal clamp (1) is tightened.
Access Drain pump
Drain socket window position
(with rubber cap)
Plastic container
for pouring water
Metal clamp (1)
[Method of adding water] (accessory)
Fig.18
Wrap the sealing material (Large) (6)
[Whentheelectricwiringworkisnot
so that the metal clamp (1) end side
r The electric wiring works (including earthing) must be may be doubled.
carried out by a electrician.
Fig.19
10
3P427042-2

8. DUCT WORK 9. ELECTRIC WIRING WORK

Pay the utmost attention to the following items and 9-1 GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS
conduct the ductwork. r Make certain that all electric wiring work is carried out by
r Check that the duct is not in excess of the setting range of SWCNKƂGF personnel according to the applicable legislation
external static pressure for the unit. (Refer to the technical and this installation manual, using a separate dedicated
datasheet for the setting range.) circuit.
r Attach a canvas duct each to the air outlet and air inlet so +PUWHƂEKGPV capacity of the power supply circuit or improper
that the vibration of the equipment will not be transmitted to electrical construction may lead to electric shocks or a ƂTe.
the duct or ceiling. r Make sure to install an earth leakage breaker.
Use a sound-absorbing material (insulation material) for the Failure to do so may cause electric shocks and a ƂTe.
lining of the duct and apply vibration insulation rubber to the r Do not turn on the power supply (branch switch, branch
hanging bolts. overcurrent circuit breaker) until all the works are ƂPKUJGF
r At the time of duct welding, perform the curing of the duct so r Multiple number of indoor units are connected to one
that the sputter will not come in contact with the drain pan for outdoor unit. Name each indoor unit as A-unit, B-unit ….. and
the ƂNVGr. the like. When these indoor units are wired to the outdoor
r If the metal duct passes through a metal lath, wire lath, or unit, always wire the indoor unit to the terminal indicated
plate of a wooden structure, separate the duct and wall with the same symbol on the terminal block. If the wiring and
electrically. the piping are connected to the different indoor units and
r Be sure to heat insulate the duct for the prevention of operated, it will result in malfunction.
dew condensation. (Material: Glass wool or styrene foam; r Make sure to earth the air conditioner.
Thickness: 25 mm) Earthing resistance should be according to applicable
r Be sure to attach the ƂGNF supply air ƂNVGT to the air inlet of the legislation.
unit or ƂGNF supply inlet in the air passage on the air suction r Do not connect the earth wiring to gas or water pipings,
side. (Be sure to select an air ƂNVGT with a duct collection lightning conductor or telephone earth wiring.
GHƂEKGPE[ of 50 weight percent.) r Gas piping .................Ignition or explosion may occur if
r Explain the operation and washing methods of the locally the gas leaks.
procured components (i.e., the air ƂNVGr, air inlet grille, and air r Water piping ..............Hard vinyl tubes are not effective
outlet grille) to the customer. earths.
r Locate the air outlet grille on the indoor side for the r Lightning conductor or telephone earth wiring ..................
prevention of drafts in a position where indirect contact with Electric potential may rise abnormally if struck by a light-
people. ning bolt.
r The air conditioner incorporates a function to adjust the fan r For electric wiring work, refer to also the “WIRING
to rated speed automatically. (10. FIELD SETTING) DIAGRAM” attached to the control box lid.
Therefore, do not use booster fans midway in the duct. r Carry out wiring between the outdoor units, indoor units and
the remote controllers according to the wiring diagram.
Connection method of ducts on air inlet and outlet sides. r Carry out installation and wiring of the remote controller
r Connect the ƂGNF supply duct in alignment with the inner side according to the “installation manual” attached to the remote
of the ƃCPIe. controller.
r Connect the ƃCPIG and unit with the ƃCPIG connection screw (3). r Do not touch the Printed Circuit Board assembly. It may
r Wrap aluminum tape around the ƃCPIG and duct joint in cause malfunction.
order to prevent air leakage.
Flange on air inlet side Flange on air outlet side
9-2 SPECIFICATION FOR FIELD SUPPLY FUSES
(provided with the unit) (provided with the unit) AND WIRING
Screws for duct Insulation material Table 4
ƃCPIGU

ƂGNFUWRRN[
(accessory) Screws Power supply wiring
Transmission wiring
Air inlet Unit Air outlet for duct Model
ƃCPIGU
Field
Insulation material Canvas duct (accessory) fuses Wiring Size Wiring Size

ƂGNFUWRRN[
ƂGNFUWRRN[
Fig. 20 FBA50BVMA
Wiring
FBA60BVMA size and Vinyl cord
CAUTION length with sheath
FBA71BVMA H05VV-U3G must
Connect the ƃCPIG and unit with the ƃCPIG connection screw or cable 0.75-
16A comply
(3) regardless of whether the duct is connected to the air FBA100BVMA with local (2 core) 1.25 mm2
NOTE 1)
inlet side. codes or
FBA125BVMA IEC60335-1 NOTE 2)
(Table 11).
FBA140BVMA
The lengths of remote controller wiring are as follows:

Remote controller wiring (indoor unit - remote controller) ....Max. 500 m
NOTE
1. Shows only in case of protected piping. Use H07RN-F in
case of no protection. (Supply cords shall not be lighter
VJCPRQN[EJNQTQRTGPGUJGCVJGFƃGZKDNGEQTF
EQFG
designation 60245 IEC 57)).
2. Vinyl cord with sheath or cable (Insulated thickness : 1 mm
or more)
11
3P427042-2

9-3 WIRING CONNECTION METHOD (2) Connect the wiring into the control box through the
wiring intake beside the control box.
CAUTION FOR WIRING 9KTKPIKPVCMe
r FQT EQPPGEVKQP VQ VJG VGrOKPCN DNQck, WUG rKPI V[RG crKOR 9KTKPIKPVCMe
JKIJXQNVCIG
UV[NG VGrOKPCNU YKVJ KPUWNCVKQP UNGeve QT KPUWNCVG VJG YKrKPIU
RTQRGrly

NQYXQNVCIG 9KTKPIDGVYGGP
VJGKPFQQTCPF
2
4GOQVGEQPVTQNNGT
9KTKPI QWVFQQTWPKVU
+PUWNCVKQPUNGGve YKTKPI
'CTVJYKTKPI
PQYGrUuRRN[
4KPIV[RGETKOR YKTKPI
UV[NGVGTOKPCNU
Fig. 21
r %QPPGEV VJG VGrOKPCN CU UJQYP KP (KI
r &Q PQV ECTry QWV UQNFGrKPI ƂPKUJ YJGP UVrCPFGF YKrKPIU
CTG WUGF
1VJGTYKUe, VJG NQQUGPKPI QH YKrKPI OCy TGUWNV KP
CDPQrOCN JGCV rCFKCVKQP
Fig. 24
(3) Follow the instructions below and perform wiring in

the control box.
PQYeTUuRRN[VGrOKPClU
:1M,:2M TerOKPCN DlQcM
:M TerOKPCN DlQcM
:/
HQTYKrKPI DGVYeGPVJG HQTRQYGTUWRRN[
1WVFQQTWPKV +PFQQTWPKV KPFQQr CPFQWVFQQT uPKVU YKrKPI
1 1
2 2
3 3
7UGYKTKPIUVJGUCOGKPUK\e TerOKPCNDNQEk TerOKPCNDNQEk

KHVJGCKTEQPFKVKQPGTKU Match the numbers :1M :2M
KPUKOWNVCPGQWUOWNVK QRGTCVKQP
%QPPGEVKQPOGVJQFQHYKTKPI %QPPGEVKQPOGVJQFHQT
Fig. 22 DGVYGGPVJGKPFQQTCPFQWVFQQTWPKVU YKTKPIDGVYGGPVJG
KPFQQTCPFQWVFQQTWPKVU,

#DPQrOCN JGCVKPI OCy QEEWT KH VJG YKrKPIU CTG PQV VKIJVGPGF CPFGCTVJYKTKPI
UGEWTGNy
5GEWTGN[ƂZVJGYKTKPIVQ
r 7UG VJG TGSWKTGF YKrKPIU, EQPPGEV VJGO UGEWTGN[ CPF ƂZ VJGRTQXKFGFYKTKPIƂZVWTG
VJGUG YKrKPIU UGEWTGN[ UQ VJCV eZVGrPCN HQTEG OCy PQV CRRN[ VQ YKVJVJGENCOR

VJG VGrOKPCNU 4GOQVGEQPVTQNNGTYKrKPI
r 7UG C RTQRGT UETeY FrKver HQT VKIJVGPKPI VJG VGrOKPCN UETeYU
NQYvQNVCIG
+H CP KORTQRGT UETeY FrKver KU WUGF KV OCy FCOCIG VJG UETeY
JGCF CPF C RTQRGT VKIJVGPKPI ECPPQV DG ECTrKGF QWV %QPPGEVVJGYKTKPI
r +H C VGrOKPCN KU Qver VKIJVGPGF KV OCy DG FCOCIGF VJTQWIJVJGEQPVTQNDQZ
ReHer VQ VJG VCDle UJQYP DGNQY HQT VKIJVGPKPI VQTSWG QH WRVQVJGUJGCVJGFRCTV
VGrOKPCNU
TerOKPCNDNQEM
:/HQTTGOQVGEQPVTQNNGTYKTKPI
TCDNe 5
P1 P2 F1 F2 T1 T2 Prohibited
TKIJVePKPI VQrque
N·O Do not connect wiring between
TerOKPCl DlQEk HQr reOQVe cQPVrQller the indoor and outdoor units
± 4GOQVGEQPVTQNNGTYKrKPI (high voltage).
CPF VrCPUOKUUKQP YKrKPIU
0QRQNCTKV[ 9KTKPIDGVYGGPVJGKPFQQTCPF
TerOKPCl HQr RQYer UuRRly 147 ± 14
ECrVJ VerOKPCl 147 ± 14 4GOQVGEQPVTQNNGTYKrKPIOGVJQF QWVFQQTWPKVU
JKIJXQNVCIG
'CTVJYKTKPI
JKIJXQNVCIG
r DQ PQV cCrry QuV UQlFerKPI YJGP UVrCPFeF YKrKPIU PQYGTUWRRN[YKTKPI
JKIJXQNVCIG
Cre uUeF
Fig. 25
WARNING (4) Mount the control box lid and wrap the wire sealing
material (small) (10) so that the wiring through hole
r 9JGP YKrKPI HQrO VJG YKrKPIU QTFGrly UQ VJCV VJG EQPVTQN DQZ
will be covered by the sealing material.
NKF ECP DG UGEWTGN[ HCUVGPGF +H VJG EQPVTQN DQZ NKF KU PQV KP
r SeCl VJe cleCrCPce CTQuPF VJe YKrKPIU YKVJ RuVVy Qr KPUu-
RNCEe, VJG YKrKPIU OCy EQOG QWV QT DG UCPFYKEJGF Dy VJG
lCVKPI OCVerKCl UuRRly
DQZ CPF VJG NKF CPF ECWUG GNGEVrKE UJQcMU QT C ƂTe

IH KPUecVU CPF UOCll CPKOClU IeV KPVQ VJe KPFQQr WPKV,
UJQrV-cKrcuKVKPI OCy Qccur KPUKFe VJe cQPVrQl DQZ
9KTKPIVJTQWIJ
JQNG 9KTGUGCNKPIOCVGTKCN
UOCNN

CEEGUUQT[
9KTKPIDGVYGGPVJG
KPFQQTCPFQWVFQQTWPKVU,
GCTVJYKTKPIRQYGT
ScreYU UWRRN[YKTKPIQTTGOQVG

RQKPVU EQPVTQNNGTYKTKPI
9KTKPIƂZVWTG
Fig. 23 Fig. 26
12
3P427042-2

(5) Securely each wiring with the provided clamp NOTE

material (8). 1. Terminal numbers of outdoor and indoor units must be
Clamp (8) matched.
(accessory) 2-1. Connect the remote controller only to the master unit.
2-2. The remote controller needs to be wired only to the master
unit; it does not need to be connected to the slave units
Wiring between the through transition wiring. (Do not connect transition wiring
indoor and outdoor units, to the slave units.)
earth wiring, and 2-3. The indoor temperature sensor is effective only for indoor
Remote controller wiring power supply wiring units to which the remote controller is connected.
2-4. The length of wiring between the indoor unit and the
Fig. 27
outdoor unit varies depending on the connected model,
the number of connected units, and the maximum piping
9-4 WIRING EXAMPLE length.
CAUTION For details, refer to the technical documents.
Be sure to install an earth leakage breaker to the outdoor unit. Group control
This is to avoid electric shocks or a ƂTe. Main power
supply
Main power
supply
Main power
supply
Earth leakage 1~220-240V 50Hz Earth leakage 1~220-240V 50Hz Earth leakage 1~220-240V 50Hz
For the wiring of outdoor units, refer to the installation manual circuit breaker 1~220V 60Hz circuit breaker 1~220V 60Hz circuit breaker 1~220V 60Hz
attached to the outdoor units. %QPƂrm the system type.
r Pair type: Outdoor unit Outdoor unit Outdoor unit
1 remote controller controls 1 indoor unit (standard system). 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3
(Refer to Fig. 28)

r Simultaneous operation system:
1 remote controller controls 2 indoor units P1 P2 P1 P2 P1 P2 P1 P2 P1 P2 P1 P2
(2 indoor units operates equally). (Refer to Fig. 29) Remote Remote Remote
controller controller controller
r Group control: (Optional
accessory)
(Optional
accessory)
(Optional
accessory)
1 remote controller controls up to 16 indoor units
(All indoor units operate according to the remote controller). circuit breaker 1
2 circuit breaker 1
2 circuit breaker 1
2
3 3 3
(Refer to Fig. 30)
1~220-240V L L 1~220-240V NL L 1~220-240V NL L
r 2 remote controllers control: 50Hz
N N
50Hz
N
50Hz
N
2 remote controllers control 1 indoor unit. (Refer to Fig. 33) 1~220V Indoor unit 1~220V Indoor unit 1~220V Indoor unit
60Hz 60Hz 60Hz
Main power supply
Pair type Fig. 30
Earth leakage 1~220-240V 50Hz
circuit breaker 1~220V 60Hz NOTE
Outdoor unit matched.
1 2 3 When implementing group control
r When using as a pair unit or as a master unit for
Indoor unit simultaneous operation system, you may carry out
simultaneous start/stop (group) control up to 16 units with
P1 P1
P2 P2 the remote controller. (Refer to Fig. 31)
Earth leakage Remote controller r In this case, all the indoor units in the group will operate in
circuit breaker 1
2
(Optional accessory) accordance with the group control remote controller.
3
r Select a remote controller which matches as many of the
1~220-240V 50Hz L
N
L
N functions
CKTƃow direction, etc.) in the group as possible.
1~220V 60Hz
Indoor unit Outdoor Outdoor Outdoor
Fig. 28 Indoor Indoor
Simultaneous operation system unit 1 (Slave) (Master) unit 16
Main power supply
Earth leakage 1~220-240V 50Hz Group control remote controller
circuit breaker 1~220V 60Hz
Fig. 31
Outdoor unit
1 2 3
Indoor unit
P1 P1
Remote controller
P2 P2 (Optional accessory)
P1
Earth leakage 1 1 P2 Earth leakage
circuit breaker 2
3
2
3
circuit breaker
1~220-240V L L L L 1~220-240V
N N N N
50Hz 50Hz
1~220V Indoor unit Indoor unit 1~220V
60Hz (slave) 60Hz
Fig. 29
13
3P427042-2

Wiring Method 10. FIELD SETTING

CAUTION
(2) Connect crossover wiring between the terminals (P1, P2)
inside the control box for the remote controller. (There is Before carrying out ƂGNF setting, check the items mentioned in
no polarity.) (Refer to Fig. 31)
Terminal for remote
1. Items to be checked after the installation work is
completed on page 3.
2
controller wiring (P1, P2) Indoor unit 2 r Check if all the installation and piping works for the air
Indoor unit 1 (Master)
conditioner are completed.
Terminal block r Check that the outside panel and piping cover of the indoor
(X3M) and outdoor units are closed.
Crossover wiring
to next unit < FIELD SETTING >
Terminal block After turning on the power supply, carry out ƂGNF setting
(X3M) from the remote controller according to the installation
state.
Fig. 32 r Carry out setting at 3 places, “Mode No.”, “FIRST CODE No.”
2 remote controllers control
and “SECOND CODE No.”.
The settings shown by in the following tables indicate
Main power supply those when shipped from the factory.
Earth leakage Indoor unit r The method of setting procedure and operation is shown in
circuit breaker (Slave) the installation manual attached to the remote controller.
(Note) Though setting of “Mode No.” is carried out as a group,
Outdoor unit Outdoor unit if you intend to carry out individual setting by each
1 2 3
Indoor unit indoor unit or EQPƂrmation after setting, carry out
(Master)
setting with the Mode No. shown in the parenthesis ( ).
r Ask your customer to keep the manual attached to the remote
Indoor unit (NOTE 2) controller together with the operation manual.
P1
Remote Remote r Do not carry out settings other than those shown in the table.
P1
Earth P2 P2 controller 1 controller 2
leakage Remote controller (Optional (Optional r Settings are performed by selecting “Mode No.”, “FIRST
circuit 1
2 P1
accessory) accessory) CODE No.”, and “SECOND CODE No.”.
breaker 3 P2
Remote controller
L
N
L
N (Slave) 10-1 Settings for external static pressure
1~220-240V 50Hz (Optional accessories) r Make settings in either method (a) or method (b).
1~220V 60Hz (a) Make settings with Air volume automatic adjustment
Fig. 33 function.
Two remote controllers control (Controlling 1 indoor unit “Air volume automatic adjustment” function: The air volume
by 2 remote controllers) is adjusted to the rated air volume automatically.
r When using 2 remote controllers, one must be set to “MAIN” CAUTION
and the other to “SUB”.
r Be sure to check that the external static pressure is within
MAIN/SUB CHANGEOVER the URGEKƂECVKQP range before making settings. The external
r Refer to the manual attached to the remote controller. static pressure will not be automatically adjusted and air
Wiring Method volume KPUWHƂEKGPE[ or water leakage may result if the
(1) Remove the control box lid. external static pressure is outside the range. (Refer to the
technical document for the setting range of external static
(2) Add wiring between the remote controller 2 (Sub) and the pressure.)
terminal (P1, P2) of the terminal block (X3M) for the remote r If the air conditioner is in simultaneous multi operation, the
controller in the control box. (There is no polarity.) air volume automatic adjustment function cannot be set
Terminal block collectively for the slaves. Therefore, make main and slave
(X3M) unit settings according to Simultaneous multi operation
(Master*)
individual settings.
(1) Check that the electrical wiring and duct work have been
completed.
(If the closing damper is set midway, be sure to check that
Additional
remote controller the damper is opened. Furthermore, check that the air
passage on the suction side is provided with an air ƂNVGT
Remote Remote
ƂGNF supply)).
controller 1 controller 2 (2) If air conditioner has more than one air outlet and air inlet,
(Main) (Sub)
be sure to make adjustments so that the air volume ratio of
* For simultaneous operation system, be sure to each air outlet and the corresponding air inlet will conform
connect the remote controller to the master unit. to the designed air volume ratio.
In that case, set the operating mode to “Fan”. (In the case
Fig. 34
of changing the air volume, press the fan speed button on
NOTE the remote controller and change the current selection to
r Terminal numbers of outdoor and indoor units must be “High”, “Medium”, or “Low”.)
matched.
14
3P427042-2

(3) Make settings to adjust the air volume automatically. 10-2 SETTING WHEN AN OPTIONAL ACCESSORY IS
After setting the operating mode to “Fan”, set the air con- ATTACHED
ditioner to setting mode with the operation of the air r For setting when attaching an optional accessory, refer to the
conditioner stopped. Select Mode No. [21] (11 in the case installation manual attached to the optional accessory.
of batch settings), select FIRST CODE No. “7”, and set the
SECOND CODE No. to “03”. 10-3 SETTING FAN SPEED DURING THERMOSTAT
Return to the “Basic screen” (“Normal mode” if a wireless OFF
remote controller is used), and press the ON/OFF button. r Set the fan speed according to the using environment after
The operation lamp is lit, and the indoor unit will go into fan consultation with your customer.
operation for air volume automatic adjustments (at which r When the fan speed is changed, explain the set fan speed to
time, do not adjust the opening of the air outlet or inlet). your customer.
The air volume adjustments will automatically terminate
Table 8
approximately 1 to 15 minutes after the indoor unit comes
FIRST SECOND
into operation, and the operation lamp will be OFF and the Setting Mode No.
CODE No. CODE No.
indoor unit will come to a stop.
State of fan in Normal 01
Table 6 operation with
FIRST SECOND CODE No. 11 (21) 2
Setting thermostat OFF
Mode No. CODE (cooling and heating) Stop 02
content 01 02 03
No.
Fan speed during LL
Air volume 01
Air volume Air volume cooling (Extra low) 12 (22) 6
adjust- thermostat OFF
11 (21) 7 adjust- OFF adjust- Setting 02
ment
ment ment start Fan speed during LL
completion 01
heating (Extra low) 12 (22) 3
(4) After the air conditioner comes to a stop, be sure to check thermostat OFF Setting 02
with Mode No. [21] per indoor unit that the above SECOND
CODE No. is “02”. If the operation of the air conditioner 10-4 SETTING FILTER SIGN
does not stop automatically or the SECOND CODE No. is r A message to inform the air ƂNVGT cleaning time will be
not set to “02”, repeat the setting procedure from (3). If the indicated on the remote controller.
remote controller displays an error, refer to 11-1 HOW TO r Set the SECOND CODE No. shown in the Table 9 according
DIAGNOSE FOR PROBLEMS and check the error. to the amount of dust or pollution in the room.
r The periodical ƂNVGT cleaning time can be shortened
CAUTION
depending on the environment.
r If CKTƃow pathway changes, such as duct and air outlet Table 9
changes, are made after air volume adjustments, be sure to
Hours until FIRST SECOND
make “Air volume automatic adjustment” again. Contamination Mode No.
indication CODE No. CODE No.
r If CKTƃow pathway changes, such as duct and air outlet Approx.
changes, are made after 11. TEST OPERATION or air Normal 01
2500 hrs
conditioner relocation, contact your dealer. 0
More Approx.
10 (20) 02
contaminated 1250 hrs
(b) Select external static pressure with the remote controller. With indication 01
Check with Mode No. [21] per indoor unit that the SECOND 3
No indication* 02
CODE No. for the above “Air volume adjustment” is set to “01”
* Use “No indication” setting when cleaning indication is not
(OFF). (The SECOND CODE No. is factory set to “01” (OFF).)
necessary such as the case of periodical cleaning being carried out.
Change the SECOND CODE No. by referring to the table
below according to the external static pressure of the duct to 10-5 Remote control settings
be connected. (forced stop or start-stop control)
Table 7 r Change the SECOND CODE No. by referring to the table
External static FIRST SECOND below in the case of remote control.
pressure Mode No.
CODE No. CODE No.
Table 10
50Pa 05
Mode No. FIRST SECOND
60Pa 06 Setting content
(Note) CODE No. CODE No.
70Pa 07
80Pa 08 Forced stop 01
12 (22) 1
90Pa 09 Start-stop control 02
100Pa 13 (23) 6 10 <In the case of using a wireless remote controller>
110Pa 11
120Pa 12
r In the case of using a wireless remote controller, address
130Pa 13 settings for the wireless remote controller are required in
140Pa 14 addition to the above.
150Pa 15 For settings, refer to the operation manual provided with the
wireless remote controller.
15
3P427042-2

10-6 SETTING NUMBER OF THE CONNECTED (3)(7)

INDOOR UNITS AS SIMULTANEOUS Earth Main Earth Main
leakage power supply leakage power supply
OPERATION SYSTEM circuit circuit
r When using in simultaneous operation system mode, breaker 1~220-240V 50Hz breaker 1~220-240V 50Hz
change the SECOND CODE No. as shown in Table 11.
r When using in simultaneous operation system mode, refer
Outdoor unit
1 2 3
1~220V 60Hz Outdoor unit
1 2 3
1~220V 60Hz
2
to “SIMULTANEOUS OPERATION SYSTEM INDIVIDUAL
SETTING” section to set master and slave units separately. NOTE) NOTE)
Indoor unit Indoor unit Indoor unit Indoor unit
Table 11 (Master) (Slave) (Master) (Slave)
FIRST SECOND
Setting Mode No. 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3
CODE No. CODE No. L N P1 P2 L N P1 P2 L N P1 P2 L N P1 P2
Pair system (1-unit) 01 Earth Earth leakage Earth leakage Earth leakage
Simultaneous leakage circuit breaker circuit breaker circuit breaker
circuit
operation 02 L N breaker L N L N L N
system (2-unit) Power supply Power supply Power supply Power supply
1~220-240V 50Hz 1~220-240V 50Hz 1~220-240V 50Hz 1~220-240V 50Hz
Simultaneous 11 (21) 0 1~220V 60Hz 1~220V 60Hz 1~220V 60Hz P1 P2
1~220V 60Hz P1 P2
operation 03 Remote controller ( 4 ) ( 9 ) Remote controller
system (3-unit) (1) (5)
Double twin multi (2) (6)
04
(4-unit) Fig. 35
10-7 SIMULTANEOUS OPERATION SYSTEM NOTE

INDIVIDUAL SETTING r Terminal numbers of outdoor and indoor units must be
It is easier if the optional remote controller is used when setting matched.
the slave unit.
11. TEST OPERATION
< Procedure >
r Perform the following procedure when setting the master and Complete all the 1. Items to be checked after the
slave unit separately. installation work is completed on page 3. Please also refer
r in the tables indicates factory settings. to the installation manual attached to outdoor unit.
(Note) The “Mode No.” is set on a group basis. To individually (1) The settings of BRC1E model remote controller should be
set a Mode No. for each indoor unit or EQPƂrm the performed while referring to the manual attached to the
settings, set the Mode No. in the parenthesis. remote controller.
(1) Change the SECOND CODE No. to “02”, individual setting, (2) The settings of the wireless remote controller should be
so that the slave unit can be individually set. switched in accordance with the following procedure.
Table 12 r Make sure that the installation work for the indoor and
FIRST SECOND outdoor units are all completed.
Setting Mode No. r Make sure that the following items are all closed: the
CODE No. CODE No.
setting 01 control box lid of the indoor unit and the outer board and
11 (21) 1 piping cover of the outdoor unit.
Individual setting 02
r After completing the refrigerant piping, drain piping, and
(2) Perform setting (Refer to 10-1 to 10-6) for the master electrical wiring, clean the interior of the indoor unit and
unit. front panel. Next, perform test operation in accordance
(3) Turn off the main power supply switch after (2) is with the installation manual attached to the outdoor unit
(4) Detach remote controller from the master unit and connect in order to protect the unit. (It is recommended that the
it to the slave unit. test operation is performed in the presence of
electrical technician or engineer.)
(5) Turn on the main power supply switch again, and as in (1),
r In test operation, make sure that fan speed can be
change the SECOND CODE No. to “02”, individual setting
obtained according to the settings.
for the slave unit.
r If interior work is still when test operation
(6) Perform setting (Refer to 10-1 to 10-6) for the slave explain to the customer that the air conditioner
unit. must not be operated until interior work is completed in
(7) Turn off the main power supply switch after (6) is order to protect the indoor units.
(8) If there is more than one slave unit, repeat steps (4) to (7). (If the indoor unit is operated under this condition, paint,
glue, and other materials used during the KPVGTKQTƂPKUJKPI
(9) Detach the remote controller from the slave unit after the
work will contaminate the indoor unit. This may cause
setting, and reattach to the master unit. This is the end of
water splashes or leakage.)
the setting procedure.
r If a malfunction occurs and the air conditioner cannot
* You do not need to rewire the remote controller from the
operate, refer to 11-1 HOW TO DIAGNOSE FOR
master unit if the optional remote controller for slave unit
PROBLEMS.
is used. (However, remove the wiring attached to the
r After completing the test operation, press the INSPEC-
remote controller terminal block of the master unit.) After
TION/TEST OPERATION button once to put the indoor
the slave unit setting, remove the remote controller wiring,
and rewire the remote controller to the master unit.
(The indoor unit does not operate properly when two or
If the code reads anything other than “00”, refer to 11-1
more remote controllers are attached to the unit in the
HOW TO DIAGNOSE FOR PROBLEMS.
simultaneous operation system mode.)
r Press the INSPECTION/TEST OPERATION button four
times to return to normal operation mode.
16
3P427042-2

[Mode switching] NOTE

1. When the ON/OFF button is kept pressed for 5 seconds or
Wireless remote controller
longer during the inspection mode, the above trouble his-
tory indication disappears. In this case, after the malfunc-
Normal Test
tion code indication twice, the indication of code
operating Once operation
mode mode becomes “00” (normal) and unit NO. becomes “0”. Then,
the display automatically changes from the inspection
Once
(Press 4 * mode to the normal mode.
seconds * Once Once
or more) Once
11-2 MALFUNCTION CODE
Field setting “Malfunction r For places where the malfunction code is left blank,
* After leaving 1 code” the “ ” indication is not displayed. Though the system
minute or more, display
continues operating, be sure to inspect the system and make
the mode returns repairs as necessary.
to the normal
Inspection mode
r Depending on the type of indoor or outdoor unit, the
operating mode.
malfunction code may or may not be displayed.
Fig. 36 Malfunc-
Descriptions and measures Remarks
tion code
11-1 HOW TO DIAGNOSE FOR PROBLEMS Indoor Printed Circuit Board
A1
With the power on, troubles can be monitored on the failure
remote controller. A3 Drain level abnormal
The fault diagnosis for BRC1E model remote controller Indoor fan motor overload,
should be performed while referring to the installation over current, lock
manual supplied with the remote controller. For the other A6
Indoor Printed Circuit Board
remote controllers, perform the fault diagnosis using the connection failure
following procedure. Indoor unit power supply
Trouble shooting with the remote controller display. A8
voltage abnormal
1. With the wireless remote controller. system
(Also refer to the operation manual attached to the AF
malfunction
wireless remote controller.) Air cleaner faulty
When the operation stops due to trouble, the AH Only the air cleaner does
display on the indoor unit In such a case, not function.
diagnose the fault contents with the table on the
Malfunction code list looking for the Malfunction or capacity data error, or
code which can be found by following procedures. disconnection of the capac-
(NOTE 1) AJ Capacity setting failure ity setting adapter, failure
(1) Press the INSPECTION /TEST OPERATION but- to connect the adapter, or
ton, “ ” is displayed and “ 0 ” the capacity is not set to the
(2) Press the PROGRAMMING TIME button and data-retention IC.
the unit No. which stopped due to trouble. Transmission error between
Number of beeps 3 short beeps indoor Printed Circuit Board
C1
...................Perform all the following operations (Master) and indoor Printed
1 short beep Circuit Board (Slave)
...................Perform (3) and (6) Indoor heat exchanger Abnormal stop is applied
1 long beep C4 liquid pipe temperature depending on the model or
...................No trouble sensor malfunction condition.
(3) Press the OPERATION MODE SELECTOR Indoor heat exchanger
button and upper of the malfunction code condenser / evaporator
temperature sensor mal-
condition.
function
(4) Continue pressing the PROGRAMMING TIME
button unit it makes 2 short beeps and the Abnormal stop is applied
Suction air thermistor
upper code. C9 depending on the model or
malfunction
condition.
(5) Press the OPERATION MODE SELECTOR
button and lower of the malfunction code Remote controller thermo
Remote controller air does not function, but
CJ
thermistor malfunction body thermo operation is
(6) Continue pressing the PROGRAMMING TIME enabled.
button unit it makes a long beep and the lower
Action of safety device
code. E0
(Outdoor unit)
r A long beep indicate the malfunction code.
Outdoor Printed Circuit
E1
Board failure (Outdoor unit)
17
3P427042-2

High pressure malfunction Suction piping pressure

E3
(Outdoor unit) JC sensor system malfunction
Low pressure malfunction (Outdoor unit)
E4
(Outdoor unit) Inverter system malfunction
L1
E5
(Outdoor unit)
Reactor thermistor
2
L3
Compressor motor lock by malfunction (Outdoor unit)
E6
over current (Outdoor unit) Overheated heat-radiating
L4 Inverter cooling failure.
Outdoor fan motor lock (Outdoor unit)
malfunction (Outdoor unit) The compressor engines
E7 Outdoor fan instant over- Instantaneous overcurrent and turbines may be
L5
current malfunction (Outdoor unit) experiencing a ground fault
(Outdoor unit) or short circuit.
Input overcurrent The compressor engines
E8 Electric thermal
(outdoor unit) L8 and turbines may be over-
(Outdoor unit)
loaded and disconnected.
Electric expansion valve
E9 Stall prevention The compressor may be
malfunction (Outdoor unit) L9
(Outdoor unit) locked.
Cooling/heating switch
EA Transmission malfunction
between inverter and
Discharge piping LC
outdoor control unit
F3 temperature malfunction
(Outdoor unit)
(Outdoor unit)
P1 Open-phase (Outdoor unit)
High pressure control
F6 DCL sensor system
(in cooling) (Outdoor unit) P3
Sensor fault for inverter
H0 Heat-radiating Abnormal stop is applied
(Outdoor unit)
P4 thermistor malfunction depending on the model or
High pressure switch failure
H3 (Outdoor unit) condition.
(Outdoor unit)
DC output current sensor
Low pressure switch failure
H4 P6 system malfunction
(Outdoor unit)
(Outdoor unit)
Outdoor fan motor position
H7 signal malfunction
or capacity data error, or
(Outdoor unit)
CT abnormality Capacity setting failure
H8 PJ setting adapter, failure
(Outdoor unit) (Outdoor unit)
to connect the adapter, or
Outdoor air thermistor Abnormal stop is applied the capacity is not set to the
H9 system malfunction depending on the model or data-retention IC.
(Outdoor unit) condition. The refrigerant may be
Pressure sensor system
Suction piping temperature
J1 malfunction (batch) U0 Abnormal stop is applied
abnormal (Outdoor unit)
(Outdoor unit) depending on the model or
Abnormal stop is applied condition.
Current sensor system
J2 depending on the model or Reverse phase Reverse two phase of L1,
malfunction (Outdoor unit) U1
condition. (Outdoor unit) L2 and L3 leads.
Discharge piping thermistor Abnormal stop is applied The inverter open-phase or
J3 system malfunction depending on the model or main circuit condenser may
(Outdoor unit) condition. Power voltage malfunction be malfunctioning.
U2
Suction piping thermistor (Outdoor unit) Abnormal stop is applied
J5 system malfunction depending on the model or
(Outdoor unit) condition.
Outdoor heat exchanger Wiring error between
distributor liquid piping U4 indoor and outdoor unit. Or
J6 depending on the model or (between indoor and
thermistor malfunction UF Indoor and outdoor Printed
(Outdoor unit) Circuit Board failure.
Outdoor heat exchanger Transmission between
condenser / evaporator indoor unit and remote
J7 depending on the model or U5 (between indoor and
thermistor malfunction controller is not performed
(Outdoor unit) properly.
Liquid piping thermistor Abnormal stop is applied Transmission error of the
U7
J8 system malfunction depending on the model or inverter module
(Outdoor unit) condition. Transmission error between
Gas piping thermistor main and sub remote
U8
J9 malfunction (cooling) controllers (sub remote
controller malfunction)
(Outdoor unit)
Discharge piping pressure System setting error of the
JA sensor system malfunction UA Field setting error simultaneous on/off multi-
(Outdoor unit) split type.
18
3P427042-2

Transmission error (between

UE indoor unit and centralized
remote controller)
Remote controller address
UC
setting error
Accessory equipment
UJ depending on the model or
transmission error
condition.
CAUTION
the clause 2. Items to be checked at delivery on page 4.
If the interior ƂPKUJ work is not completed when the test
operation is ƂPKUJGF for protection of the air conditioner, ask
the customer not operate the air conditioner until the interior
ƂPKUJ work is completed.
adhesives used for the interior ƂPKUJ work and cause water
splash and leakage.
To the operator carrying out test operation

After test operation is completed, before delivering the air
conditioner to the customer, EQPƂrm that the control box lid is
closed.
In addition, explain the power supply status (power supply ON/
OFF) to the customer.
19
3P427042-2

2.5 FHA50BVMV / FHA60BVMV / FHA71BVMV / FHA100BVMV / FHA125BVMA /

FHA140BVMA
3P400449-3H

2.5.2 Installation
FHA50BVMA FHA100BVMA FHA50BVMV FHA100BVMV

SPLIT SYSTEM Installation manual
FHA60BVMA FHA125BVMA FHA60BVMV
FHA71BVMA FHA140BVMA FHA71BVMV Air Conditioners
CONTENTS t After the installation is completed, test the air conditioner and
1.SAFETY PRECAUTIONS ................................................1 check if the air conditioner operates properly. Give the user
adequate instructions concerning the use and cleaning of the
2.BEFORE INSTALLATION.................................................3
indoor unit according to the Operation Manual. Ask the user
3.SELECTION OF INSTALLATION LOCATION ..................4 to keep this manual and the Operation Manual together in a
4.PREPARATION BEFORE INSTALLATION.......................5 handy place for future reference.
5.INSTALLATION OF THE INDOOR UNIT .........................6
6.REFRIGERANT PIPING WORK ......................................7 WARNING
7.DRAIN PIPING WORK...................................................10 t Do not use means to accelerate the defrosting process or to
8.ELECTRIC WIRING WORK...........................................11 clean, other than those recommended by the manufacturer.
9.HOW TO CONNECT WIRINGS AND t The appliance must be stored in a room without continuously
WIRING EXAMPLE........................................................12 operating ignition sources (for example: open flames,
10. MOUNTING SUCTION GRILLE · an operating gas appliance or an operating electric heater).
DECORATION SIDE PANEL..........................................15 t Do not pierce or burn.
11. FIELD SETTING ............................................................15 t Be aware that refrigerants may not contain an odour.
12. TEST OPERATION ........................................................17 t Floor area required for installation of the equipment, refer to
the installation manual of the outdoor unit.
t Comply with national gas regulations.
Important information regarding the refrigerant used
This product contains fluorinated greenhouse gases covered t Ask your local dealer or qualified personnel to carry out
by the Kyoto Protocol. Do not vent gases into the atmosphere. installation work.
shocks or a fire.
GWP (1) value: 550 *
(1) t Perform installation work in accordance with this installation
manual.
The refrigerant quantity is indicated on the unit name plate. Improper installation may result in water leakage, electric
* This value is based on F gas regulation (824/2006). shocks or a fire.
t Consult your dealer regarding what to do in case of
1. SAFETY PRECAUTIONS refrigerant leakage.
When the air conditioner is installed in a small room, it is
necessary to take proper measures so that the amount of any
leaked refrigerant does not exceed the concentration limit in
the event of a leakage.
This appliance is filled with R32. Otherwise, this may lead to an accident due to oxygen deficiency.
t Be sure to use only the specified parts and accessories for
Please read the these “SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS” installation work.
carefully before installing air conditioning unit and be sure to Failure to use the specified parts may result in the air conditioner
that the unit operates properly during the start-up operation. falling down, water leakage, electric shocks, a fire, etc.
Please instruct the customer on how to operate the unit and t Install the air conditioner on a foundation that can withstand
keep it maintained. its mass.
Also, inform customers that they should store this installation Insufficient strength may result in the air conditioner falling
manual along with the operation manual for future reference. down and causing injury.
In addition, it may lead to vibration of indoor units and cause
This air conditioner comes under the term “appliances not
accessible to the general public”. unpleasant chattering noise.
In a domestic environment this product may cause radio t Carry out the specified installation work in consideration of
interference in which case the user may be required to strong winds, typhoons, or earthquakes.
take adequate measures. Improper installation may result in an accident such as air
t This manual classifies the precautions into WARNINGS and conditioner falling.
CAUTIONS.
Be sure to follow all the precautions below: They are all t Make certain that all electrical work is carried out by qualified
important for ensuring safety. personnel according to the applicable legislation (note 1) and
this installation manual, using a separate circuit.
WARNING ............... Indicates a potentially hazardous In addition, even if the wiring is short, make sure to use a wiring
situation which, if not avoided, that has sufficient length and never connect additional
could result in death or serious wiring to make the length sufficient.
injury. Insufficient capacity of the power supply circuit or improper
CAUTION .................Indicates a potentially hazardous electrical construction may lead to electric shocks or a fire.
situation which, if not avoided, (note 1) applicable legislation means “All international,
may result in minor or moderate national and local directives, laws, regulations and/
injury. or codes which are relevant and applicable for a
It may also be used to alert certain product or domain”.
against unsafe practices.
3P400451-3H

r Earth the air conditioner. r Install the indoor unit as far as possible from ƃWorescent
Do not connect the earth wiring to gas or water piping, lamps.
lightning conductor or telephone earth wiring. If a wireless remote controller kit is installed, the
Incomplete earthing may cause electric shocks or a Ƃre. transmission distance may be shorter in a room where an
electronic lighting type (inverter or rapid start type)
r Be sure to install an earth leakage breaker.
Failure to do so may cause electric shocks and a Ƃre. ƃuorescent lamp is installed. 2
r Disconnect the power supply before touching the electric r Do not install the air conditioner in places such as the
components. following:
If you touch the live part, you may get an electric shocks. 1. Where there is mist of oil, oil spray or vapour for example
a kitchen.
r /CMGUWTGVJCVCNNYKTKPIKUUGEWTGWUKPIVJGURGEKƂGF Resin parts may deteriorate, and cause them to fall out or
wirings and ensuring that external forces do not act on the water to leak.
terminal connections or wirings. Incomplete connection or 2. Where corrosive gas, such as sulfurous acid gas, is
ƂZKPIOC[ECWUGCPQXGTJGCVQTCƂTG produced.
r When wiring between the indoor and outdoor units, and Corrosion of copper pipings or brazed parts may cause
wiring the power supply, form the wirings orderly so that the the refrigerant to leak.
control box lid can be securely fastened. 3. Where there is machinery which emits electromagnetic
If the control box lid is not in place, overheat of the terminals, waves.
electric shocks or a Ƃre may be caused. Electromagnetic waves may disturb the control system,
r If refrigerant gas leaks during installation work, ventilate the and cause malfunction of the equipment.
area immediately. 4. Where ƃammable gases may leak, where carbon Ƃbre or
Toxic gas may be produced if refrigerant gas comes into ignitable dust is suspended in the air or where volatile
ƃammables, such as thinner or gasoline, are handled.
contact with a Ƃre.
If the gas should leak and remained around the air
r After completing the installation work, check to make sure conditioner, it may cause ignition.
that there is no leakage of refrigerant gas.
Toxic gas may be produced if refrigerant gas leaks into the r The air conditioner is not intended for use in a potentially
room and comes into contact with a source of a Ƃre, such as explosive atomosphere.
a fan heater, stove or cooker. s Only qualified personnel can handle, fill, purge and dispose
r Never directly touch any accidental leaking refrigerant. of the refrigerant.
This could result in severe wounds caused by frostbite.
r When installing or relocating the air conditioner, be sure to
bleed the refrigerant circuit to ensure it is free of air, and SPECIAL NOTICE PRODUCT
use only the specified refrigerant (R32). s The refrigerant R32 requires that strict precautions be
The presence of air or other foreign matter in the refrigerant observed for keeping the system clean, dry and tightly
circuit causes abnormal pressure rise, which may result in sealed.
equipment damage and even injury. - Clean and dry
r When flared joints are reused indoors, the flare part shall be Strict measures must be taken to keep impurities
re-fabricated. (including SUNISO oil and other mineral oils as well as
moisture) out of the system.
CAUTION - Tightly sealed
R32 contains no chlorine, does not destroy the ozone layer
r Do not allow children to climb on the outdoor unit and avoid and so does not reduce the earth's protection against
placing objects on the unit. harmful ultraviolet radiation.
Injury may result if the unit becomes loose and falls. R32 will contribute only slightly to the greenhouse effect
r Make sure to provide for adequate measures in order to prevent if released into the atmosphere.
that the outdoor unit be used as a shelter by small animals.
Small animals making contact with electrical parts can cause
OCNHWPEVKQPUUOQMGQTƂTG2NGCUGKPUVTWEVVJGEWUVQOGTVQ
keep the area around the unit clean.
r Install in a machine room that is free of moisture. The unit is
designed for indoor use.
r Disposal requirements
Dismantling of the unit, treatment of the refrigerant, of oil and
of other parts must be done in accordance with relevant local
and national legislation.
r Install drain piping according to this installation manual to
condensation.
furniture get wet.
s Install the air conditioner, power supply wiring, remote
controller wiring and transmission wiring at least 1 meter
away from televisions, radios and stereo to prevent image
distortion and noise.
not be sufficient to eliminate the image distortion and noise.)
3P400451-3H

2. BEFORE INSTALLATION (11) Wiring

(12) Screw
Name for wiring
When unpacking and moving the indoor unit after Ƃxture
Ƃxture (Miscellaneous)
unpacked, do not apply force to the piping (refrigerant and
Quantity 2 pcs. 2 pcs.
drain) and resin parts.
M4 × 12 r Operation manual
r Make sure to check in advance that the refrigerant to be used
r Installation manual
for installation work is R32.
Shape
(The air conditioner will not properly operate if a wrong
refrigerant is used.)
r For installation of the outdoor unit, refer to the installation
manual attached to the outdoor unit.
r Do not throw away the accessories until the installation work 2-2 OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
is completed. rA remote controller is required for the indoor unit.
(No remote controllers are required for multi slave units in
r After the indoor unit is carried into the room, to avoid the simultaneous multi operation.)
indoor unit from getting damaged, take measures to protect There are 2 kinds of remote controller; wired type and
the indoor unit with packing materials. wireless type.
(1) Determine the route to carry the unit into the room. Install the remote controller to the place where the customer
(2) Do not unpack the unit until it is carried to the installation has given consent.
location. Refer to the catalog for the applicable model.
Where unpacking is unavoidable, use a sling of soft (Refer to the installation manual attached to the remote
material or protective plates together with a rope when controller for how to install.)
lifting, to avoid damage or scratches to the indoor units.
r Have the customer actually operate the air conditioner while CARRY OUT THE WORK GIVING CAUTION TO THE
looking at the manual. FOLLOWING ITEMS AND AFTER THE WORK IS
Instruct the customer how to operate the air conditioner COMPLETED CHECK THESE AGAIN.
(particularly cleaning of the air Ƃlters, operation procedures,
and temperature adjustment). 1. Items to be checked after the installation work is
r For selection of installation location, use the installation completed
pattern paper (used in common with the packing case.) Check
as reference. Items to be checked In case of defective
column
r Do not use the air conditioner where in the salty atmosphere Are the indoor and outdoor Drop · vibration ·
such as coastal areas, vehicles, vessels or the voltage units rigidly Ƃxed? noise
ƃWctuation is frequent such as factories. Are the installation work of the Does not operate ·
outdoor and indoor units complete? burnout
r Take off static electricity from the body when carrying out
Have you carried out a leakage
wiring and the control box lid is removed.
test with the test pressure Does not cool /
The electric parts may be damaged.
speciƂed in the outdoor unit Does not heat
installation manual?
Is the insulation of refrigerant
piping and drain piping Water leakage
2-1 ACCESSORIES completely carried out?
Check if the following accessories are attached to the
Does the drCKPƃow out
indoor unit. Water leakage
smoothly?
(1) Drain (2) Metal (3) Washer Is the power supply voltage
Name (4) Clamp
hose clamp for hanger identical to that stated in the Does not operate ·
Quantity 1 pc. 1 pc. 8 pcs. 7 pcs. manufacturer’s label on the air burnout
conditioner?
Are you sure that there is no
Does not operate ·
Shape wrong wiring or piping or no
burnout
loose wiring?
Danger in case of
Is earthing completed?
leakage
Are the sizes of electric wiring Does not operate ·
(5) Installation Joint insulating Sealing (10) Resin according to the speciƂcation? burnout
Name
pattern paper material material bushing Is any of air outlets or inlets of
the indoor and outdoor units
Quantity 1 sheet 1 each 1 each 1 pc.
blocked with obstacles? Does not cool /
(6) For gas (It may lead to capacity drop Does not heat
piping (8) Large due to fan speed drop or
malfunction of equipment.)
Shape Have you recorded the
(7) For liquid (9) Small Refrigerant charge
refrigerant piping length and the
piping amount is not clear
refrigerant charge added?
*Make sure to recheck the items of “SAFETY PRECAUTIONS”
3P400451-3H

2. Items to be checked at delivery 3. SELECTION OF INSTALLATION

Items to be checked Check column LOCATION
*CXG[QWECTTKGFQWVVJGPGEGUUCT[ƂGNFUGVVKPIU! When unpacking and moving the indoor unit after
unpacked, do not apply force to the piping (refrigerant and
*CXG[QWGZRNCKPGFVJGECTTKGFQWVƂGNFUGVVKPIUVQ
VJGEWUVQOGT! drain) and resin parts. 2
#TGVJGEQPVTQNDQZNKFVJGCKTƂNVGTCPFVJGUWEVKQP (1) Select the installation location that meets the following
ITKNNGCVVCEJGF! conditions and get approval of the customer.
Does the cool air discharge during the cooling r Where the cool and warm air spreads evenly in the room.
operation and the warm air discharge during the r Where there is no obstacles in the air passage.
JGCVKPIQRGTCVKQP! r Where drainage can be ensured.
Is there any air discharge noise! r Where the ceiling lower surface is not inclined.
Have you checked if there is any abnormal noise r Where there is sufƂcient strength to withstand the mass
during operation (i.e., noise resulting from of the indoor unit (if the strength is insufƂcient, the indoor
contamination or missing parts)! unit may vibrate and get in contact with the ceiling and
If you set the fan speed at thermostat OFF, did you generate unpleasant chattering noise).
explain the set fan speed to the customer. r Where a space sufƂcient for installation and service can
Is the printed circuit board switch not on the be ensured. (Refer to Fig. 1 and Fig. 2)
GOGTIGPE[
'/)UKFG! r Where the piping length between the indoor and the
The switch is factory set to the normal (NORM.) side. outdoor units is ensured within the allowable length. (Refer
If an optional accessory was in use, did you check to the installation manual attached to the outdoor unit.)
the operation of the optional accessory and adjust r Where there is no risk of ƃammable gas leak.
VJGPGEGUUCT[ƂGNFUGVVKPIU!
+UVJGTGOQVGEQPVTQNNGTKEQPFKURNC[GF!+UVJG [ Required installation space (mm) ]
remote controller connected to the master unit when
VJGU[UVGOKUKPUKOWNVCPGQWUOWNVKQRGTCVKQP! *30 or more *30 or more
Have you explained the failure examples in Section
5'.'%6+101(+056#..#6+10.1%#6+10!
Have you explained how to operate the air
conditioner showing the operation manual to the
EWUVQOGT!
Fig. 1
Have you explained the cooling, heating, drying,
300 or more
automatic cooling/heating operations, and actuation
of the swing blade described in the operation
OCPWCNVQVJGEWUVQOGT!
Have you handed the operation manual and the
KPUVCNNCVKQPOCPWCNVQVJGEWUVQOGT!
Discharge
Points of the operation explanation Suction 2500 or more

HTQOƃQQTNevel
In addition to the general usage, since the items in the For high
operation manual with the WARNING and CAUTION Obstacles installation
marks are likely to result in human bodily injuries and
property damages, it is necessary not only to explain Fig. 2
these items to the customer but also to have the Floor level
customer read them.
It is also necessary to explain the items of “NOT
MALFUNCTION OF THE AIR CONDITIONER” to the NOTE
customer and have the customer read them carefully. r If there is extra space required for * part, servicing can be
conducted more easily if 200mm or more is secured.
<Failure example>
+HVJGTGKUCPQDUVCENGKPVJGCKTƃQYRCVJQTKHRTQRGT
KPUVCNNCVKQPURCEGKUPQVRTQXKFGFVJGCKTƃQYXQNWOG
will be reduced and blown-out air will be sucked in,
resulting in performance degradation or turning the
thermostat OFF easily.
3P400451-3H

CAUTION Model name (FH# A B C D E F G H J

r Install the air conditioner, power supply wiring, remote Type 50 · 60 960 920 378 324 270 375 398 377 260
controller wiring and transmission wiring at least 1 meter Type 71 1270 1230 533 479 425 530 553 532 415
away from televisions, radios and stereo to prevent image Type 100 · 125 · 140 1590 1550 693 639 585 690 713 692 575
distortion and noise.
PQVDGUWHƂEKGPVVQGNKOKPCVGVJGKOCIGFKUVQTVKQPCPFPQKUG (2) Make holes for hanging bolts, piping outlet, drain
r Install the indoor unit as far as possible from ƃuorescent piping outlet, and electric wiring inlet.
lamps. r Use the installation pattern paper (.
If a wireless remote controller kit is installed, the transmission r Determine the locations of hanging bolts, piping outlet,
distance may be shorter in a room where an electronic lighting drain piping outlet and electric wiring inlet. And make the
type (inverter or rapid start type ƃuorescent lamp is installed. hole.
(3) Remove the parts of the indoor unit.
(2) Use hanging bolts for installation.
1) Remove the suction grille.
Investigate if the installation place can withstand the mass
r Slide the suction grille Ƃxing knobs (50, 60 type: 2
of the indoor unit and, if necessary, hang the indoor unit
places for each, 71~140 type: 3 places for each toward
with bolts after it is reinforced by beams etc. (Refer to the
backward direction (as shown by an arrow to open the
installation pattern paper (5 for the mounting pitch.
suction grille widely. (Refer to Fig. 4)
(3) Ceiling height r Keeping the suction grille opened, hold the knob at the
This product can be installed at a ceiling height of up to back of the suction grille and at the same time, pull the
O
OJKIJVHQTVJGOQFGN suction grille forward to remove. (Refer to Fig. 5)
However, if the ceiling height exceeds 2.7 m (3.8 m for
VJGOQFGNƂGNFUGVVKPIUPGGFVQDGOCFGHTQOVJG Fixing knob Suction grille
remote controller.
(Field settings are not required for the 125 and 140 models.）
Refer to Section 11. Field Settings on how to carry out
the settings.
Fig. 4
4. PREPARATION BEFORE INSTALLATION
(1) Check the relative positions of the indoor unit hanging Rear knob
bolt, piping outlet hole and drain piping outlet hole.
(Refer to Fig. 3)
G H
200
175
J
5
View from the front

Fig. 5
Left back drain Wall hole for back side
piping outlet hole piping outlet 2) Remove the decoration side panel (right, left.
(IJQNG r Remove the Ƃxture screw of the decoration side panel
Back side wiring (one for each, pull forward (arrow direction to remove.
outlet location (Refer to Fig. 6)
r Take out accessories. (Refer to Fig. 6)
Top panel drain piping
r Open the knock hole at the wiring inlet side at the rear
A Unit dimension
connection position surface or top surface, and install the attached resin
B Hanging bolt pitch bushing (10.
C
D
163
189
30
87
E Resin bWUJKPI

690 Unit dimension
Hanging bolt pitch

210
(accessor[
View from Removable part
260
the ceiling (for leading in from the upward-fCEKPI

F Top panel gas side
piping connection Removable part
position (for leading in from the rear-fCEKPI
Discharge
Fig. 3 Resin bWUJKPI

Top panel wiring outlet position (accessor[
Unit : mm
*CPIKPIDQNV
RKGEGU
Top panel liquid side piping
connection positions
3P400451-3H

Accessories 5. INSTALLATION OF THE INDOOR UNIT

Fixing screw for decoration side Panel ¢¢It is easy to attach the optional parts before installing the
(M4) indoor unit. Refer to also the installation manual attached
to the optional parts.²²
For installation, use the attached installation parts and 2
URGEKƂGF parts.
Decoration side panel Fig. 6 (1) Attach the hanger to the hanging bolt. (Refer to Fig. 10)
3) Remove the hanger. CAUTION

r Loosen 2 bolts for installing the hanger at both sides Attach the hanger bracket to the suspension bolt. Be sure to
(M8) (4 places at left and right) within 10mm. ƂZGFKVUGEWTGN[D[WUKPICPWVCPFYCUJGT
HTQOVJGWRRGT
(Refer to Fig. 7 and Fig. 8) and lower sides of the hanger bracket.
r Remove the Ƃxture screw for hanger at the back side
(M5), pull the hanger backward (the arrow direction) to
Hanging bolt 0WV
ƂGNFUWRRN[
remove. (Refer to Fig. 8)
Washer fQTJCPIGT

CEEGUUQry)
Bolt (M8)
Loosen within Indoor unit Double nuts

10mm
Hanger Fig. 10
Hanger (2) Lift up the indoor unit, slide from the front and put the
Fig. 7 hanger installing bolt (M8) into the securely for temporary
hanging. (Refer to Fig. 11)
*CPIGTƂZKPI
(3) Tighten the hanger Ƃxing screws (M5) at 2 places, which
screw (M5)
were removed, as they were before.
(Refer to Fig. 11)
It is necessary to prevent misalignment of the indoor unit.
Hanger installing bolt (M8) (4) Tighten the hanger installing bolts (M8) at 4 places
Loosen securely. (Refer to Fig. 11)
Hanger
Fig. 8 Attachment part
Hanger
CAUTION
Do not remove the tape (milky white) applied to the outside
of the indoor unit. It may cause electric shocks or a Ƃre.
(4) Install the hanging bolts. Hanger installing

r Use M8 or M10 bolts for hanging the indoor unit. bolt (M8)
Hanger
r Adjust the length of the hanging bolt from the ceiling in
ƂZKPIUETew
advance. (Refer to Fig. 9)
(M5)
r Use hole-in-anchors for the existing bolts and embedded
Reinforcing plate (left/right)
inserts or foundation bolts for new bolts, and Ƃx the unit Fig. 11
When carrying the indoor unit,
Ƃrmly to the building so that it may withstand the mass of
do not hold the reinforcing plates.
the unit.
In addition, adjust the distance from the ceiling in
advance. (5) When hanging the indoor unit, make sure to use the level to
have better drainage and install it horizontally. Also, if it is
CAUTION possible at the installation site, install so that the drain
piping side is slightly lower.
If the hanging bolt is too long, it may damage the indoor unit
(Refer to Fig. 12)
or options, or cause a malfunction.
CAUTION
r Be sure to install the indoor unit so that the drain piping
Ceiling slab side is not inclined higher.
Otherwise this may cause water leak from the air outlet
Foundation bolt
25 - 55 mm
or air inlet.
r Install the nuts at the top and bottom of the hanger.
If the nut at the bottom is too tight without a nut on top,
Hanging bolt the hanger and top panel may be deformed, resulting in
abnormal noises.
Fig. 9 Ceiling surface r Do not insert materials otJGTVJCPVJCVURGEKƂGFKPVQ
the clearance between the hanger and the washer for
NOTE
hanger (3).
r Parts shown Fig. 9 will be all Ƃeld supply. Unless the washers are properly attached, the hanging
bolts may come off from the hanger.
3P400451-3H

A t Remove the stay for packing and delivering (reinforcing

plate) before refrigerant piping work.
≤ 1°
(Refer to Fig. 18)
t The refrigerant is pre-charged in the outdoor unit.
t When connecting the pipings to the air conditioner, make sure
to use a spanner and a torque wrench as shown in Fig.13.
B
For the dimension of flared part, refer to the Table 1.
≤ 1° t Check that there are no scratches or deformation etc. in the
flared part.
Be sure to use the flare nuts provided with the unit.
Torque wrench
A.B
≤ 1°
Spanner
Fig. 12
A. When the drain piping is tilted to the right, or to the right Flare nut
and back.
Place it level, or tilt it slightly to the right or the back.
(Within 1°)
Union joint Fig. 13
B. When the drain piping is tilted to the left, or to the left
and back. t When making a flare connection, coat the flared inner surface
Place it level, or tilt it slightly to the left or the back. only with ether oil or ester oil. (Refer to Fig. 14) Then, turn the
(Within 1°) flare nut 3 to 4 times with your hand and screw in the nut.
WARNING Coat the flared inner surface

only with ether oil or ester oil.
The indoor unit must be securely installed on a place
that can withstand the mass.
If the strength is insufficient, the indoor unit may fall down
Fig. 14
and cause injuries.
t For the tightening torque, refer to the Table 1.
Table 1
6. REFRIGERANT PIPING WORK Dimension
t For the outdoor unit refrigerant piping, refer to the installation Piping size Tightening
for processing Flare shape
manual attached to the outdoor unit. (mm) torque (N·m)
flare A (mm)
t Carry out insulation of both gas and liquid refrigerant piping
I 6.4
45°±2°
15.7 ± 1.5 8.9 ± 0.2
securely. If not insulated, it may cause water leakage. For
gas piping, use insulation material of which heat resistant I 9.5 36.3 ± 3.6 13.0 ± 0.2 R0.6±0.2
90°±2°
temperature is not less than 120°C. For use under high

humidity, strengthen the insulation material for refrigerant I 12.7 54.9 ± 5.4 16.4 ± 0.2
A
piping. If not strengthened, the surface of insulation material

I 15.9 68.6 ± 6.8 19.5 ± 0.2
may sweat.
t Before installation work, make sure that the refrigerant is
R32. (Unless the refrigerant is R32, the normal operation CAUTION
cannot be expected.) t Do not have oil adhere to the screw fixing part of resin
parts.
WARNING If oil adheres, it may weaken the strength of screwed part.
When flared joints are reused indoors, the flare part t Do not tighten flare nuts too tight.
shall be re-fabricated. If a flare nut cracks, the refrigerant may leak.
t If there is no torque wrench, use Table 2 as a rule of thumb.

CAUTION When tightening a flare nut with a spanner harder and
This air conditioner is a dedicated model for new refrigerant harder, there is a point where the tightening torque suddenly
R32. Make sure to meet the requirements shown right and increases. From that position, tighten the nut additionally the
carry out installation work. angle shown in Table 2. After the work is finished, check
t Use dedicated piping cutters and flaring tools for R32 securely that there is no gas leak. If the nut is not tightened
and R410A as instructed, it may cause the refrigerant to slowly leak,
t When making a flare connection, coat the flared inner leading to a malfunction (room does not get cool or warm).
surface only with ether oil or ester oil.
Table 2
t Use only the flare nuts attached to the air conditioner. If
other flare nuts are used, it may cause refrigerant leakage. Piping size Recommended arm length
Tightening angle
t To prevent contamination or moisture from getting into the (mm) of tool used
piping, take measures such as pinching or taping the I 6.4 60° – 90° Approximately 150mm
pipings. I 9.5 60° – 90° Approximately 200mm
Do not mix substance other than the specified refrigerant I 12.7 30° – 60° Approximately 250mm
such as air into the refrigeration circuit.
I 15.9 30° – 60° Approximately 300mm
If the refrigerant leaks during the work, ventilate the room.
3P400451-3H

CAUTION Gas side piping insulating method

Insulation of Ƃeld piping must be carried out up to the
connection inside the casing. If the piping is exposed to the Do not leave
Piping insulating material (unit side) clearance
atmosphere, it may cause sweating or burn due to touching
the piping, electric shocks or a Ƃre due to the wiring touching
the piping.
Joint insulating material (6) (accessory)
2
Bring the seam Flare nut
to the top connection
r Be sure to insulate the piping connections after the air
tightness test and gas leak inspection. Insulate the liquid
and gas piping using the respective joint insulating
material (6) and (7). Then, tighten both ends of the Piping insulating material
insulating material (6) and (7) for joints with the clamp (4).
ƂGNFUWRRN[
Cut off the excess portion of the clamp. (Refer to Fig.15)
r Wrap the sealing material (Small) (9) around the joint For prevention of sweating,
do not expose the piping
insulating OCVGTKCN

ƃCTGPWVUGEVKQPQPN[VJGICURKRKPI
side. Clamp (4) (accessory) Tighten the piping
r Make sure to bring the seam of joint insulating material (6) insulating material
and (7) to the top.
Wrap from the

root of the unit
Sealing material (Small) (9)
(accessory)
Gas piping
Liquid piping
Indoor unit
Liquid side piping insulating method
Joint insulating material (7) Piping insulating material

(accessory) (unit side)
Do not leave clearance

Bring the seam
to the top
Flare nut
connection
Clamp (4)
(accessory)
Piping insulating
materKCN
ƂGNFUWRRN[
Tighten the piping
For prevention of sweating, insulating material
do not expose the piping
Fig. 15
3P400451-3H

(1) For rear side piping r After piping is Ƃnished, cut the removed penetration cover
r Remove the rear piping penetration cover, and connect along the shape of piping, and install.
the piping. (Refer to Fig. 16 and Fig. 18) Also, for top panel penetration cover, as it was before
removed, put the horizontal blade motor and thermistor
(2) For upward piping
lead through the clamp of the top panel penetration cover
r For upward piping, L-shaped connection piping kit
and Ƃx. (Refer to Fig. 16 and Fig. 19)
(optional accessory) will be required.
+PQTFGTVQRTGXGPVKPƂNVTCVKQPD[UOCNNCPKOCNUUWEJCU
r Remove the top panel penetration cover, and use the L-
insects, seal the gaps in the piping penetration holes
shaped connection piping kit (optional accessory) to con-
with putty and insulation material (procured locally) etc.
duct piping. (Refer to Fig. 16 and Fig. 17)
Horizontal blade motor lead
(3) For right side piping
r Remove the stay for packing and delivering (reinforcing Top panel penetration
Thermistor lead
plate) at the right side, and put back the screw to the orig- cover clamp part
inal position of the indoor unit. (Refer to Fig. 18)
r Open the knockout hole at the decoration side panel
(right), and connect piping. (Refer to Fig. 18)
View from air inlet side
Rear piping penetration cover
Top panel Cutoff
Fig. 19
View from * Before brazing refrigerant piping, have nitrogen ƃow through
air inlet side the refrigerant piping and substitute air with nitrogen. Then,
Cut at the position avoiding carry out brazing (NOTE 2). (Refer to Fig. 20) After all the
the knob part of the brazing works are Ƃnished, carry out ƃCTe connection with the
penetration cover indoor unit.
Cutoff
Top panel penetration cover Fig. 16 Brazing place Taping
Nitrogen
Stop valve Nitrogen
Refrigerant piping
Fig. 20
Upward refrigerant piping

L-shaped branch piping kit NOTE
(Optional accessory) 1. The proper pressure for having nitrogen ƃow through the
piping is approximately 0.02MPa, a pressure that makes
one feel like breeze and can be obtained through a
Fig. 17 2. Do not use ƃux when brazing refrigerant piping. Use
phosphor copper brazing Ƃller metal (BCuP-2: JIS Z 3264/
Screw BCu93P-710/795: ISO 3677) that does not require ƃWZ. (If
(put back to the indoor unit) chlorinated ƃux is used, the piping will be corroded and, in
addition if ƃuorine is contained, the refrigerant oil will be
deteriorated and the refrigerant circuit will be affected
badly.)
3. When carrying out leakage test of refrigerant piping and the
Rear side refrigerant piping indoor unit after the installation of indoor unit is Ƃnished,
conƂrm the connecting outdoor unit installation manual for
Rear side drain piping test pressure. Refer to also the outdoor unit installation
Right side refrigerant piping manual or technical document for refrigerant piping.
Right side drain piping
Stay for packing and delivering CAUTION
(reinforcing plate)
In case of refrigerant shortage due to forgetting additional
Decoration side panel (right) Fig. 18 refrigerant charge etc., it will result in malfunction such as
Separating parts does not cool or does not heat. Refer to the outdoor unit
Cut only this part when laying only
installation manual or technical document for refrigerant
the drain piping on the right side. piping.
Do not use antioxidant when brazing piping.
It may result in malfunction of components and clogging of
piping due to residue.
3P400451-3H


Good
(1) Carry out drain piping so that drainage can be ensured. 1-1.5m Supports
r Carry out drain piping so that drainage can ensured.
r Drain piping can be connected from the following
directions: For right rear/right side, refer to Fig. 18 of
“6. REFRIGERANT PIPING WORK’’, and for left rear/
2
left side, refer to Fig. 21. Downward inclination of 1/100 or more
r When conducting left rear/left side drain piping, remove Fig. 23
the protection net. Then, remove the drain socket cap and
insulation material applied to left side drain socket and
apply them to the right side drain socket. When doing
this, insert the drain socket cap all the way in to prevent a Make sure there is no slack
water leakage. Wrong Do not lift
After the drain hose (1) (accessory) installing, attach the
protection net by reversing the steps taken to remove it.
(Refer to Fig. 22)
Make sure it is not in the water
r Select the piping diameter equal to or larger than that of
the drain hose (1) (accessory) (polyvinyl chloride piping,
nominal diameter 20mm, outside diameter 26mm).
r Install the drain piping as short as possible with Fig. 24
downward inclination of 1/100 or more by avoiding air
stagnation. (Refer to Fig. 23 and Fig. 24)
(It may cause abnormal sound such as bubbling noise.) CAUTION
If drain stagnates in the drain piping, the piping may be
clogged.
Putty or insulation

ƂGNFUWRRN[ r Make sure to use the attached drain hose (1) and metal
clamp (2). Also, insert the drain hose (1) into the root of
the drain socket, and tighten the metal clamp (2) at the
Left side
root of the drain socket tightly.
Drain piping
(Refer to Fig. 25 and Fig. 26)
(Install the metal clamp (2) so that the tightening part is
in the range of about 45°as shown in the Fig. 26.)
Left rear side Tighten the metal clamp (2) with a torque of
Drain piping Left side 1.35±0.15N r m (135±15N r cm).
Detach parts (Do not bond the drain socket and drain hose. If so,
Back side (sheet metal) maintenance and inspection for the heat exchanger and
Detach parts Fig. 21 others cannot be conducted.)
CAUTION
If an old drain hose or an elbow or a clamp is used, it may
cause water leakage.
r Bend the tip of the metal clamp (2) so that the sealing
material (Large) (8) to be used in the next step will not
be torn by the tip of the metal clamp (2).
(Refer to Fig. 26)
Fixing r When performing insulation, wind the large sealing
screw for material (Large) (8) attached starting from the base of the
protection net Protection net
metal clamp (2) and drain hose (1) in the direction of the
arrow. (Refer to Fig. 25 and Fig. 26)
Fig. 22
Metal clamp (2) Sealing material (Large) (8)
Drain hose (1)

(accessory) Do not make a gap to avoid
dew condensation.
Fig. 25
10
3P400451-3H

Metal clamp (2) Metal clamp (2)
or more
100mm
(accessory) Sealing material (accessory)
(Large) (8)
Applying direction Centralized drain piping
Drain hose (1) Install with downward inclination <Failure example>
(accessory) of 1/100 or more so that no air If water stagnates in the
approx. 45° approx. 45° Drain hose (1) will be stagnated. drain piping, the piping
(accessory) may be clogged.
Sealing
Sealing material Fig. 28
material
(Large) (8) (Large) (8)
(accessory) r Connecting drain piping.
(accessory) Do not connect the drain piping directly to the sewage
(For right (For left rear/ that gives off ammonia odor. The ammonia in the sewage
back / right side) left side)
may go through the drain piping and corrode the heat
Inserting direction
exchanger of the indoor unit.
for the screw driver
r When installing the drain pump kit (optional accessory),
also refer to the installation manual included to the drain
Tightening part
pump kit.
approx. 45° Metal clamp (2) (accessory)
(2) After piping is ƂPKUJGF, cJeck if VJe Frain ƃows
smootJly.
Drain hose (1) (accessory) r Gradually put about 0.6 liter of water for drain conƂrmation
into the drain pan from the air outlet.
(Refer to Fig. 29)
Bend the tip without
tearing the sealing Air outlet
material (Large) (8)
Fig. 26
100mm
r Be sure to carry out insulation work in the following two
or more
areas (drain piping passing through the building and
drain socket area) where water may condense and leak.
r Do not deƃGEt the drain hose (1) inside of the indoor unit.
(Refer to Fig. 27)
(It may cause abnormal noise such as bubbling noise.) Plastic container for pouring water
(If the drain hose (1KUFGƃected, it may damage the Fig. 29 (Tube length of 100mm is necessary)
suction grille.)
r After the drain piping work, install the stay for packing and
&QPQVFGƃGEV
delivering (reinforcing plate), which was removed in the
section of ‘‘6. REFRIGERANT PIPING WORK’’.
However, it is not necessary to install the stay for packing
and delivering at the right side (reinforcing plate).
(Refer to Fig. 30)
Fig. 27
r Install supports at a distance of 1 to 1.5m so that the

piping may not deƃect.(Refer to Fig. 23)
CAUTION
+PQTFGTVQRTGXGPVKPƂNVTCVKQPD[YCVGTCPFUOCNNCPKOCNU
KPVQVJGKPFQQTWPKVƂNNVJGICRUKPVJGFTCKPRKRKPIYKVJRWVV[
and insulation material (procured locally) etc.
However, when putting piping and remote controller wiring Stay for packing and delivering
Screw
through the same hole, cover the gap between the through (reinforcing plate)
cover and the piping after ‘‘8. ELECTRIC WIRING WORK’’ Fig. 30
is completed.
< CAUTION >

r To avoid the attached drain hose (1) getting excessive 8. ELECTRIC WIRING WORK
force, do not bend nor twist it. (It may cause water
leakage.) 8-1 GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS
r When conducting the centralized drain piping, follow the r Make certain that all electric wiring work is carried out by
instructions in Fig. 28. For the diameter of the centralized qualiƂed personnel according to the applicable legislation
drain piping, select the diameter matching the capacity of and this installation manual, using a separate circuit. InsufƂcient
the indoor unit to be connected. (Refer to technical capacity of the power supply circuit or improper electrical
guidebook.) construction may lead to electric shocks or a Ƃre.
r Make sure to install an earth leakage breaker in accordance
with applicable legislation. Failure to do so may cause
electrical shock and a Ƃre.
r Do not turn on the power supply (of the indoor unit) until all
the installation work is completed.
11
3P400451-3H

r Make sure to earth the air conditioner. r If the above is not available, make sure to observe the
Earthing resistance should be according to applicable legis- following items.
lation. r 2 wirings of different sizes to the terminal block for power
r Do not connect the earth wiring to gas or water piping, supply is prohibited.
lightning conductor or telephone earth wiring.
r Gas piping ............Ignition or explosion may occur if the Connection of 2
wirings of same size
Connection of 2
wirings on one side
Connection of
wirings of different
2
gas leaks.
must be carried out is prohibited. sizes is prohibited.
r Water piping .........Hard vinyl tubes are not effective on both sides.
earths.
r Lightning conductor or telephone earth wiring..................
Electric potential may rise abnormally if struck by a
lightning bolt.
r For electric wiring work, refer to also the “WIRING DIAGRAM”
attached to the control box lid. (Abnormal heating may occur if the wirings are not tightened
r Never connect the power supply wiring or the wiring securely.)
between the indoor and outdoor units to the terminal block
for the remote controller wiring (X1M). r Use the required wirings, connect them securely and Ƃx
This may damage the entire system. these wirings so that external force may not apply to the
r Carry out installation and wiring of the remote controller terminals.
according to the “installation manual” attached to the remote r Use a proper screw driver for tightening the terminal screws.
controller. If an improper screw driver is used, it may damage the screw
r Do not touch the Printed Circuit Board assy during the wiring head and a proper tightening cannot be carried out.
work. Otherwise, it may cause damage. r If a terminal is over tightened, it may be damaged. Refer to
the table shown below for tightening torque of terminals.
8-2 SPECIFICATIONS FOR FIELD WIRING
For the wiring of outdoor units, refer to the installation manual
attached to the outdoor units. Terminal block for remote controller
0.88 ± 0.08
r Remote controller and transmission wiring are Ƃeld supply. and transmission wiring
(Refer to Table 3) Terminal block for power supply
Table 3 Ear th terminal
2
Wire Size (mm ) Length r Conduct wiring so that the earth lead comes out from the
*88-7) notched part of the cup washer. (Otherwise, earth lead
Transmission wiring 2. – contact will be insufƂcient and grounding effect may be lost.)
(NOTE 1,2)
8inyl cord with r Do not carry out soldering Ƃnish when stranded wirings are
Remote controller Max. used.
sheath or cable 02
wiring 00m*
(2 wire) (NOTE 3)
Ring type crimp style terminals
* This will be the total extended length in the system when
doing group control.
Cup washer
Wiring speciƂcations are shown on the condition that the wiring
has a voltage drop of 2%.
NOTE
1.It shows the case when conduit piping are used. When the
conduit piping are not used, use H07RN-F.
2.Supply cords shall not be lighter than polychloroprene
Notched part
UJGCVJGFƃGZKDNGEQTF
EQFGFGUKIPCVKQP+'%
3.Sheathed vinyl cord or cable (insulation thickness: 1mm or
more)
9-1 CONNECTION OF TRANSMISSION WIRING,
9. HOW TO CONNECT WIRINGS AND
EARTH WIRING AND FOR THE REMOTE
WIRING EXAMPLE CONTROLLER WIRING
Wiring connection method (1) Loosen the Ƃxing screws (2 pcs.) while holding the control
¢¢Caution for wiring²² box lid, and then remove the control box lid.
r The indoor units in the same system can be connected to the (2) Cut off the knockout hole and put the resin bushing (10)
power supply from one branch switch. However, selection of (accessory) on the back side (sheet metal).
branch switch, branch over current circuit breaker and wiring (3) Connect the transmission wiring through the resin bushing
size must be according to applicable legislation. (10) accessory to the terminal block (X2M: 3P) while
r For connection to the terminal block, use ring type crimp style matching up the numbers (1 to 3), and then connect the earth
terminals with insulation sleeve or treat the wiring with insu- wiring to the earth terminal.
lation. After this is done, use the wiring Ƃxture (11) and clamp ()
attached to bind the wiring without applying tension to the
Wiring
connecting section of the wirings.
Insulation sleeve
Ring type crimp

style terminals
12
3P400451-3H

(4) Connect the remote controller wiring led from the routing
WARNING
hole to the terminals (P1 and P2) of the terminal block
(X1M: 4P). (There is no polarity.) When wiring, form the wirings orderly so that the control
After this is done, use the wiring Ƃxture (11) and clamp (4) box lid can be securely fastened. If the control box lid is not
attached to bind the wiring without applying tension to the in place, the wirings may ƃQCt up or be sandwiched by the
connecting section of the wirings. box and the panel and cause electric shocks or a Ƃre.
Terminal block (X2M)

Earth terminal
WirKPIƂZVWTG Clamp (4) (accessory)
R10 or more
(11) (accessory) (2) Fix the wiring to the

+PUVCNNVJGƂZVWTGCV ƂZVWTGby clamps so
R10 or more Transmission wiring that no tension will be
the wiring entrance
and Earth wiring given to the terminal
side.
connection.
Transmission and earth wiring connection method Power supply wiring DETAIL
and Earth wiring Clamp (4) (accessory)
Outdoor unit Indoor unit (3) To avoid the loosing of
the power supply
wiring and Earth
wiring, band the clamp
Terminal block Terminal block
VQVKIJVN[ƂVVJGƂZVWTG
Terminal numbers of outdoor and at terminal block side.
indoor units must be matched
Transmission wiring connection method
r +PQTFGTVQRTGXGPVKPƂNVTCVKQPD[YCVGTCPFUOCNNETGCVWTGU
after connecting the wiring, cover up the cable penetrations
Forbidden
and wiring for both the earth wiring and wiring between the
rDo not carry out solderKPIƂPKUJ
indoor and outdoor units.
r Seal the clearance around the wirings with putty and insulating
Forbidden material (Ƃeld supply).
r0ever connect the power supply (If insects and small animals get into the indoor unit, short
wiring. circuiting may occur inside the control box.)
r If the low voltage wiring (remote controller wiring) and the
Terminal block (X1M) high voltage wiring (transmission wiring, earth wiring) are
P1 P2 F1 F2 T 1 T2
brought into the indoor unit from the same place, they may be
affected by electric noise (outside noise) and cause
malfunction or failure.
R10 or more Remote controller r Keep the distance of 50mm or more between the low voltage
wiring
(no polarity) wiring (remote controller wiring) and the high voltage wiring
(transmission wiring, earth wiring) at anywhere outside the
Remote controller wiring indoor unit. If both the wirings are laid down together, they
connection method
may be affected by electric noise (outside noise) and cause
Printed Circuit malfunction or failure.
Board Wiring penetration
Control box hole Putty or insulation

ƂGNFUWRRN[
Transmission Refrigerant piping

wiring and Remote controller
Earth wiring wiring
Drain piping
Cut off the
knockout hole and Rear piping Resin bushing
Transmission (10)(accessory) Low voltage wiring
put the resin wiring and penetration
bushing Earth wiring cover
(10) (accessory) High voltage wiring
Remote controller
wiring Distance of 50mm between
Control box lid

ƂZKPIUETews Control box lid
(2 pieces)
Wiring diagram Label (Rear)
13
3P400451-3H

9-2 WIRING EXAMPLE NOTE

1. Terminal numbers of outdoor and indoor units must be
CAUTION
matched.
Be sure to install an earth leakage breaker to the outdoor 2-1. Connect the remote controller only to the master unit.
unit.
This is to avoid electric shocks or a Ƃre.
2-2. The remote controller needs to be wired only to the
master unit; it does not need to be connected to the slave
2
units through transition wiring. (Do not connect transition
For the wiring of outdoor units, refer to the installation manual wiring to the slave units.)
attached to the outdoor units. ConƂrm the system type. 2-3. The indoor temperature sensor is effective only for indoor
r Pair type: units to which the remote controller is connected.
1 remote controller controls 1 indoor unit (standard system). 2-4. The length of wiring between the indoor unit and the
(Refer to Fig. 31) outdoor unit varies depending on the connected model,
r Simultaneous operation system: the number of connected units, and the maximum piping
1 remote controller controls 2 indoor units length.
(2 indoor units operates equally). (Refer to Fig. 32) For details, refer to the technical documents.
r Group control:
1 remote controller controls up to 16 indoor units Group control
(All indoor units operate according to the remote controller).
(Refer to Fig. 33) Power supply Power supply Power supply
220 - 240V 220 - 240V 220 - 240V
r 2 remote controllers control:
1~ 1~ 1~
2 remote controllers control 1 indoor unit. (Refer to Fig. 36) 50Hz 50Hz 50Hz
Pair type breaker breaker breaker
Power supply
Earth leakage 220 - 240V Outdoor unit
Outdoor unit Outdoor unit
breaker 1~
50Hz 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3
Outdoor unit NOTE) NOTE) NOTE)
1 2 3
1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3
P1 P2 P1 P2 P1 P2
NOTE 1) Indoor unit Indoor unit Indoor unit

(Master)
P1 P2
1 2 3
P1 P2 Group control remote controller
Indoor unit (Optional accessory) Fig. 33
Remote controller NOTE

P1P2
(Optional accessory) r Terminal numbers of outdoor and indoor units must be
matched.
Fig. 31 When implementing group control
r When using as a pair unit or as a master unit for simultaneous
operation system, you may carry out simultaneous start/
Simultaneous operation system
stop (group) control up to 16 units with the remote controller.
(Refer to Fig. 34)
Power supply r In this case, all the indoor units in the group will operate in
Earth leakage 220 - 240V accordance with the group control remote controller.
breaker 1~ r Select a remote controller which matches as many of the
50Hz
functions (airƃow direction, etc.) in the group as possible.
Outdoor unit Outdoor Outdoor Outdoor

1 2 3 Indoor Indoor
unit 1 (Slave) (Master) unit 16
NOTE 1)
1 2 3 1 2 3 Group control remote contoller

P1 P2 P1 P2
Fig. 34
Indoor unit (Master) Indoor unit (slave)
Remote Wiring Method
P1 P2
controller (1) Remove the control box lid. (Refer to ‘‘ 9. HOW TO
NOTE 2) (Optional accessory) CONNECT WIRINGS AND WIRING EXAMPLE’’.)
Fig. 32
14
3P400451-3H

(2) Connect crossover wiring between the terminals (P1, P2) 10. MOUNTING SUCTION GRILLE ·
inside the control box for the remote controller. (There is no DECORATION SIDE PANEL
polarity.) (Refer to Fig. 34 and Table 3)
Install securely in the reverse order when decoration side panel
Terminal for remote
controller wiring (P1, P2) and suction grille were removed.
Indoor Indoor unit 2
unit 1 (Master) r When installing the suction grille, hang the string of the
P1 P2 F1 F2 T1 T2 P1 P2 F1 F2 T1 T2
suction grille to the hanging part of the indoor unit shown Fig. 38.
Terminal block
(X1M)
CAUTION
Crossover wiring When closing the suction grille, the strap may get caught.
to next unit
ConƂrm that the strap does not stick out of the side of the
Terminal block suction grille before closing.
(X1M)
Fig. 35
Round hole Hook
Control with 2 remote controllers control Round hole
Power supply Strap

Earth 220 - 240V
leakage 1~ Indoor unit
breaker 50Hz (Slave) Indoor unit Hook
Suction grille Strap
Cross hole
Outdoor unit
Indoor unit Fig. 38
Outdoor unit (Master)
1 2 3
Remote Remote 11. FIELD SETTING

NOTE) controller 1 controller 2
(Optional (Optional <<Refer to also the installation manual attached to the out-
accessory) accessory)
1 2 3 door unit.>>
P1 P2
Indoor unit CAUTION

Remote Remote Before carrying out Ƃeld setting, check the items mentioned
controller controller in the clause 2 “1. Items to be checked after the installation
(Optional P1 P2 P1 P2 (Optional tion work is completed” on page 3.
accessory) accessory)
r Check if all the installation and piping works for the air
Fig. 36 conditioner are completed.
Two remote controllers control (Controlling 1 indoor unit by r Check if the control box lids of air conditioner are closed.
2 remote controllers)
r When using 2 remote controllers, one must be set to “MAIN”
<FIELD SETTING>
and the other to “SUB”.
<After turn on the power supply, carry out Ƃeld setting from the
MAIN/SUB CHANGEOVER remote controller according to the installation state.>
r Refer to the manual attached to the remote controller. r Carry out setting at 3 places, “Mode No.”, “FIRST CODE No.”
and “SECOND CODE No.”.
Wiring Method
(1) Remove the control box lid. The settings shown by “ ” in the table indicate those
(2) Add wiring between the remote controller 2 (Sub) and the when shipped from the factory.
terminal (P1, P2) of the terminal block (X1M) for the remote r The method of setting procedure and operation is shown in
controller in the control box. (There is no polarity.) the installation manual attached to the remote controller.
Terminal block
(Note) Though setting of “Mode No.” is carried out as a
(X1M) group, if you intend to carry out individual setting by
(Master*) each indoor unit or conƂrmation after setting, carry
P1 P2 F1 F2 T1 T2 out setting with the “Mode No.” shown in the
parenthesis ( ).
r In case of remote control, for changeover of input to
FORCED OFF or to ON/OFF OPERATION.
Additional [1] Enter into the Ƃeld setting mode with the remote controller.
remote controller
[2] Select Mode No. “12”.
Remote Remote [3] Set the FIRST CODE No. to “1”.
(Main) (Sub) [4-1] For FORCE OFF, set the SECOND CODE No. to “01”.
* For simultaneous operation system, be sure to

[4-2] For ON/OFF OPERATION, set the SECOND CODE No.
connect the remote controller to the master unit. Fig. 37 to “02”.
(It is set to FORCED OFF when shipped from the factory.)
NOTE r Ask your customer to keep the manual attached to the
r Terminal numbers of outdoor and indoor units must be remote controller together with the operation manual.
matched. r Do not carry out setting other than those shown in the table.
15
3P400451-3H

11-1 SETTING WHEN AN OPTIONAL ACCESSORY 11-5 SETTING FAN SPEED DURING THERMOSTAT
IS ATTACHED OFF
r For setting when attaching an optional accessory, refer to the r Set the fan speed according to the using environment after
installation manual attached to the optional accessory. consultation with your customer.
When the fan speed is changed, explain the set fan speed
11-2 WHEN USING WIRELESS REMOTE to your customer. 2
CONTROLLER Table 6
r When using a wireless remote controller, it is necessary to Setting Mode No.
FIRST SECOND
set the wireless remote controller address. CODE No. CORD No.
Refer to the installation manual attached to the wireless
Fan operates / stops Operates 01
remote controller. during thermo OFF 11 (21) 2
(Cooling · heating) Stops 02
11-3 SETTING CEILING HEIGHT (TYPE 100 OR
LESS) Fan speed during (Extra low) 01
cooling 12 (22) 6
r When installing indoor unit type 50 - 100, specify the Setting 02
thermostat OFF
SECOND CODE No. in accordance with the ceiling height.
Fan speed during (Extra low) 01
Table 4 heating 12 (22) 3
thermostat OFF Setting 02
Ceiling height (m)
FIRST SECOND
Mode
CODE CODE
11-6 SETTING NUMBER OF THE CONNECTED
Type Type Type No.
50,60 71 100 No. No. INDOOR UNITS AS SIMULTANEOUS OPERA-
TION SYSTEM
r When using in simultaneous operation system mode, change
2.7 2.7 3.8
Standard 01 the SECOND CODE No. as shown in Table 7.
or less or less or less
13 (23) 0 r When using in simultaneous operation system mode, refer to
2.7 - 2.7 - 3.8 -
High ceiling 02 “SIMULTANEOUS OPERATION SYSTEM INDIVIDUAL
3.5 3.5 4.3
SETTING” section to set master and slave units separately.
11-4 SETTING FILTER SIGN Table 7
r A message to inform the air Ƃlter cleaning time will be FIRST SECOND
Setting Mode No.
indicated on the remote controller. CODE No. CODE No.
r Set the SECOND CODE No. shown in the Table 5 according Pair system (1 unit) 01
to the amount of dust or pollution in the room. Simultaneous
r Though the indoor unit is equipped with the long life Ƃlter, it is operation 02
necessary to periodically clean the Ƃlter to avoid clogging of system (2-unit)
the Ƃlter. Please also explain the set time to the customer. Simultaneous 11 (21) 0
r The periodical Ƃlter cleaning time can be shortened depending operation 03
on the environment. system (3-unit)
Table 5 Double twin multi

04
(4-unit)
SECOND
Filter hours FIRST
Contamination Mode No. CORD
(long life type) CODE No.
No. 11-7 SIMULTANEOUS OPERATION SYSTEM
Approx. INDIVIDUAL SETTING
Normal 01
2500 hrs It is easier if the optional remote controller is used when setting
0
More Approx. the slave unit.
10 (20) 02
contaminated 1250 hrs
< Procedure >
With indication 01 r Perform the following procedure when setting the master and
3
No indication 02 slave unit separately.
* Use “No indication” setting when cleaning indication is not r “ ” in the tables indicates factory settings.
necessary such as the case of periodical cleaning being (Note) The “Mode No.” is set on a group basis. To individually
carried out. set a Mode No. for each indoor unit or conƂrm the
settings, set the Mode No. in the parenthesis.
(1) Change the SECOND CODE No. to “02”, individual setting,
so that the slave unit can be individually set.
Table 8
FIRST SECOND
Setting Mode No.
CODE No. CODE No.
UniƂed setting 01
11 (21) 1
Individual setting 02
(2) Perform Ƃeld setting (Refer to 11-1 to 11-5) for the master
unit.
(3) Turn off the main power supply switch after (2) is Ƃnished.
(4) Detach remote controller from the master unit and connect
it to the slave unit.
16
3P400451-3H

(5) Turn on the main power supply switch again, and as in (1), (2) Actuation
change the SECOND CODE No. to “02”, individual setting. s Input A of FORCED OFF and ON/OFF OPERATION will
(6) Perform Ƃeld setting (Refer to 11-1 to 11-4) for the slave be as the table shown below.
unit.
(7) Turn off the main power supply switch after (6) is Ƃnished. In case of FORCED OFF by input A of Remote controller
(8) If there is more than one slave unit, repeat steps (4) to (7). FORCED “ON” permitted by input A
(9) Detach the remote controller from the slave unit after the OFF (Remote controller prohibited) of “OFF”
setting, and reattach to the master unit. This is the end of In case of ON/
Operation by input A of “OFF” Stop by input A of
the setting procedure. OFF OPERA-
“ON” “ON” “OFF”
* You do not need to rewire the remote controller from the TION
master unit if the optional remote controller for slave unit
(3) How to choose FORCED OFF or ON/OFF OPERATION
is used. (However, remove the wiring attached to the
s For choosing FORCED OFF or ON/OFF OPERATION,
remote controller terminal block of the master unit.) After
setting by remote controller is required.
the slave unit setting, remove the remote controller wiring,
and rewire the remote controller to the master unit. Setting Mode No. FIRST CODE NO. SECOND CODE NO.
(The indoor unit does not operate properly when two or
FORCED OFF 01
more remote controllers are attached to the unit in the 12(22) 1
ON/OFF OPERATION 02
simultaneous operation system mode.)
(3)(7)
Earth Power supply Earth Power supply 12. TEST OPERATION
leakage 220 - 240V leakage 220 - 240V
breaker 1~ breaker 1~ ¢Complete all the “1. Items to be checked after the
50Hz 50Hz installation work is completed” on page 3. Please also refer
Outdoor Outdoor to the installation manual attached to with outdoor unit.²
unit unit (1) The settings of the BRC1E model remote controller
1 2 3 1 2 3 should be switched while referring to the manual attached
to the remote controller.
NOTE) NOTE) (2) The settings of the wireless remote controller should be
switched in accordance with the following procedure.
1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 r Make sure that the installation work for the indoor and
P1 P2 P1 P2 P1 P2 P1 P2 outdoor units is all completed.
Indoor unit Indoor unit Indoor unit Indoor unit r Make sure that the following items are all closed: the
(Master) (Slave) (Master) (Slave)
control box lid of the indoor unit and the outer board
P1 P2 Remote controller ( 4 ) P1 P2 and piping cover of the outdoor unit.
( 9 ) Remote controller r After completing the refrigerant piping, drain piping,
(1) (5)
(2) (6) and electrical wiring, clean the interior of the indoor unit
Fig. 39 and front panel. Next, perform test operation in accordance
with the installation manual attached to with the outdoor
NOTE unit in order to protect the unit. (It is recommended
r Terminal numbers of outdoor and indoor units must be that the test operation is performed in the presence
matched. of qualiƂed electrical technician or engineer.)
r In test operation, make sure that airƃow direction and
fan speed can be obtained according to the settings.
11-8 COMPUTERISED CONTROL (FORCED OFF r If interior work is still unƂnished when test operation
AND ON/OFF OPERATION) Ƃnishes, explain to the customer that the air conditioner
(1) Wiring method and specification must not be operated until interior work is completed in
s Remote control is available by transmission the external order to protect the indoor units.
input to the terminals T1 and T2 on the terminal block for (If the indoor unit is operated under this condition,
remote controller and transmission wiring. paint, glue, and other materials used during the interior
Ƃnishing work will contaminate the indoor unit. This
may cause water splashes or leakage.)
F2 T1 T2 r If a malfunction occurs and the air conditioner cannot
FORCED operate, refer to “12-1 HOW TO DIAGNOSE FOR
OFF PROBLEMS”.
r After completing the test operation, press the INSPECTION/
Input A
TEST OPERATION button once to put the indoor
Wiring specification Sheathed vinyl cord or 2 core cable If the code reads anything other than “00”, refer to
Wiring size 0.75 - 1.25mm
2
“12-1 HOW TO DIAGNOSE FOR PROBLEMS”.
Wiring length Max. 100m r Press the INSPECTION/TEST OPERATION button
four times to return to normal operation mode.
Contact that can make and break the min.
External contact spec
load of DC15V · 1mA
17
3P400451-3H

[Mode switching] 12-2 MALFUNCTION CODE

r For places where the malfunction code is left blank, the
Wireless remote controller “ ” indication is not displayed. Though the system
continues operating, be sure to inspect the system and make
Normal
operating Once
Test
operation
repairs as necessary.
r Depending on the type of indoor or outdoor unit, the
2
mode mode
malfunction code may or may not be displayed.
Once
(Press 4 * Malfunc- Descriptions and mea-
Once Once Remarks
seconds * tion code sures
or more) Once Indoor Printed Circuit
A1
Board failure
Field setting “Malfunction
A3 Drain level abnormal
* After leaving 1 code”
display Freeze-up protector or
minute or more,
A5 stopped by high pressure
the mode returns
control
to the normal
operating mode. Inspection mode Indoor fan motor overload,
over current, lock
A6
Indoor Printed Circuit
Board connection failure
12-1 HOW TO DIAGNOSE FOR PROBLEMS
Horizontal blade motor
With the power on. Troubles can be monitored on the
locked
remote controller. A7
1PN[VJGCKTƃow direction
The fault diagnosis for the BRC1E model remote controller
can not be controlled.
should be performed while referring to the installation manual
HumidiƂer system
supplied with the remote controller. For the other remote AF
malfunction
controllers, perform the fault diagnosis using the following
procedure. Capacity setting adapter or
capacity data error, or
Trouble shooting with the remote controller display.
AJ Capacity setting failure
1 With the wireless remote controller. setting adapter, failure to connect
(Also refer to the operation manual attached to the the adapter, or the capacity is not
wireless remote controller.) set to the data-retention IC.
When the operation stops due to trouble, the display Transmission error
on the indoor unit ƃCshes. In such a case, diagnose between indoor
the fault contents with the table on the C1 Printed Circuit Board
Malfunction code list looking for the Malfunction (Master) and indoor Printed
code which can be found by following procedures. Circuit Board (Slave)
(NOTE 1) Indoor heat exchanger Abnormal stop is applied
C4 liquid pipe temperature depending on the model or
(1) Press the INSPECTION /TEST OPERATION sensor malfunction condition.
button, “ ” is displayed and “ 0 ” ƃCUhes. Indoor heat exchanger
(2) Press the PROGRAMMING TIME button and Ƃnd Abnormal stop is applied
condenser / evaporator
the unit No. which stopped due to trouble. temperature sensor
condition.
Number of beeps 3 short beeps malfunction
................. Perform all the following operations Abnormal stop is applied
Suction air thermistor
1 short beep C9 depending on the model or
malfunction
................. Perform (3) and (6) condition.
1 long beep CC Humidity sensor abnormal
................. No trouble Remote controller thermo
Remote controller air
(3) Press the OPERATION MODE SELECTOR button CJ does not function, but body
thermistor malfunction
and upper Ƃgure of the malfunction code ƃashes. thermo operation is enabled.
(4) Continue pressing the PROGRAMMING TIME button Action of safety device
E0
unit it makes 2 short beeps and Ƃnd the upper code. (Outdoor unit)
(5) Press the OPERATION MODE SELECTOR button Outdoor Printed Circuit
E1
and lower Ƃgure of the malfunction code ƃashes. Board failure (Outdoor unit)
(6) Continue pressing the PROGRAMMING TIME button High pressure malfunction
E3
unit it makes a long beep and Ƃnd the lower code. (Outdoor unit)
r A long beep indicate the malfunction code. Low pressure malfunction
E4
(Outdoor unit)
NOTE
E5
1. When the ON/OFF button is kept pressed for 5 seconds or malfunction (Outdoor unit)
longer during the inspection mode, the above trouble history Compressor motor lock by
E6
indication disappears. In this case, after the malfunction over current (Outdoor unit)
code indication ƃashes twice, the indication of code Outdoor fan motor lock
becomes “00” (normal) and unit NO. becomes “0”. Then, malfunction (Outdoor unit)
the display automatically changes from the inspection E7 Outdoor fan instant
mode to the normal mode. overcurrent malfunction
(Outdoor unit)
18
3P400451-3H

Input overcurrent (outdoor Overheated heat-radiating

E8 L4 Inverter cooling failure.
unit) Ƃn (Outdoor unit)
Electric expansion valve The compressor engines and
E9 Instantaneous overcurrent
malfunction (Outdoor unit) L5 turbines may be experiencing
(Outdoor unit)
Cooling/heating switch a ground fault or short circuit.
EA
malfunction (Outdoor unit) The compressor engines and
Electric thermal (Outdoor
Discharge piping L8 turbines may be overloaded
unit)
F3 temperature malfunction and disconnected.
(Outdoor unit) Stall prevention (Outdoor
L9 The compressor may be locked.
High pressure control unit)
F6
(in cooling) (Outdoor unit) Transmission malfunction
Sensor fault for inverter between inverter and
H0 LC
(Outdoor unit) outdoor control unit
(Outdoor unit)
High pressure switch
H3 Open-phase (Outdoor
failure (Outdoor unit) P1
unit)
Low pressure switch
H4 DCL sensor system
failure (Outdoor unit) P3
Faulty position detection
H6 sensor (Outdoor unit) Heat-radiating Ƃn Abnormal stop is applied
P4 thermistor malfunction depending on the model or
Outdoor fan motor position
H7 signal malfunction
(Outdoor unit) DC output current sensor
P6 system malfunction
CT abnormality
H8 (Outdoor unit)
(Outdoor unit)
Capacity setting adapter or
Outdoor air thermistor Abnormal stop is applied
capacity data error, or
H9 system malfunction depending on the model or
Capacity setting failure disconnection of the capacity
(Outdoor unit) condition. PJ
(Outdoor unit) setting adapter, failure to connect
Pressure sensor system the adapter, or the capacity is not
J1 malfunction (batch) set to the data-retention IC.
(Outdoor unit)
The refrigerant may be
Current sensor system Abnormal stop is applied Suction piping temperature
insufƂcient.
J2 malfunction (Outdoor depending on the model or U0 abnormal (Outdoor
Abnormal stop is applied depending
unit) condition. unit)
on the model or condition.
Discharge piping thermistor Abnormal stop is applied Reverse phase (Outdoor Reverse two phase of L1, L2
J3 system malfunction depending on the model or U1
unit) and L3 leads.
The inverter open-phase or
Suction piping thermistor main circuit condenser may
J5 system malfunction Power voltage malfunction be malfunctioning.
(Outdoor unit) U2
(Outdoor unit) Abnormal stop is applied
Outdoor heat exchanger depending on the model or
distributor liquid piping condition.
J6 depending on the model or
thermistor malfunction Wiring error between indoor
condition. Transmission error
(Outdoor unit) U4 and outdoor unit. Or Indoor
(between indoor and
Outdoor heat exchanger UF and outdoor Printed Circuit
Abnormal stop is applied outdoor units)
condenser / evaporator Board failure.
J7 depending on the model or
thermistor malfunction Transmission error Transmission between indoor
condition.
(Outdoor unit) U5 (between indoor and unit and remote controller is
Liquid piping thermistor Abnormal stop is applied remote controller units) not performed properly.
J8 system malfunction depending on the model or Transmission error of the
(Outdoor unit) condition. U7
inverter module
Gas piping thermistor Transmission error
J9 malfunction (cooling) between main and sub
(Outdoor unit) U8 remote controllers (sub
Discharge piping pres- remote controller
JA sure sensor system malfunction)
malfunction (Outdoor unit) System setting error of the
Suction piping pressure UA Field setting error simultaneous on/off multi-split
JC sensor system malfunction type.
(Outdoor unit) Transmission error
Inverter system malfunction (between indoor unit and
L1 UE
(Outdoor unit) centralized remote
Reactor thermistor controller)
L3
malfunction (Outdoor unit) Remote controller
UC
Overheated heat-radiating address setting error
L4 Inverter cooling failure. Abnormal stop is applied
Ƃn (Outdoor unit) Accessory equipment
UJ depending on the model or
transmission error
condition.
19
3P400451-3H

CAUTION
the clause 2 “2. Items to be checked at delivery” on page 4.
If the interior Ƃnish work is not completed when the test
operation is Ƃnished, for protection of the air conditioner, ask the 2
customer not operate the air conditioner until the interior Ƃnish work
is completed.
adhesives used for the interior Ƃnish work and cause water
splash and leakage.
To the operator carrying out test operation

After test operation is completed, before delivering the air
conditioner to the customer, conƂrm that the control box lid is
closed.
In addition, explain the power supply status (power supply ON/
OFF) to the customer.
20
3P400451-3H

Installation of outdoor unit EDVN281712
3. Installation of outdoor unit

1P479071-1B

EDVN281712 Installation of outdoor unit
1P479071-1B

1P479071-1B

1P479071-1B

1P479071-1B

1P479071-1B

1P479071-1B

1P479071-1B

1P479072-1B

1P479072-1B

1P479072-1B

1P479072-1B

1P479072-1B

1P479072-1B

1P479072-1B

1P479072-1B


1P479068-1B

1P479068-1B

1P479068-1B

1P479068-1B

1P479068-1B

1P479068-1B

1P479068-1B

1P479068-1B

1P479070-1B

1P479070-1B

1P479070-1B

1P479070-1B

1P479070-1B

1P479070-1B

1P479070-1B

1P479070-1B

3.3 RZA71BV2V / RZA100BV2V
RZA71BV2V
RZA100BV2V SPLIT SYSTEM Air Conditioner Installation manual
CONTENTS
1. SAFETY PRECAUTIONS.............................................................................................. 2
2. BEFORE INSTALLATION.............................................................................................. 4
3. SELECTION OF INSTALLATION LOCATION............................................................... 5
4. INSTALLATION SERVICING SPACES......................................................................... 7
5. PRECAUTIONS ON INSTALLATION.......................................................................... 11
6. REFRIGERANT PIPING WORK.................................................................................. 12
7. AIRTIGHTNESS TEST AND AIR-PURGE................................................................... 20
8. CHARGING THE REFRIGERANT............................................................................... 20
9. ELECTRIC WIRING WORK......................................................................................... 22
10. CHECK ITEMS BEFORE TEST OPERATION............................................................. 26
11. FIELD SETTINGS........................................................................................................ 26
12. TEST OPERATION...................................................................................................... 27
IMPORTANT: THERE IS A RISK OF EXPLOSION OR FIRE

s$ONOTMIXAIRINTHEREFRIGERATINGCYCLEDURINGPUMPDOWNOPERATION
s$ONOTUSEOXYGENFORAIRTIGHTTEST
s$ONOTUSEREFRIGERANTOTHERTHANTHESPECIFIEDONEORFLAMMABLEMATERIALEGPROPANE INTHEREFRIGERANTCYCLE
4HEYMAYCAUSEOVERPRESSUREINTHEREFRIGERATINGCYCLEANDRESULTINEXPLOSIONFIREORINJURY
/URCOMPANYASSUMESNORESPONSIBILITYFORFAILUREORMALFUNCTIONCAUSEDBYFILLINGORMIXINGOFANYTHINGOTHERTHAN
the specified refrigerant.
IMPORTANT: INSULATION RESISTANCE OF THE COMPRESSOR
If refrigerant accumulates in the compressor after completing installation, the insulation resistance can drop,
but if it is at least 1 MΩ, then the unit will not break down.
s#ONNECTTHEPOWERSUPPLYTOTHEUNITANDAFTERHOURSCHECKIFTHEINSULATIONRESISTANCEOFTHE
compressor rises. (Energize and heat the compressor to vaporize the refrigerant accumulated in the
compressor.)
s)FTHEEARTHLEAKAGEBREAKERACTUATESCHECKIFTHEEARTHLEAKAGEBREAKERISEQUIPPEDWITHADEVICETO
cope with high harmonics. To prevent wrong actuation of the earth leakage breaker due to the inverter,
MAKESURETOADOPTANEARTHLEAKAGEBREAKEREQUIPPEDWITHADEVICETOCOPEWITHHIGHHARMONICS
1. Please make sure to confirm that R32 (new refrigerant) is used in installation work in advance.
)TMAYNOTOPERATENORMALLYIFREFRIGERANTTYPEISDIFFERENT
4HEREFRIGERANT2REQUIRESTHATSTRICTPRECAUTIONSBEOBSERVEDFORKEEPINGTHESYSTEMCLEANDRYAND
TIGHTLYSEALED
#LEANANDDRY
Strict measures must be taken to keep impurities (Including SUNISO oil and other mineral oils as well as
MOISTURE OUTOFTHESYSTEM
4IGHTLYSEALED
2CONTAINSNOCHLORINEDOESNOTDESTROYTHEOZONELAYERANDSODOESNOTREDUCETHEEARTHSPROTECTION
AGAINSTHARMFULULTRAVIOLETREDIATION2WILLCONTRIBUTEONLYSLIGHTLYTOTHEGREENHOUSEEFFECTIFRELEASED
INTOTHEATMOSPHERE4HEREFORESEALINGTIGHTNESSISPARTICULARLYIMPORTANTININSTALLATION#AREFULLYREAD
the chapter 6. REFRIGERANT PIPING WORKANDSTRICTLYOBSERVETHECORRECTPROCEDURES
3. The design pressure of this unit : High/Low pressure area Design
Outdoor unit Cooling Heating
are shown in the right table. pressure
High 4.17 4.17
The refrigerant piping is a high pressure area, RZA71 s 100BV2V
Use the refrigerant piping which supports the design pressure. Low 2.57 2.57
(Unit : MPa)
The piping specifications, please refer to chapter 6. REFRIGERANT PIPING WORK.
4. Be sure to connect the indoor unit, which is dedicated to R32. See the catalog for indoor unit models
which can be connected.
(Normal operation is not possible when connected to other units.)
1
3P281953-6K

Please read these “SAFETY PRECAUTIONS” carefully before installing this unit and be sure to install it 2
correctly.
This manual classifies the precautions into WARNINGS and CAUTIONS.
Be sure to follow all the precautions below. They are all important for ensuring safety.
WARNING ........Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in
death or serious injury.
CAUTION ..........Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, may result in minor
or moderate injury. It may also be used to alert against unsafe practices.
After the installation is completed, test the air conditioner and check if the air conditioner operates properly.
Give the user adequate instructions concerning the use and cleaning of the indoor unit according to the
operation manual. In particular, make sure to explain with regard to “SAFETY PRECAUTIONS” and
“Not malfunction of the air conditioner”. Ask the user to keep this manual and the operation manual together
Make sure to explain “SAFETY PRECAUTIONS” and “NOT MALFUNCTION OF THE AIR CONDITIONER”
to the customers.
Also, inform customers that they should store this installation manual along with the operation manual for
future reference.
WARNING
s!SKYOURLOCALDEALERORQUALIFIEDPERSONNELTOCARRYOUTINSTALLATIONWORK
Improper installation may result in water leakage, electric shocks or a fire.
s0ERFORMINSTALLATIONWORKINACCORDANCEWITHTHISINSTALLATIONMANUAL
Improper installation may result in water leakage, electric shocks or a fire.
s#ONSULTYOURLOCALDEALERREGARDINGWHATTODOINCASEOFREFRIGERANTLEAKAGE
When the indoor unit is installed in a small room, it is necessary to take proper measures so that the
amount of any leaked refrigerant does not exceed the concentration limit in the event of leakage.
Otherwise, this may lead to an accident due to oxygen deficiency.
sBe sure to use only the specified parts and accessories for installation work.
Failure to use the specified parts may result in the air conditioner falling down, water leakage, electric
shocks, a fire, etc.
sInstall the air conditioner on a foundation that can withstand its mass.
Insufficient strength may result in the air conditioner falling down and causing injury.
s#ARRYOUTTHESPCEIFIEDINSTALLATIONWORKINCONSIDERATIONOFSTRONGWINDSTYPHOONSOREARTHQUAKES
Improper installation may result in an accident such as the air conditioner falling.
sMay certain that all electric work is carried out by qualified personnel according to the applicable legislation
(note 1) and this installation manual, using a separate circuit. In addition, even if the wiring is short,
make sure to use a wiring that has sufficient length and never connect additional wiring to make the length
sufficent. Insufficient capacity of the power supply circuit or improper electric construction may lead to
electric shocks or a fire.
(note1) Applicable legislation means “All international, national and local directives, laws, regulations
and/or codes which are relevant and applicable for a certain product or domain”.
s%ARTHTHEAIRCONDITIONER
Do not connect the earth wiring to gas or water piping, lightning conductor or telephone
earth wiring.
Incomplete earthing may cause electric shocks or a fire.
s"ESURETOINSTALLANEARTHLEAKAGECIRCUITBREAKER
Failure to do so may cause electric shocks or a fire.
s4HEAPPLIANCEMUSTBESTOREDINAROOMWITHOUTCONTINUOSLYOPERATINGIGNITIONSOURCES
s$ONOTPIERCEORBURN
s"EAWARETHATREFRIGERANTMAYNOTCONTAINANODOUR
s#OMPLYWITHNATIONALGASREGULATIONS
s"ESURETOSWITCHOFFTHEUNITBEFORETOUCHINGANYELECTRICALPARTS
Touching a live part may result in electric shocks.
s-AKESURETHATALLWIRINGISSECUREUSINGTHESPECIFIEDWIRINGANDENSURINGTHATEXTERNALFORCESDONOT
act on the terminal connections or wiring. Incomplete connection or fixing may cause overheator a fire.
2
3P281953-6K

s 7HENWIRINGBETWEENTHEOUTDOORANDINDOORUNITSANDWIRINGTHEPOWERSUPPLYFORMTHEWIRINGORDERLY

SOTHATTHESTRUCTURALPARTSSUCHASACOVERCANBESECURELYFASTENED
)FTHECOVERISNOTINPLACEOVERHEATOFTHETERMINALSELECTRICSHOCKSORAFIREMAYBECAUSED
s $ONOTADDWIRING)TMAYRESULTINHEATGENERATION%LECTRICSHOCKORFIRE
s 7HENINSTALLINGORRELOCATINGTHEAIRCONDITIONERBESURETOBLEEDTHEREFRIGERANTCIRCUITTOENSUREITISFREE
OFAIRANDUSEONLYTHESPECIFIEDREFRIGERANT2
4HEPRESENCEOFAIROROTHERFOREIGNMATTERINTHEREFRIGERANTCIRCUITCAUSESABNORMALPRESSURERISEWHICH
MAYRESULTINEQUIPMENTDAMAGEANDEVENINJURY
s )FREFRIGERANTGASLEAKSDURINGINSTALLATIONWORKVENTILATETHEAREAIMMEDIATELY
4OXICGASMAYBEPRODUCEDIFREFRIGERANTGASCOMESINTOCONTACTWITHAFIRE
s !FTERCOMPLETINGTHEINSTALLATIONWORKCHECKTOMAKESURETHATTHEREISNOLEAKAGEOFREFRIGERANTGAS
4OXICGASMAYBEPRODUCEDIFREFRIGERANTGASLEAKSINTOTHEROOMANDCOMESINTOCONTACTWITHASOURCEOF
AFIRESUCHASAFANHEATERSTOVEORCOOKER
s .EVERDIRECTLYTOUCHANYACCIDENTALLEAKINGREFRIGERANT4HISCOULDRESULTINSEVEREWOUNDSCAUSEDBY
FROSTBITE
s $ONOTSTANDONTHEOUTDOORUNITORPUTTHINGSONIT
4HEUNITMAYFALLDOWNORDROPANDCAUSEACCIDENTS
s $ONOTCHARGEANYREFRIGERANTINTOTHEREFRIGERATIONCYCLEOTHERTHANTHEDESIGNATEDREFRIGERANT
)TMAYCAUSEANEXPLOSIONORAFIREDUETOLEAKAGEORABURSTDUETOABNORMALLYHIGHPRESSUREINTHE
REFRIGERATIONCYCLE
s $ONOTEXTENDWIRINGONTHEWAY
)TMAYCAUSEHEATGENERATIONELECTRICSHOCKSORFIRE
s !TTHEINSTALLATIONWORKINSTALLTHEREFRIGERANTPIPINGFIRMLYBEFOREOPERATINGTHECOMPRESSOR
)FTHECOMPRESSORISOPERATEDWITHOUTINSTALLINGFIRMLYANDTHESERVICEVALVEISINOPENCONDITIONITSUCKS
THEAIRETCANDTHEPRESSUREINSIDETHEREFRIGERANTCIRCLEBECOMESABNORMALLYHIGH)TMAYCAUSEINJURY
ANDBREAKAGE
s !TPUMPDOWNWORKSTOPTHECOMPRESSORBEFOREREMOVINGTHEREFRIGERANTPIPING
)FREMOVINGTHEREFRIGERANTPIPINGWHENTHECOMPRESSORISOPERATEDWITHITSSERVICEVALVEINOPEN
CONDITIONITSUCKSTHEAIRETCANDTHEPRESSUREINSIDETHEREFRIGERANTCIRCLEBECOMEABNORMALLYHIGH
WHICHMAYCAUSEINJURYANDBREAKAGE
s 4HEAPPLIANCESHALLBEINSTALLEDOPERATEDANDSTOREDINAROOMWITHAFLOORAREALARGERTHANM$UCT
s 7HENFLAREDJOINTSAREREUSEDINDOORSTHEFLAREPARTSHALLBERE FABRICATED
CAUTION
s )NSTALLDRAINPIPINGACCORDINGTOTHISINSTALLATIONMANUALTOENSUREGOODDRAINAGEANDINSULATETHEPIPING
TOPREVENTCONDENSATION)MPROPERDRAINPIPINGMAYCAUSEWATERLEAKAGEMAKETHEFURNITUREGETWET
s )NSTALLTHEINDOORANDOUTDOORUNITSPOWERCORDANDCONNECTINGWIRESATLEASTMETERAWAYFROM
TELEVISIONSORRADIOSTOPREVENTPICTUREINTERFERENCEANDNOISE
$EPENDINGONTHEINCOMINGSIGNALSTRENGTHADISTANCEOFMETERMAYNOTBESUFFICIENTTOELIMINATE
NOISE
s )NSTALLTHEINDOORUNITASPOSSIBLEFROMFLUORESCENTLAMPS
)FAWIRELESSREMOTECONTROLLERKITISINSTALLTHETRANSMISSIONDISTANCEOFTHEREMOTECONTROLLERMAYBE
SHORTERINAROOMWHEREANELECTRONICLIGHTINGTYPEINVERTERORRAPIDSTARTTYPE FLUORESCENTLAMPIS
INSTALLED
s )NADOMESTICENVIRONMENTTHISPRODUCTMAYCAUSERADIOINTERFERENCEINWHICHCASETHEUSERMAYBE
REQUIREDTOTAKEADEQUATEMEASURES
s -AKESURETOPROVIDEFORADEQUATEMEASURESINORDERTOPREVENTTHATTHEOUTDOORUNITBEUSEDASA
SHELTERBYSMALLANIMALS
3MALLANIMALSMAKINGCONTACTWITHELECTRICALPARTSCANCAUSEMALFUNCTIONSSMOKEORFIRE0LEASEINSTRUCT
THECUSTOMERTOKEEPTHEAREAAROUNDTHEUNITCLEAN
)NSTALLINAMACHINEROOMTHATISFREEOFMOISTURE4HEUNITISDESIGNEDFORINDOORUSE
s $ISPOSALREQUIREMENTS
$ISMANTLINGOFTHEUNITTREATMENTOFTHEREFRIGERANTOFOILANDOFOTHERPARTSMUSTBEDONEINACCORDANCE
WITHRELEVANTLOCALANDNATIONALLEGISLATION
s /NLYQUALIFIEDPERSONNELCANHANDELFILLPURGEANDDISPOSEOFTHEREFRIGERANT
s $ONOTINSTALLTHEAIRCONDITIONERINPLACESSUCHASFOLLOWING
7HERETHEREISMISTOFOILOILSPRAYORVAPORFOREXAMPLEAKITCHEN
2ESINPARTSMAYDETERIORATEANDCAUSETHEMTOFALLOUTORWATERTOLEAK
7HERECORROSIVEGASSUCHASSULFUROUSACIDGASISPRODUCED
#ORROSIONOFCOPPERPIPINGSORBRAZESPARTSMAYCAUSETHEREFRIGERANTTOLEAK
3
3P281953-6K

3. Where there is machinery which emits electromagnetic waves.

%LECTROMAGNETICWAVESMAYDISTURBTHECONTROLSYSTEMANDCAUSEMALFUNCTIONOFTHEEQUIPMENT
4. Where flammable gases may leak, where carbon fiber or ignitable dust is suspended in the air or
where volatile flammables, such as thinner or gasoline, are handled. If the gas should leak remain
around the air conditioner, it may cause ignition. 2
5. The place that the vibration or the voltage fluctuation give influence. Vehicles, vessels, etc.
The vibration may cause a damage and the voltage fluctuation may cause an abnormal operation.
6. Where small animals may build a nest, fallen leaves are accumulated, or weeds are overgrown.
If small animals touch the electrical parts inside, this may cause malfunction, smokes of a fire.
This product contains fluorinated greenhouse gases covered by the Kyoto protocol. Do not vent gases
into the atmosphere.
GWP(1) value: 675
(1)
s 4HEREFRIGERANTQUANTITYISINDICATEDONTHEUNITNAMEPLATE
$ONOTTHROWAWAYACCESSORIESTHATAREREQUIREDFORINSTALLATION
2-1 CAREFULLY READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS BEFORE INSTALLATION.

s &ORINSTALLATIONOFTHEINDOORUNITSEETHEINSTALLATIONMANUALATTACHEDTOTHEINDOORUNIT
s 4HEILLUSTRATIONSHOWSATYPE/THERMODELSALSOCOMPLYWITHTHIS
2-2 ACCESSORIES
#HECKIFTHEFOLLOWINGACCESSORIESAREINCLUDEDIN&IG
(The accessories can be found behind the front plate.)
Installation
Caution label Clamp
manual
(1 pc.) (1 pc.) (2 pcs.)
Fig. 1
Screw for front plate Name plate
Accessories
Screw for front plate &RONTPLATE
4
3P281953-6K

Transporting the Unit

As shown in Fig. 2, bring the unit slowly. (Take care not to let hands or things come in contact with rear fins.)
When lifting up the unit, do not put fingers into

the inlet hole on the side of the casing, otherwise
Outlet side grille
the casing may be deformed.
Inlet hole
Outdoor unit
Handle
Fig. 2
(FRONT) (REAR)
CAUTION
s 7ORKINATEAMOFATLEASTTWOPEOPLEWHEN
carrying the outdoor unit.
Installation Parts
Always use accessory parts or those of designated specification as parts required for installation.
3. SELECTION OF INSTALLATION LOCATION

(1) Select the installation location that meets the following conditions and get approval of
the customer.
s 0LACESWHEREISNORISKOFFLAMMABLEGASLEAKAGE
s 0LACESWHERETHEOUTDOORUNITDOESNOTBOTHERNEXT DOORNEIGHBORS
s 3AFEPLACESWHERECANWITHSTANDTHEUNITSMASSANDVIBRATIONANDWHERETHEAIRCONDITIONERCANBE
INSTALLEDLEVEL
s 0LACESWHEREAREWELL VENTILATED
s 0LACESWHERESERVICINGSPACECANBEWELLENSURED
The minimum required space is shown in chapter 4. INSTALLATION SERVICING SPACES.
s 7HERETHELENGTHBETWEENTHEINDOORANDTHEOUTDOORUNITSISENSUREDWITHINTHEALLOWABLELENGTH
0LEASESEECHAPTER6. REFRIGERANT PIPING WORK.)
s $ONOTALLOWWINDFROMTHESAMEDIRECTIONTOBLOWFREQUENTLYTOWARDTHEOUTLETORINTEROFTHEOUTDOOR
UNIT)FTHEWINDISLIKELYTOBLOWASMENTIONEDABOVEMAKESURETOKEEPASUFFICIENTSERVICESPACE
ANDINSTALLAWINDPROTECTIVESHIELD
Earth leakage
For duct type only breaker
CAUTION
s )NVERTERAIRCONDITIONERSMAYCAUSE
noise to occur in electrical appliances. Indoor unit
As shown in the right drawing, select
an installation site well away from
RADIOS0#SANDSTEREOS Indoor
s %SPECIALLYINTHEAREASWHERETHE 1.5 m or more remote
1 m or more Outdoor
incoming signal strength is weak, keep controller unit
the indoor remote controller 3 meter or 1 m or more
MOREFROMELECTRICALAPPLIANCES0UT
the power supply and transmission
wiring in a metal piping and ground the
metal piping. 1.5 m or more 1.5 m or more
5
3P281953-6K

(2) When installing the outdoor unit’s in a place exposed to strong wind, pay special attention to
the following.
5m/sec or more strong wind blown against the outdoor unit’s outdoor side causes the outdoor unit to
deteriorate in air volume and suck in the air blown out of its outlet side (short circuit), and the following
effects may result.
2
s 0ERFORMANCEISDEGRADED
s Increased frost formation in heating mode.
s 3HUTTINGDOWNDUETOINCREASEINPRESSURE
If a very high fan strength is used continuously from the front of the outdoor unit outlet side,
THEFANMIGHTTURNINREVERSEATHIGHSPEEDANDBECOMEDAMAGED
(3) Following the installation place, it is expected that the influence of the strong wind is great.
s 4HEFLATAREAWHICHRECEIVESTHEADVERSEWINDSUCHASTYPHOONDIRECTLYSINCETHEREISNOOBSTACLES
such as buildings and mountains. (Including coast line, shoreline of lake and mountain region.)
s 4HEINSTALLATIONPLACETHATNOOBSTACLESAROUNDTHEOUTDOORUNITTOPREVENTTHEADVERSEWINDFOR
EXAMPLEWALLSANDBUILDINGSTHATAREHIGHERTHANTHEAPPLICABLEOUTDOORUNITETC
0LEASETAKEMEASURESWHENINSTALLINGESPECIALLYONAROOFTOP
s 3INCETHEOUTDOORUNITMAYFALLDOWNATTACHTHEFIXTUREFORPREVENTINGOVERTURNINGOPTION
s 4URNTHEOUTLETSIDETOWARDTHEBUILDINGSWALLFENCEORWINDBREAKSCREEN
Inlet side grille
Ensuring there is
ENOUGHSPACEFOR
installing the
outdoor unit.
s 3ETTHEOUTLETSIDEATARIGHTANGLETOTHEDIRECTIONOFTHEWIND
3TRONGWIND
3TRONGWIND
!IROUTLET
(4) In installing the unit in a place frequently exposed to snow, pay special attention to the following:
)NREGIONSWHEREPILESOFSNOWCANBEEXPECTEDTHEINLETANDOUTLETSIDEASWELLASLOWERSECTIONOFTHE
BOTTOMFRAMEMAYBEBLOCKEDBYTHESNOW0AYSPECIALATTENTIONTOTHEFOLLOWING
s 0LACETHEOUTDOORUNITONAFRAMEFIELDSUPPLY SOTHATITISNOTCOVEREDWITHSNOWFALLPILESOFSNOW
or drift of snow.
%NSURETHEBOTTOMFRAMEISATLEASTMMHIGHERTHANEXPECTEDSNOWLEVELS
s )NSTALLAROOFCOVERFORASNOWFENCEOROTHERENCLOSUREFIELDSUPPLY
s 2EMOVETHEINLETSIDEGRILLETOPREVENTSNOWFROMACCUMULATINGONTHEREARFINS4AKEMEASURESSO
THATPEOPLEDONOTTOUCHTHEFINEASILYWHENTHEINLETSIDEGRILLEISREMOVEDSUCHASINSTALLINGFENCES
s !VOIDINSTALLINGTHEUNITINALOCATIONWHEREBLOWNSNOWWILLPILEUP
!LSOTAKETHEFOLLOWINGMEASURESASTHEREISADANGERTHEDRAINAGEDISCHARGEDDURINGDEFROSTING
OPERATIONMAYFREEZE
s )NSTALLTHEOUTDOORUNITATASUFFICIENTHEIGHTSOTHATITSBOTTOMFRAMEISABOVEEXPECTEDSNOWLEVELS
4HISISTOPREVENTTHEPILESOFICEONTHEUNDERSIDEOFTHEBOTTOMFRAME!SPACEOFATLEASTMMIS
recommended.)
s $ONOTUSEACENTRALDRAINPLUGOPTION 4HEREISADANGEROFFREEZINGWHENADRAINPLUGORDRAIN
PIPINGISUSED
s )FTHEREISAPROBLEMWITHDRIPPINGOFDRAINAGETAKEAMEASURESUCHASPOSITIONINGAROOFCOVERFIELD
SUPPLY UNDERTHEOUTDOORUNIT
6
3P281953-6K

4. INSTALLATION SERVICING SPACES

s 4HEINSTALLATIONSERVICINGSPACESSHOWNINTHESEDRAWINGSAREBASEDONTHEOUTDOORUNITINLETAREA
TEMPERATUREOF#$" FOR#//,).'OPERATION
)FTHEPLANNEDINLETAREATEMPERATUREEXCEEDS#$" ORIFTHEHEATLOADOFALLOUTDOORUNITSIS
INCREASEDSIGNIFICANTLYANDEXCEEDSTHEMAXIMUMOPERATINGCAPACITYSECUREALARGERSPACETHANTHAT
INDICATEDBYTHEINLETDIMENSIONSINTHESEDRAWINGS
s &ORINSTALLATIONCONSIDERBOTHPEDESTRIANANDAIRFLOWPATHSANDCHOOSEASUITABLEPATTERNFROMTHESE
DRAWINGSTOMATCHTHESPACEAVAILABLEFIELD)FTHENUMBEROFUNITSTOBEINSTALLEDEXCEEDSTHEPATTERNSIN
THESEDRAWINGSCONSIDERTHEREISNOTHINGSHORT CIRCUITS
s 2EGARDINGTHEFRONTSPACEPOSITIONTHEUNITSWITHCONSIDERATIONTOTHESPACEREQUIREDFORTHEREFRIGERANT
PIPINGWORK#ONSULTYOURDEALERIFTHEWORKCONDITIONSDONOTMATCHTHOSEINTHEDRAWINGS
s 3ECUREAPPROPRIATESPACEWHENUSINGASIDEPIPINGOUTLET
4-1 INSTALLATION OF SINGLE UNIT5NITSMM

When nothing is obstructing the top
)NCASEOBSTACLESEXISTONLYINFRONTOFTHEINLETSIDE
ORMORE
)NCASEOBSTACLESEXISTINFRONTOFTHEINLETSIDEAND
ONBOTHSIDESOFTHEOUTDOORUNIT
ORMORE
ORMORE
ORMORE
)NCASEOBSTACLESEXISTONLYINFRONTOFTHEOUTLETSIDE
ORMORE
ORLESS
When something is obstructing the top
)NCASEOBSTACLESEXISTINFRONTOFTHEINLETSIDE ORMORE
ORMORE
ORLESS
)NCASEOBSTACLESEXISTINFRONTOFTHEINLETSIDEAND
ORMORE
ONBOTHSIDESOFTHEOUTDOORUNIT
ORMORE
ORMORE ORMORE
)NCASEOBSTACLESEXISTINFRONTOFTHEOUTLETSIDE ORLESS
ORMORE
ORMORE
7
3P281953-6K

In case obstacles exist in front of both the inlet and outlet sides
Pattern 1 Where obstacle in front of the outlet side is higher than the outdoor unit.
1. When nothing is obstructing the top.
(There is no height limit for obstructions on the inlet side.) 2
100 or more
500 or more
2. When something is obstructing the top.

Relation of dimensions of H, A, and L are shown in the table below. 500 or less
L A
1000 or more
L ≤ 0.5H 750 or more
L≤H
0.5H < L ≤ H 1000 or more
Set the frame to be L ≤ H.
L>H L
Refer to the column of L ≤ H for A. H
250 or more
Get the lower part of the frame sealed so that air from the outlet A
does not bypass.
Pattern 2 Where obstacles in front of the outlet side is lower than the outdoor unit.
(There is no height limit for obstructions on the inlet side.)
100 or more
500 or more

Relation of dimensions of H, A, and L are shown in the table below. 500 or less
L A 1000
or more
L≤H
0.5H < L ≤ H 200 or more H
L>H
Refer to the column of L ≤ H for A. L
Get the lower part of the frame sealed so that air from the outlet A
does not bypass. 1000 or more

(1700)
If the dimension is ( ) or more, you do not need to place the frame
including the case of L>H.
4-2 IN CASE OF INSTALLING MULTIPLE UNITS (2 UNITS OR MORE) IN LATERAL

CONNECTION PER ROW (Units : mm)
When nothing is obstructing the top
1. In case obstacles exist in front of the inlet side and on 100 or more
100 or more
both sides of the outdoor unit.
1000 or more
300 or more
200 or more
2. In case obstacles exist only in front of the outlet side. 100 or more
100 or more
1000 or more
8
3P281953-6K

When something is obstructing the top

1. In case obstacles exist in front of the outlet side. 500 or less
100 or more
1000 or more
100 or more
1000 or more
2. In case obstacles exist in front of the inter and

on both sides of the outdoor unit.
100 or more
500 or less
1000 or more
1000 or more 100 or more
300 or more
200 or more
In case obstacles exist in front of both the inlet and outlet sides
Pattern 1 Where obstacles in front of the outlet side is higher than the outdoor unit.
100 or more
(There is no height limit for obstructions on the inlet side.
100 or more
300 or more
1000 or more

Relation of dimensions of H, A, and L are shown in the table below.
500 or less
L A
L ≤ 0.5H 1000 or more
L≤H 100 or more
1000
0.5H < L ≤ H 1250 or more or more

L>H
Refer to the column of L ≤ H for A.
Get the lower part of the frame sealed so that air from the outlet L
H 300 or more
does not bypass.
A
Only two units at most can be installed in series.
Pattern 2 Where obstacles in front of the outlet side is lower than the outdoor unit.
(There is no height limit for obstructions on the inlet side.) 100 or more
Relation of dimensions of H, A, and L are shown in the table below. 100 or more
L A L H
0.5H < L ≤ H 300 or more A
1000 or more
9
3P281953-6K


Relation of dimensions of H, A, and L are shown in the table below.
L A
LdH
L d0.5H 250 or more 500 or less 2
0.5H L d H 300 or more 1000
100 or more
Set the frame to be L d H. or more
L!H
Refer to the column of L dH for A. H
L
Get the lower part of the frame sealed so that air from the outlet
does not bypass.
A
Only two units at most can be installed in series. 1000 or more
If the dimension is ( ) or more, you do not need to place the frame (1700)
including the case of L > H.
4-3 IN CASE OF STACKED INSTALLATION (Units : mm)

1. In case obstacles exist in front of the outlet side.
100 or more
500 or more
1000 or more
A
2. In case obstacles exist in front of the inlet side.
100 or more
500 or more
300 or more
s $ONOTEXCEEDTWOLEVELSFORSTACKEDINSTALLATION
s )NSTALLAROOFCOVERSIMILARTO!FIELDSUPPLY ASTHEOUTDOORUNITSWITHDOWNWARDDRAINAGEAREPRONE
to dripping and freezing.
s )NSTALLTHEUPPER LEVELOUTDOORUNITSOTHATITSBOTTOMFRAMEISASUFFICIENTHEIGHTABOVETHEROOFCOVER
4HISISTOPREVENTTHEBUILDUPOFICEONTHEUNDERSIDEOFTHEBOTTOMFRAME!SPACEOFATLEASTMM
is recommended.)
s )TISNOTNECESSARYTOINSTALLAROOFCOVEIFTHEREISNODANGEROFDRAINAGEDRIPPINGANDFREEZING)NTHIS
case, the space between the upper and lower outdoor units should be at least 100 mm.
#LOSEOFFTHEGAPBETWEENTHEUPPERANDLOWERUNITSSOTHEREISNOREINTAKEOFDISCHARGEDAIR
10
3P281953-6K

4-4 IN CASE OF MULTIPLE-ROW INSTALLATION (FOR ROOF TOP USE, ETC.) 5NITSMM
)NCASEOFINSTALLINGONEUNITPERROW
ORMORE
ORMORE
ORMORE
ORMORE
)NCASEOFINSTALLINGMULTIPLEUNITSUNITSORMORE
INLATERALCONNECTIONPERROW
2ELATIONOFDIMENSIONSOF(!AND,ARESHOWNIN ORMORE
THETABLEBELOW ORMORE
1
OR00
MO
, ! RE
1
OR00
MO
,d( ORMORE RE ,
,d(
(,d( ORMORE !
,!(
)NSTALLATIONIMPOSSIBLE
ORMORE
ORMORE
( ORMORE
s )NCASEOFSIDEPIPINGOUTLETENSUREASPACESUFFICIENTFORPIPING ORMORE
ORMORE
5. PRECAUTIONS ON INSTALLATION
¢Drain work²
s 0OTENTIALLYPROBLEMATICLOCATIONSFORTHEOUTDOORUNITDRAINAGE)NLOCATIONSWHEREFOREXAMPLEDRAINAGE
MAYFALLONPASSERSBYOFFROZENDRAINAGEMAYCAUSEPASSERSBYTOSLIPOVERINSTALLANENCLOSUREFIELD
SUPPLY TOPREVENTPEOPLEAPPROACHINGTHEOUTDOORUNIT
s )FTHEUNITISINSTALLEDINTHESNOWYREGIONTHEPERFORMANCEMAYDROPDUETOICE UPOFSNOWACCUMULATED
BETWEENTHEFINNEDCOILANDTHEOUTSIDEPANEL
4OAVOIDSNOWACCUMULATIONOPENTHEKNOCK OUTHOLELOCATEDATTHELEFTSIDECORNERTODRAINOFFSNOW
MELTEDATDEFROST
"OREAHOLETHROUGHTHECONNECTIONPLATEPLACES WITHADRILLOFIMMANDREMOVETHEBLINDPLATE
s 4HENCOATTHEAREAAROUNDTHEBOREDHOLESWITHRUSTPREVENTIVECOATINGTOCOVERTHEMETALEXPOSURE
s -AKESURETHEDRAINWORKPROPERLY
/UTLETSIDE

~
99

19

20 "OTTOMFRAME
$RAINHOLE
201 179
+NOCKHOLE
$IAGRAMOFLOWERSURFACE5NITSMM
11
3P281953-6K

¢Installation method of outdoor unit ²

s #HECKTHESTRENGTHANDLEVELOFTHEINSTALLATIONGROUNDSOTHATTHEOUTDOORUNITWILLNOTCAUSEANY
OPERATIONVIBRATIONORNOISEAFTERINSTALLATION
s )NACCORDANCEWITHTHEFOUNDATIONDRAWINGIN&IGFIXTHEUNITSECURELYBYMEANSOFTHEFOUNDATIONBOLTS
0REPAREFOURSETSOF-FOUNDATIONBOLTSNUTSANDWASHERSEACHWHICHAREAVAILABLEONTHEMARKET 2
MM
$RAWINGOFTHEFOUNDATION
Fig. 3
s )TISBESTTOSCREWINTHEFOUNDATIONBOLTSUNTILTHEIRLENGTHAREMMFROMTHEFOUNDATIONSURFACE
s &IXTHEOUTDOORUNITTOTHEFOUNDATIONBOLTSUSINGNUTSWITHRESINWASHERS3EETHERIGHT HANDDRAWING
)FTHECOATINGONTHEFASTENINGAREAISSTRIPPEDOFFTHENUTSRUSTEASILY
Resin
WASHERS
¢Installation method of fixture for preventing overturning ²
s )FSTEPSNEEDTOBETAKENTOPREVENTTHEUNITFROMTIPPINGOVER
USETHEFIXTUREFORPREVENTINGOVERTURNINGOPTION
Fixture for preventing

overturning (option)
(Wiring system)

¢For details on the refrigerant piping of the indoor unit, see the installation manual attached to
the indoor unit.²
CAUTION
To plumbing persons
s )MPORTANTINFORMATIONREGARDINGTHEREFRIGERANTUSED4HISPRODUCTCONTAINSFLUORINATEDGREENHOUSEGASES
COVEREDBYTHE+YOTO0ROTOCOL$ONOTVENTGASESINTOTHEATMOSPHERE
'70GLOBALWARMINGPOTENTIAL OF2REFRIGERANTTYPE
s 5SENOTUSEFLUXWHENBRAZINGREFRIGERANTPIPING
5SEPHOSPHORCOPPERBRAZINGFILLERMETAL"#U0 *)3:" #U0 )3/ THATDOES
NOTREQUIREFLUX
)FCHLORINATEDFLUXISUSEDTHEPIPINGWILLBECORRODEDANDINADDITIONIFFLUORINEISCONTAINEDTHE
REFRIGERANTOILWILLBEDETERIORATEDANDTHEREFRIGERANTCIRCUITWILLBEAFFECTEDBADLY
s !FTERCHAPTER8. CHARGING THE REFRIGERANTISCOMPLETEDBESURETOOPENTHESTOPVALVES
BEFOREPERFORMING11. FIELD SETTINGS
/PERATINGTHEUNITWITHTHEVALVESHUTWILLBREAKTHECOMPRESSOR

3P281953-6K

Precaution when reuse existed refrigerant pipe

Please keep below points in order to reuse existed pipe, failure may caused if have fault.
s "ELOWAREPIPESSHALLALWAYSMAKENEWCONSTRUCTIONDONOTREUSEPIPING
s When removed from indoor unit or outdoor unit for a long time.
(Moisture entry to internal pipe, wastes entry can be occurred.)
s When copper tube is corroded.
s When pipe thickness is insufficient (refer to 6-4 REFRIGERANT PIPING SIZE AND ALLOWABLE
PIPING LENGTH table.)
s Do not reuse flare for refrigerant leak protection, please make flare processing.
s Do not reuse flare nut, please use flare nut in product accessories.
s Make sure to do refrigerant leak check in case there is brazing area while perform
field piping.
s If insulation is deteriorate, make sure to exchange to new one.
6.1 INSTALLATION TOOLS

Be sure to use the dedicated tools to ensure sufficient pressure resistance and prevent the entry
of any impurities.
To ensure sufficient pressure resistance and prevent the entry of any impurities
Manifold gauge
(mineral oils such as suniso oil and liquids), use the R410 or R32 dedicated item
Charging hose
(the screw specifications for R410A or R32 differ).
"EEXTREMELYCAREFULNOTTOFLOWTHEPUMPOILBACKWARDTOINSIDETHEPIPINGWHEN
Vacuum pump the pump is stopped.
Use a pump which enables vacuuming to -0.1 MPa (-755mmHg) of the gauge pressure.
6.2 SELECTION OF PIPING MATERIAL

s Use the piping whose inside and outside are clean and with no harmful substances for use such as
sulphur, oxide, dust, dust from cutting, grease, or liquid (contamination) is attached.
s For the refrigerant piping, use the following material.
Material: Deoxidised phosphorous seamless copper piping
Temper grade: Use piping with temper grade in function of piping diameter as listed in the table on section
6-4 REFRIGERANT PIPING SIZE AND ALLOWABLE PIPING LENGTH.
Size: Decide based on section 6-4 REFRIGERANT PIPING SIZE AND ALLOWABLE PIPING LENGTH.
Thickness: Comply with applicable legislation. The minimal piping thickness for R32 piping must be in
accordance with the table on section 6-4 REFRIGERANT PIPING SIZE AND ALLOWABLE
PIPING LENGTH.
s For the handling of the stop valves, see “Precautions when the handling piping stop valves” on section
6-5 REFRIGERANT PIPING WORK.
s "ESURETOPERFORMPIPINGWORKUSINGMEASUREMENTSWITHINTHEMAXIMUMALLOWABLELENGTHANDHEIGHT
difference described on section 6-4 REFRIGERANT PIPING SIZE AND ALLOWABLE PIPING LENGTH.
6.3 PIPING PROTECTION

s Prevent contamination or moisture from getting into the piping.
s Pay special attention when running the copper piping through the through-hole or when leading the
edge of the piping outside the room.
s Refrigerant piping must be protected from physical damage. Install a plastic cover or equivalent.
Location Work period Protection method Location Work period Protection method
One month or more Pinching Indoor N/A Pinching or taping
Outdoor
Less than one month Pinching or taping
13
3P281953-6K

6.4 REFRIGERANT PIPE SIZE AND ALLOWABLE PIPE LENGTH

¢Please refer to installation manual of indoor unit about indoor unit’s refrigerant piping ²
¢Caution ²
s 4HISUNITISCHARGELESSSPECIFICATION$UETOCHARGELESSLENGTHANDALLOWABLEPIPINGLENGTHWILLBE
2
DIFFERENTDEPENDONFIELDPIPESIZE
Ŷ 0IPINGBENDRADIUS
0IPETHICKNESS
0IPINGDIAMETER "ENDRADIUS
MATERIAL
IMM MM#4 /4YPE/ MMORMORE
IMM MM#4 /4YPE/ MMORMORE
Ŷ 2EFRIGERANTPIPESIZEANDCHARGELESSLENGTH
,IQUIDPIPESIZE 'ASPIPESIZE #HARGELESS
/UTDOORUNITTYPE
TYPE TYPE LENGTH
I9.5 mm x t 0.8 mm I15.9 mm x t 1.0 mm
2:!s"66 30 m
(type O) (type O)
s /NEWAYMAXIMUMALLOWABLEPIPINGLENGTHMEANSTHEMAXIMUMLENGTHOFLIQUIDSIDEPIPINGORGAS
SIDEPIPING
s %QUIVALENTLENGTHISTHEPRESSURELOSSDUETO,JOINTSTRAPSANDSOONALONGTHEREFRIGERANTPIPING
CONVERTEDTOASTRAIGHTPIPINGLENGTHOFTHESAMESIZEANDADDEDTOTHEOVERALLVALUE
0LEASESEETHE%NGINEERING$ATAFORCALCULATIONOFEQUIVALENTLENGTH
s 0LEASEGIVETHEVERTICALINTERVALBETWEENTHEINDOORANDOUTDOORASMORLESS
Pair connection 2EFRIGERANTPIPINGSIZEANDONEWAYMAXIMUMALLOWABLEPIPINGLENGTH
-AXIMUMALLOWABLE -AXIMUMALLOWABLE
,IQUIDPIPESIZE PIPINGLENGTH 'ASPIPESIZE PIPINGLENGTH
/UTDOORUNITTYPE TYPE )TISEQUIVALENT TYPE )TISEQUIVALENT
LENGTHINTHEINSIDE LENGTHINTHEINSIDE
2:!s"66 I9.5 mm x t 0.8 mm 50 m (70 m) I15.9 mm x t 1.0 mm 50 m (70 m)

(type O) (type O)
WARNING
s 7HENFLAREDJOINTSAREREUSEDINDOORSTHEFLAREPARTSHALLBERE FABRICATED
CAUTION
s 5SEDEDICATEDPIPINGCUTTERSANDFLARINGTOOLSFOR2!OR2
s 7HENMAKINGAFLARECONNECTIONAPPLYETHERORESTEROILONLYTOTHEFLAREINNERSURFACE
s 5SEONLYTHEFLARENUTSATTACHEDTOTHEUNIT)FOTHERFLARENUTSAREUSEDITMAYCAUSEREFRIGERANTLEAKAGE
s 4OPREVENTCONTAMINATIONDUSTORMOISTUREFROMGETTINGINTOTHEPIPINGTAKEMEASURESSUCHASPINCHING
ORTAPINGTHEPIPINGS

3P281953-6K

6.5 REFRIGERANT PIPING WORK

s 4HEREFRIGERANTPIPINGISCONNECTABLEINFOURDIRECTION3EE&IG
s $ONOTLETANYTHINGOTHERTHANTHEDESIGNATEDREFRIGERANTSUCHASAIRORWATER ENTERTHEREFRIGERANT
SYSTEM
s 7HENCONNECTINGINADOWNWARDDIRECTIONOPENTHEKNOCKOUTHOLEBYMAKINGROUNDHOLESAROUNDTHE
KNOCKOUTHOLEBYUSINGAIMMDRILL3EE&IG
s #UTTINGOUTTHETWOSLITSMAKESITPOSSIBLETOINSTALLASSHOWNIN&IG5SEAMETALSAWTOCUTTHESLITS
3CREWFOR
FRONTPLATE
&RONTPLATE 0IPINGOUTLET
PLATEFRONT #ENTERAREAAROUND
$RILL KNOCKHOLE
"ACKWARD +NOCKHOLE
3CREWFOR
FRONTPLATE 0IPINGOUTLET
PLATEREAR
&ORWARD #ONNECTIONPIPING
3IDEWARD 3LIT
0IPINGOUTLET "OTTOMFRAME
PLATESCREW $OWNWARD 3LIT
Fig. 4 Fig. 5 Fig. 6
s !FTERKNOCKINGOUTTHEKNOCKHOLEITISRECOMMENDEDTOAPPLYREPAIRPAINTTOTHEEDGEANDTHE
SURROUNDINGENDSURFACESTOPREVENTRUSTING
Back side (rear) connection Side (lateral) connection

2EMOVETHEPIPINGOUTLETPLATE 2EMOVETHEPIPINGOUTLETPLATE
REAR FORCONNECTION FRONT FORCONNECTION
&LARENUT &LARENUT &LARENUT
&LARENUT
0IPINGLIQUID
0IPINGGAS
FIELDSUPPLY
FIELDSUPPLY 0IPINGLIQUID
0IPINGOUTLET
PLATEREAR FIELDSUPPLY
0IPINGGAS
FIELDSUPPLY +NOCKHOLE +NOCKHOLE 0IPINGOUTLET
PLATEREAR
CAUTION 0UTTYOR
THERMALINSULATION
Preventive against small animals entering into the casing
FIELDSUPPLY
&ILLUPTHESPACEWITHPUTTYORTHERMALINSULATIONFIELDSUPPLY
WHERETHEPIPINGTHROUGHASSHOWN&IG
)FSMALLANIMALSTOUCHTHEELECTRICALPARTSINSIDETHISMAY Fig. 7
CAUSEMALFUNCTIONSMOKESORAFIRE
¢Precautions when the handling piping stop valve ²

Do not open the stop valves until the 8. CHARGING THE REFRIGERANT is finished.
s 4HENAMEOFTHEPARTSNECESSARYFORHANDLINGTHEPIPINGSTOPVALVESFORTHEINDOORANDOUTDOORUNITS
AREDESCRIBEDIN&IG4HEVALVESARECLOSEDBEFORESHIPMENT
3ERVICEPORT
6ALVEBAR
6ALVECAP
0IPING Fig. 8
CONNECTION

3P281953-6K

s 3INCETHESIDEPLATEMAYBEDEFORMEDIFONLYATORQUEWRENCHISUSEDWHENLOOSENINGORTIGHTENING
FLARENUTSALWAYSLOCKTHESTOPVALVEWITHAWRENCHANDTHENUSEATORQUEWRENCH
When tightening the flare of the stop valves, make sure to tighten by the rated torque.
The rated torque is shown on “Precautions when tightening flare nuts” (Following)
2
!PPLYINGFORCEBYEXCEEDINGTHERATEDTIGHTENINGTORQUEMAYCAUSETHESHEETSURFACEINSIDETHESTOP
VALVETOTWISTTHEREFRIGERANTTOLEAKINSIDETHEVALVEANDTHEFLARENUTTOBREAK
PROHIBITED
$ONOTAPPLYFORCETOTHEVALVECAPORTHEVALVEBODYWHENTIGHTENINGTHEFLARENUT
)TMAYCAUSEREFRIGERANTLEAKAGEDUEDEFORMATIONOFTHEVALVEBODY
$ONOTAPPLYFORCETOTHE
VALVECAPORTHEVALVEBODY
3PANNER
Torque
WRENCH
s 7HENUSINGTHELOWOUTDOORTEMPERATURECOOLINGMODEETCTHEPRESSUREONTHELOWPRESSURESIDE
MIGHTDROPSOTHEFLARENUTONTHESTOPVALVESSHOULDBESEALEDCOMPLETELYWITHSILICONSEALANTORTHE
LIKEINORDERTOPREVENTFROSTFROMFORMINGONITBOTHGASANDLIQUIDSIDES 2EFERTO&IG
3ILICONSEALANT
Fig. 9 -AKESURETHAT
THEREISNOGAP
¢How to Operate the Stop Valve ² (Refer to Fig. 10)

5SEHEX WRENCHESMMANDMM
To open:
1. )NSERTONEHEX WRENCHONTOTHEVALVERODANDTURNCOUNTER CLOCKWISE
2. 3TOPWHENTHEVALVERODNOLONGERTURNS)TISNOWOPEN
To close:
1. )NSERTONEHEX WRENCHONTOTHEVALVERODANDTURNCLOCKWISE
2. 3TOPWHENTHEVALVERODNOLONGERTURNS)TISNOWCLOSED
$IRECTIONTOOPEN
$IRECTIONTOOPEN
Fig. 10
¢Liquid side² ¢Gas side²
¢Precautions for handling valve cap ²

s !SEALISATTACHEDTOTHEPOINTINDICATIONBYTHEARROW
4AKECARENOTTODAMAGEIT2EFERTO&IG
s "ESURETOTIGHTENTHEVALVECAPSECURELYAFTEROPERATINGTHEVALVES
Valve size Tightening torque Valve size Tightening torque

Liquid side I 9.5 mm 15.0 r.sM Gas side I 15.9 mm 25.0 r.sM

3P281953-6K

Valve cap
Stop valve Fig. 11

(cap attachment)
¢Precautions for handling servicing port ²

s 5SEAPUSH ROD PROVIDEDCHARGINGHOSEFOROPERATION
s "ESURETOTIGHTENTHEVALVECAPSECURELYAFTEROPERATION
4IGHTENINGTORQUE r.sM
PROHIBITED
$ONOTUSEACHARGINGHOSEOFWHICHPRESSINGSTICKISSLIPPEDOUTFROMTHECENTER)TMAYCAUSE
REFRIGERANTLEAKAGEDUETODEFORMATIONOFTHEVALVESTEMOFTHESERVICEPORT
¢Precautions for connecting piping ²

s 4AKECAUTIONSOTHATTHEREFRIGERANTPIPINGBETWEENTHEOUTDOORANDINDOORUNITSMAYNOTTOUCHTHE
COMPRESSORTERMINALCOVER)FTHETHERMALINSULATIONOFTHELIQUIDPIPINGTOUCHESTHECOVERADJUSTTHE
HEIGHTOFTHEINSULATIONASSHOWN&IG)NADDITIONCARRYOUTTHEREFRIGERANTPIPINGINAWAYSOTHATIT
MAYSOTHATITMAYNOTTOUCHTHECOMPRESSORBOLTSANDSOUNDPROOFCOVERANDTHEPLATES
s )FINSTALLINGTHEOUTDOORUNITHIGHERTHANTHEINDOORUNITCAULKTHESPACEAROUNDINSULATIONANDTUBES
BECAUSECONDENSATIONONTHESTOPVALVESCANSEEPTHROUGHTOTHEINDOORUNITSIDE
¢Precautions for regarding insulation ²

%NHANCETHEINSULATIONOFTHEREFRIGERANTPIPINGACCORDINGTOTHEINSTALLATIONCONDITIONS)FTHISISNOTDONE
CONDENSATIONMAYFORMONTHESURFACEOFTHEINSULATION0LEASEREFERTOTHETARGETVALVESSHOWNBELOW
s7HENTHETEMPERATUREANDHUMIDITYCONDITIONSARE#AND2(ORMORETHICKNESSOFTHE
INSULATIONISMMORMORE
s7HENTHETEMPERATUREANDHUMIDITYCONDITIONSARE#AND2(ORMORETHICKNESSOFTHE
INSULATIONISMMORMORE
s "ESURETOINSULATETHELIQUIDANDGASSIDESINTERUNITPIPING
)TMAYBECOMETHECAUSEOFREFRIGERANTLEAKAGEIFITDOSENOTINSULATE4HEHIGHESTTEMPERATURETHATTHE
GASSIDEPIPINGCANREACHISAROUND#SOBESURETOUSEINSULATINGMATERIALWHICHISVERYRESISTANT

3P281953-6K

Inter unit piping

Terminal cover for the indoor
and outdoor units
Compressor
2
Perform treatment
such as caulking
Insulation
(field supply)
Insulation around the piping
section so it is not exposed
and then cover the insulation
with vinyl tape. Insulation
(field supply)
Fig. 12
Refrigerant piping must
be protected from physical
damage. Install a plastic
cover or equivalent.
CAUTION
Insulation of interunit piping must be carried out up to the connection inside the casing.
)FTHEPIPINGISEXPOSEDTOTHEATMOSPHEREITMAYCAUSESWEATINGORBURNDUETOTOUCHINGTHEPIPING
electric shocks or a fire due to the wiring touching the piping.
¢Precautions when tightening flare nuts ²

s "ESURETOREMOVETHEFLARENUTSUSINGTWOSPANNERS4HENAFTERTHEPIPINGCONNECTIONTIGHTENTHEM
using a spanner and torque wrench.
s &ORTHEDIMENSIONOFFLAREDPARTSEETHE4ABLE
s 7HENMAKINGAFLARECONNECTIONCOATETHERORESTEROILONLYTOTHEFLAREINNERSURFACE4HENTURNTHE
flare nut 3 to 4 times with your hand and screw in the nut.
Torque wrench Spanner Coat the flare inner surface only

Union joint with ether oil or ester oil.
&LARENUT
Piping connection &LARENUT
s &ORTHETIGHTENINGTORQUESEETHE4ABLE
s !FTERALLTHEPIPINGHASBEENCONNECTEDUSENITROGENTOPERFORMAREFRIGERANTLEAKAGECHECK
4ABLE
Dimensions of flare
Piping size Tightening torque &LARESHAPE
!
R0.6±0.2
2˚
I9.5 mm 36.3 r3.6 Nsm r 0.2 mm

90˚ 2˚
45˚
IMM 68.6 r6.8 Nsm r 0.2 mm

3P281953-6K

Table 2
Recommended arm
Piping size Tightening angle
length of tool used
I9.5
mm 60 to 90 degrees Approx. 200 mm
I15.9 mm 30 to 60 degrees Approx. 300 mm
If there is no torque wrench, use Table 2 as a rule of thumb. When tightening a flare nut with a spanner
harder and harder, there is a point where the tightening torque suddenly increases. From that position,
tighten the nut additionally the angle shown in Table 2. After the work is finished, check securely that there
is no gas leakage. If the nut is not tightened as instructed, it may cause slow refrigerant leakage and result
in malfunction (such as does not cool or heat).
Precautions when brazing the refrigerant pipings

Do not reuse joint which have been used once already.
s 7HENBRAZINGTHEREFRIGERANTPIPINGCARRYOUTBRAZINGWORK./4% AFTERSUBSTITUTINGNITROGENFORAIR
FLOWNITROGENINTOTHEPIPINGANDSUBSTITUTENITROGENFORAIR./4% SEETHEDRAWINGBELOW
NOTES
1.The proper pressure for having nitrogen flow through the piping is approximately 0.02 MPa, a pressure
that makes one feel like breeze and can be obtained through a pressure reducing valve.
2.Do not use flux when brazing refrigerant piping. Use phosphor copper brazing filler metal (BCuP-2:JIS Z
" #U0 )3/ THATDOESNOTREQUIREFLUX)FCHLORINATEDFLUXISUSEDTHEPIPINGWILL
be corroded and, in addition if fluorine is contained, the refrigerant oil will be deteriorated and the
refrigerant circuit will be affected badly.)
PROHIBITED
Do not use anti-oxidants when brazing the piping joints. (Residue can clog pipes and break equipment.)
Pressure-reducing valve
Brazing place
.ITROGEN
Taping
Refrigerant piping Stop valve .ITROGEN
19
3P281953-6K

7. AIRTIGHTNESS TEST AND AIR-PURGE

AIRTIGHTNESS TEST
s 0ERFORMAREFRIGERANTLEAKAGECHECKUSINGNITROGENGASAIRTIGHTNESSTEST WITHTHEOUTDOORUNITSTOPVALVE
CLOSETOMAKESURETHEREAREONLEAKAGE
&ORTHEAIRTIGHTNESSTESTRAISETHEPRESSURETOTHEDESIGNPRESSUREINTHEHIGHPRESSURESECTION-0A
2
s &ORTHEAIRTIGHTNESSTESTTHEUNITPASSESTHETESTIFTHEPRESSUREINTHEHIGHPRESSURESECTIONDOESNOTDROP
FORHOURSAFTERINCREASINGTOTHEDESIGNPRESSURE
!CORRECTIONISREQUIREDSINCETHEPRESSUREDECREASESAPPROX-0AWHENTHEAMBIENTTEMPERATURE
OF#DECREASES
s )FTHEPRESSUREDROPISCONFIRMEDPERFORMTHEAIRTIGHTNESSTESTAGAINAFTERCHECKINGANDMODIFYINGTHE
LEAKAGEPOINTS
AIR-PURGE
s %VACUATEBYTHEVACUUMPUMPFORMORETHANHOURSUNTILTHEINTERNALPRESSUREDECREASESBELOW -0A
!FTERTHATLEAVEITWITH -0AORLESSFORMORETHANONEHOURANDCONFIRMTHATTHEVALUEOFVACUUM
gauges does not increase.
s )FTHEVALUEOFVACUUMGAUGEINCREASESTHEREISMOISTUREINSIDETHEREFRIGERANTPIPINGORTHEREARE
LEAKAGEPOINTS
0ERFORMEVACUATIONAGAINAFTERCHECKINGANDIMPROVINGTHELEAKAGEPOINTS
Outdoor unit
3TOPVALVE
0RESSURE
gauge Indoor unit
Nitrogen
Vacuum pump
2EFRIGERANTLEAKAGECHECK
NOTE
s !FTERDOINGANAIR PURGEWITHAVACUUMPUMPTHEREFRIGERANTPRESSUREMAYNOTRISEEVENIFTHESTOP
VALVESAREOPENED
4HISISBECAUSETHEREFRIGERANTPIPINGPATHISCLOSEDOFFBYTHEOUTDOORUNITELECTRONICEXPANSIONVALVEETC
There are on problems if the outdoor unit is run.
8. CHARGING THE REFRIGERANT

Be sure to use R32 as refrigerant.
8-1 PRECAUTIONS FOR ADDING REFRIGERANT

This unit does not require charging. So if the piping length is within the lengths shown in the table below,
no additional refrigerant needs to be charged.
Length for which additional

Liquid piping size
charging is not requires
I9.5 mm x t 0.8 mm 30 m
In cases where the piping length exceeds that shown in the left table or recharging needs to be performed,
charge as described below.
Be sure to write down the additional amount of refrigerant charged or the entire amount recharged
on the indications label to the back side of the front plate, after the unit installed.

3P281953-6K

8-2 ADDING REFRIGERANT

From the table below, select a refrigerant amount that is suitable for a piping length exceeding the length for
which charging is actually needed. Then add the refrigerant from the service port of the liquid side stop valve.
Length for which Length of piping exceeding the length for which additional
Liquid additional charging is not required, R32 additional amount (kg)
Outdoor unit type piping size charging
is not required 30 m or less 40 m or less 50 m or less
RZA71 · 100BV2V I9.5 mm 30 mm 0.35 0.70
(Note) If the length of the refrigerant piping is within the range shown by , additional charge is
not required.
8-3 COMPLETE RECHARGING OF THE REFRIGERANT (When recharging for compressor

replacement, etc.)
Recharge the amount of refrigerant selected from the table below.
Liquid Piping length, R32 complete additional amount (kg)

Outdoor unit type piping size 10 m or less 20 m or less 30 m or less 40 m or less 50 m or less
RZA71 · 100BV2V I9.5 mm 2.60 2.60 2.60 2.95 3.30
When recharging refrigerant, follow the procedure below.

1. Turn on Refrigerant recovery mode by the remote controller. “Refer to field setting” in an installation
manual attached to a remote controller.
Content of settings Mode No. FIRST CODE NO. SECOND CODE NO.
01 03
Refrigerant recovery mode 16(26) 7
OFF ON
2. Shut down the power at least 1 minute after setting process (1) is performed.
ɦ If the power is turned on before the process (3)-(6) are completed, the refrigerant recovery mode is
turned off and the refrigerant cannot be recovered or charged normally. If the power is turned on by
necessary, turn on Refrigerant recovery mode by the remote controller again.
3. Recover refrigerant from the refrigerant service ports (liquid side, gas side) of a stop valve
simultaneously until the pressure drops below 0.09 MPa (gauge pressure: -0.011 MPa) by using
a refrigerant recovery machine.
4. Modify the leakage points.
5. Perform the airtightness test and air-purge accordance with (7) AIRTIGHTNESS TEST AND AIR-PURGE.
6. Charge the refrigerant from the service port of the liquid side valve when recharging refrigerant.
(Note) Do not turn on power during evacuation. The motor may be damaged due to vacuum discharge.
Service port of
the liquid side Service port of
stop valve the gas side stop valve
Refrigerant
recovery port
(Refer service
manual for
Position
Method)
A
DETAIL A
Be sure to write down the additional amount of refrigerant charged or the entire amount re-charged on the
precaution plate on the rear of the front panel, as this information is needed in case of after-sales service.
21
3P281953-6K

8-4 PRECAUTIONS WHEN ADDING R32

s "EFORECHARGINGCHECKWHETHERTHECYLINDERHASASIPHONATTACHEDORNOT
#HARGINGACYLINDERWITHANATTACHEDSIPHON #HARGINGOTHERCYLINDERS
3TANDTHECYLINDERUPRIGHTWHENCHARGING
4HEREISASIPHONPIPINGINSIDESOTHECYLINDER
3TANDTHECYLINDERUPSIDE DOWNANDCHARGE
4URNTHECYLINDERUPSIDE DOWNWHEN
2
NEEDNOTBEUPSIDE DOWNTOCHARGEWITHLIQUID CHARGING
s 4OPREVENTENTRYOFANYIMPURITIESANDINSURESUFFICIENTPRESSURERESISTANCEALWAYSUSETHESPECIALTOOLS
DEDICATEDFOR2!OR2
s 4HEREFRIGERANTSHOULDBECHARGEDFROMTHESERVICEPORTOFTHELIQUIDSIDESTOPVALVE
¢CAUTION ²
To plumbing persons
s !FTERCOMPLETINGINSTALLATIONBESURETOOPENTHEVALVES/PERATINGTHEUNITWITHTHEVALVESHUTWILL
BREAKTHECOMPRESSOR
s $ONOTALLOWREFRIGERANTTOESCAPEINTOTHEATMOSPHERERECKLESSLYFOREARTHENVIRONMENTPROTECTION

¢WARNING ²
Make sure to install the earth leakage breaker.
4HEEARTHLEAKAGEBREAKERISREQUIREDINORDERTOPREVENTELECTRICSHOCKSORAFIRE
s %LECTRICWIRINGMUSTBECARRIEDOUTBYQUALIFIEDPERSONNEL
s "EFOREOBTAININGACCESSTOTERMINALDEVICESALLSUPPLYCIRCUITSMUSTBEINTERRUPTED
¢CAUTION ²
To the electrician
s -AKESURETOINSTALLACURRENTBALANCETYPEEARTHLEAKAGEBREAKERCOPINGWITHHIGHHARMONICS4HISUNIT
ISEQUIPPEDWITHANINVERTERDEVICE5SEANEARTHLEAKAGEBREAKERCOPINGWITHHIGHHARMONICSTOPREVENT
WRONGACTUATION
s $ONOTRUNTHEUNITUNTILTHEREFRIGERANTCHARGINGISCOMPLETE/PERATINGTHEUNITBEFORETHECOMPLETION
WILLBREAKTHECOMPRESSOR
s $ONOTREMOVETHETHERMISTORSORSENSORSWHENTHEPOWERSUPPLYANDTRANSMISSIONWIRINGARECONNECTED
/PERATINGTHEUNITWITHTHETHERMISTORSANDSENSORSREMOVEDWILLBREAKTHECOMPRESSOR
s -AKECERTAINTHATALLELECTRICWIRINGWORKISCARRIEDOUTBYQUALIFIEDPERSONNELACCORDINGTOTHEAPPLICABLE
LEGISLATIONANDTHISINSTALLATIONMANUALUSINGASEPARATECIRCUIT)NSUFFICIENTCAPACITYOFTHEPOWERSUPPLY
CIRCUITORIMPROPERELECTRICALCONSTRUCTIONMAYLEADTOELECTRICSHOCKSORAFIRE
s !NINSUFFICIENTPOWERSUPPLYCAPACITYORIMPROPERELECTRICWORKMAYLEADTOELECTRICSHOCKSORAFIRE
s 4HEWIRINGBETWEENTHEINDOORUNITANDOUTDOORUNITMUSTBEFOR6
s &ORELECTRICWIRINGWORKREFERTOALSOTHEh7)2).'$)!'2!-vATTACHEDTOTHEBACKSIDEOFTHEFRONTPLATE
s 7HENDOINGTHEELECTRICALWIRINGALWAYSSHUTOFFTHEPOWERSOURCEBEFOREWORKINGANDDONOTTURNONTHE
BRANCHSWITCHUNTILALLWORKISCOMPLETE
s -AKESURETOEARTHTHEAIRCONDITIONER%ARTHINGRESISTANCESHOULDBEACCORDINGTOAPPLICABLELEGISLATION
s $ONOTCONNECTTHEEARTHWIRINGTOGASORWATERPIPINGLIGHTNINGCONDUCTORORTELEPHONEEARTHWIRING
'ASPIPINGxx)GNITIONOREXPLOSIONMAYOCCURIFTHEGASLEAKS
7ATERPIPING(ARDVINYLTUBESARENOTEFFECTIVEEARTHS
,IGHTNINGCONDUCTORORTELEPHONEEARTHWIRINGx%LECTRICPOTENTIALMAYRISEABNORMALLYIFSTRUCKBYALIGHTNINGBOLT
s 4HEEARTHISNEEDEDINORDERTOREDUCETHENOISEGENERATEDBYTHEUNITSINVERTERANDINFLUENCEONOTHER
APPLIANCESANDTORELEASETHECHARGEDELECTRICCHARGEONTHEOUTDOORUNITSURFACEBYLEAKEDCURRENT
s $ONOTINSTALLAPHASEADVANCECAPACITORFORIMPROVEMENTOFPOWERFACTOR3INCETHISUNITISMOUNTEDWITH
ANINVERTERDEVICETHEEFFECTOFPOWERFACTORIMPROVEMENTNOTONLYCANNOTBEEXPECTEDBUTALSOTHEREIS
ARISKOFTHECAPACITORGETTINGABNORMALLYOVERHEATEDDUETOHARMONICS
s "ESURETOUSEEARTHLEAKAGEBREAKERDEDICATEDFOREARTHLEAKAGEPROTECTIONINCOMBINATIONWITHTHELOAD
BREAKSWITCHWITHFUSEORBREAKERFORWIRING
s &ORWIRINGUSETHEDESIGNATEDPOWERSUPPLYWIRINGANDCONNECTFIRMLYTHENSECURETOPREVENTEXTERNAL
FORCEBEINGEXERTEDONTHETERMINALATTACHMENTPOWERSUPPLYWIRINGTRANSMISSIONWIRINGEARTHWIRING
s ,EFT OVERWIRINGSHOULDNOTBEWRAPPEDANDSTUFFEDINTOTHEOUTDOORUNIT
s 4OPREVENTTHEPOWERWIRINGFROMBEINGDAMAGEDBYTHEKNOCKHOLEEDGESPUTITINAWIRINGPIPINGOR
USEINSULATEDBUSHETCTOPROTECTIT
s 4OPREVENTTHEWIRINGFROMCOMINGINCONTACTWITHPIPINGPARTICULARLYTHEHIGH PRESSUREPIPING SECUREIT
WITHTHEINCLUDEDCLAMPINGMATERIALASSHOWNPAGE
s 7HENWIRINGFORMTHEWIRINGSOTHATTHEFRONTPLATEDOESNOTFLOATANDMAKESURETHEFRONTPLATEISSECURELYFASTENED
s &IXTHEPOWERSUPPLYWIRINGTHEEARTHWIRINGANDTHETRANSMISSIONWIRINGBYCLAMPSASSHOWNINTHEFIGURE

3P281953-6K

s 0LEASEFIX0OWERSUPPLYWIRING4RANSMISSIONWIRINGAND%ARTHWIRINGBYCLAMPMATERIALASBELOWFIGURE
All connection terminals should 4ERMINALBLOCK

4ERMINALPLATE
be insulated by, for example,
attached insulating sleeves.
%ARTHWIRING
4RANSMISSION %ARTHWIRING
4RANSMISSIONWIRING
WIRING 0OWERSUPPLYWIRING
1 2 3 L N
0OWERSUPPLY
WIRING Clamp material
ACCESSORIES
%ARTHWIRING %ARTHWIRING
4RANSMISSIONWIRING 0OWERSUPPLYWIRING
Stop valve 4RANSMISSION 0OWERSUPPLY

attachment plate WIRING WIRING
3ECURETHEPOWERSUPPLYWIRINGANDTHETRANSMISSION
WIRINGTOTHESTOPVALVEATTACHMENTPLATEUSINGTHE
clamping material so that it does not move.
4RANSMISSION
WIRINGAND
$IRECTIONFORPULLINGOUTTHEWIRING %ARTHWIRING
s 0LUGTHEPIPINGTHROUGH HOLEWITHPUTTYOR "ACKWARD
INSULATINGMATERIALFIELDSUPPLY SOASNOTTOLEAVE
any gap and prevent entry of small animals.
s 5SETHEKNOCKHOLEONTHEFRONTANDSIDEFORTHE
&ORWARD 3IDEWAYS
CONDUITCOMPOSITE OPERATION
!!WHENPUNCHINGKNOCKHOLEREMOVEPIPEOUTLET
*
PLATEFROMUNITANDOPENKNOCKHOLE 0OWERSUPPLYAND
%ARTHWIRING
7HENWIRINGUSINGSINGLECOREWIRESFORTHE
EARTHWIRINGTIETHEPOWERSUPPLYWIRINGAND %ARTHWIRING
THEEARTHWIRINGBYCLAMPMATERIALASSHOWN
in the right figure.
$ONOTCONNECTPOWERSUPPLYTOTERMINAL Clamp material

BLOCKOFTRANSMISSIONWIRING ACCESSORIES
All system may get damaged. 0OWERSUPPLY
WIRING
23
3P281953-6K

¢Wiring connection method ²

Precautions when laying power supply wiring
s &ORCONNECTIONTOTHETERMINALBLOCKUSERINGTYPECRIMPSTYLETERMINALSWITHINSULATIONSLEEVEORTREAT
THEWIRINGWITHINSULATION
(Refer to fig.13)
2
s )FITISINEVITABLETOUSERINGTYPECRIMPSTYLETERMINALSMAKESURETOOBSERVETHEFOLLOWINGITEMS
!BNORMALHEATINGMAYOCCURIFTHEWRINGARENOTTIGHTENEDSECURELY
7IRING #ONNECTIONOFWIRINGS #ONNECTIONOF #ONNECTIONOFWIRINGS

OFSAMESIZEMUSTBE WIRINGSONONESIDE OFDIFFERENTSIZESIS
CARRIEDOUTONBOTHSIDES ISPROHIBITED PROHIBITED
2INGTYPE
CRIMP STYLE )NSULATION
TERMINAL SLEEVE
Fig. 13
s .EVERUSETHESTRANDEDWIRINGWHICHISSOLDERED
3LACKINTHEELECTRICWIRINGMAYCAUSEABNORMALHEAT
s 5SETHEREQUIREDWIRINGSCONNECTTHEMSECURELYANDFIXTHESEWIRINGSSOTHATEXTERNALFORCEMAYNOT
APPLYTOTHETERMINALS
s 5SEAPROPERSCREWDRIVERFORTIGHTENINGTHETERMINALSCREWS)FANIMPROPERSCREWDRIVERISUSEDITMAY
DAMAGETHESCREWHEADANDAPROPERTIGHTENINGCANNOTBECARRIEDOUT
s )FATERMINALISOVERTIGHTENEDITMAYBEDAMAGED2EFERTOTHETABLESHOWNBELOWFORTIGHTENINGTORQUE
OFTERMINALS
4IGHTENINGTORQUE.sM
-7IREBETWEENUNITSTERMINALBOARD ±
-0OWERSUPPLYTERMINALBOARD ±
-'ROUNDWIREBETWEENUNITS ±
-'ROUNDWIREBETWEENUNITS ±
¢Precautions when connecting the earth terminal ²
CAUTION
#ONDUCTWIRINGSOTHATTHEEARTHWIRINGCOMESOUTFROMTHENOTCHEDPARTOFTHECUPWASHER
/THERWISEEARTHWIRINGCONTACTWILLBEINSUFFICIENTANDEARTHEFFECTMAYBELOST
2INGTYPE #UPWASHERS
CRIMP STYLE
TERMINAL
#UT OUTSECTION

3P281953-6K

¢Specification for field supplied wiring ²

For the indoor unit wiring and transmission wiring (broken lines in the drawing), follow the instructions in
the indoor unit’s installation manual.
POWER SUPPLY L N POWER SUPPLY L N

1~ 1~
220V Earth leakage 220V Earth leakage
50 Hz breaker 50 Hz breaker
POWER SUPPLY
Branch switch, 1~ Branch switch,
overcurrent breaker 220V overcurrent breaker
50 Hz
Outdoor Unit L N Outdoor Unit
L N Earth leakage L N
1 2 3 breaker 1 2 3
Branch switch,
overcurrent breaker
Remote Remote
Controller Controller
Indoor Unit
L N
1 2 3 1 2 3
¢Specification of standard wiring components ²

Power supply, Earth
Wiring type of
Outdoor unit type
Wiring type ( ) Size transmission
Wiring size and

length must
comply with
RZA71 · 100BV2V H05VV-U3G H05VV-U4G2.5
local codes or
IEC60335-1
(Table 11)
( ) Only in protected piping, use H07RN-F when protected pipes are not used.
(Supply cords shall not be lighter than polychloroprene sheathed flexible cord
(Code designation 60245 IEC 57))
NOTES
1. Select and install the power supply wiring in accordance with IEC60335-1 (Table 11)
or local laws and regulations.
The maximum current of the outdoor and indoor unit are shown on each name plate.
2. When installing wiring in a location that can easily come in contact with people, be sure to
install an earth leakage breaker coping with high harmonics to prevent electric shock.
3. Breaker type and capacity shall be selected in accordance with local laws and regulations.
¢CAUTION ²
To the electrician
Do not operation the unit until refrigerant is charged completely.
(If it is operation before that, the compressor will be broken.)
25
3P281953-6K

10. CHECK ITEMS BEFORE TEST OPERATION

What to check Check column
Is all wiring laid as instructed?
Is all the wiring connected? Are there no missing or reversed phase?
2
Is the transmission wiring transmission all in the correct order
between the units?
Power supply wiring Is the unit safely grounded?
Transmission wiring Are the screw at the attachment part of wiring not be loosened?
Earth wiring
Has the insulation resistance tested to at least 1M:?
s5SEA6MEGA TESTERFORMEASURINGINSULATION
s.OTE$ONOTUSETHEMEGA TESTERFORCURRENTSEXCEPT6
Is an earth leakage circuit breaker used a current operated type which is
compatible to the higher harmonic wave?
Does the earth leakage circuit breaker have appropriate rated current?
Is the piping size correct?
Is the piping insulation applied correctly?
Refrigerant piping Is the liquid and gas sides piping all insulated?
Are the stop valves for both the liquid and gas sides open completely?
Operating the unit with the valves shut will break the compressor.
Did you fill in the additional charging and recharging rate, and piping
Amount of refrigerant
length on the caution label attached to the back side of the front plate?
Is the indoor unit fully installed?
Indoor unit
When the test run is started, the fan automatically begins turning.
11. FIELD SETTINGS

¢WARNING ²
Always close the all plates when leaving the outdoor unit with the power on. (It may cause electric shock.)
In field setting for an outdoor unit, make sure to shut down the power and check that there is no residual
voltage before start installing. (It may cause an electric shock.)
How to make the field settings
Setup of functions for an outdoor unit is performed by the remote controller. Make the field settings
according to “How to make the field settings” which came with the remote controller.
s4HESETTINGSARESETBYSWITCHINGh-ODE.Ovh&)234#/$%./vANDh3%#/.$#/$%./v
Incorrect setting may cause the wrong operations.
Content of settings and setting number

&ACTORYSETTINGS
Mode &)234 3%#/.$#/$%./
Content of settings
./ #/$%./
3ELECT3%#/.$#/$%./ ,OW.IGHT

hvFOR,OW.IGHT.OISE3ETTING .OISE3ETTING
3ELECT3%#/.$#/$%./ H
1 ~
hvFORSTARTANDSTOPTIME H
See the service manual for details on the content of the settings.

3P281953-6K

NOTES
1. Settings are done in a batch for the group. For this reason, when performing group control using the
remote controller from one unit to set individual outdoor units, set each unit separately (for each
connected indoor unit no.) using the mode number in parentheses. Checking after changing settings
can also only be done using the mode numbers in parentheses. (For group batch control, the display
will always read “01” even though the settings have been changed.) Furthermore, when performing
control with two remote controllers , field settings using a remote controller can only be done using the
main remote controller.
For details on controlling the units using the remote controllers, see applicable service manual.
2. Do not set any values not shown in the table above.
¢CAUTION ²
s &ORSETTINGSOTHERTHANTHEABOVEREFERTOTHECAUTIONLABELATTACHEDTOTHEBACKOFTHEFRONTPLATE OR
the service manual.
s ,OWNIGHTNOISEOPERATIONANDDEMANDOPERATIONUSINGANEXTERNALCOMMANDREQUIRESADEMAND
adapter PC board (option). For more details, refer to the manual supplied with the adapter.
12. TEST OPERATION

¢WARNING ²
s .EVERPERFORMATESTOPERATIONWITHTHEDISCHARGEPIPINGTHERMISTOR24 ANDSUCTIONPIPINGTHERMISTOR
24 REMOVEDASTHISMIGHTBREAKTHECOMPRESSOR
s )FTHETECHNICIANMUSTLEAVETHEOUTDOORUNITFORSOMEREASONSWITCHPLACESWITHANOTHERINSTALLATION
technician or close the plates. (It may cause electric shocks.)
12.1 HOW TO TEST OPERATION

After the indoor and outdoor unit installation, be sure to perform the test operation in accordance with
the following procedure.
1. Open the front plate and check that the liquid and gas sides of the stop valves are open. <Be sure to
close the front plate before the operation (there is a risk of electric shock)>
Note: After doing an air-purge with a vacuum pump, the refrigerant pressure may not rise even if the
stop valves are opened. This is because the refrigerant piping path is closed off by the outdoor
unit electronic expansion valve, etc. There are no problems if the unit is run.
2. Attach the front plate to the outdoor unit and turn the power on at least 6 hours before operating the
outdoor unit to protect the compressor.
3. Set to COOLING operation with the remote controller.
4. Perform the test operation.
Note: In the first operation after installation, COOLING operation is performed for approx. 3 minutes
even when HEATING operation is set. After that, the operation will be switched to HEATING
operation, but this is normal. (The remote controller displays “HEATING operation”.)
Note: When the outside temperature is about 24 C° or more, HEATING operation is not performed
even if it is set, but this is normal.
5. Operate normally
6. Confirm function of the indoor and outdoor units according to the operation manual.
¢Liquid side² ¢Gas side²

Direction to open
Direction to open
2EMOVETHEVALVECAPANDTURN
the valve rod counterclockwise
with a hex-wrench unit is stops.
27
3P281953-6K

12.2 MALFUNCTION DIAGNOSIS

During the test operation, if the malfunction code shown below is displayed on the remote controller,
an installation work error may be the cause.
Malfunction code Installation work error Remedial action 2
[E3] [E4] [L8] [U0] Failure to open the stop valves Open the stop valves.
[E3] [E4] [L4] [L8] Closed air flow path Remove any obstacle to the air flow path.
[U2] Unbalanced power Balance the power/Correct the wiring
[U4] [UF] Improper connection of the transmission wiring Correct the wiring.
Connect appropriate indoor unit
[UA] Connection of incompatible indoor unit
(refer to the catalogue)
Mistake wiring or not connect wiring of power
NO INDICATION supply, indoor, outdoor, field wiring between To correct wiring or connect correctly
indoor unit
s )FTHEREMOTECONTROLLERDISPLAYSMALFUNCTIONCODESOTHERTHANTHOSEABOVETHEINDOORANDOUTDOORUNITS
may be damaged. For the malfunction codes, please refer to the indoor unit’s installation manual.
s 4HEFOLLOWINGSCANBECONSIDEREDCAUSESWHENTHEBREAKERFORPOWERSUPPLYTRIPS
- The capacity of a breaker for power supply is smaller than the required capacity of the leakage
circuit breaker.
- The leakage circuit breaker is not compatible to the higher harmonic wave.
CAUTION
To plumbing persons
To the electrician
After the test operation, when handing the unit over to the customer, make sure the piping covers and
the all plates are attached.
28
3P281953-6K

3.4 Reuse of existing piping
RZF50CV2V / RZF60CV2V / RZF71CV2V / RZF100CVM / RZF125CVM / RZF140CVM

3P479222-1B

3P478988-1C

3P485786-1A
3.5 Equivalent piping length of joints (reference)
Pipe Size (mm) φ6.4 φ9.5 φ12.7 φ15.9 φ19.1 φ22.2 φ25.4 φ31.8 φ38.1
L Joints (m)
0.16 0.18 0.20 0.25 0.35 0.40 0.45 0.55 0.65

Ask a qualified installer or contractor to install this product. Do not try to install the product yourself.
Improper installation can result in water or refrigerant leakage, electrical shock, fire or explosion.
Use only those parts and accessories supplied or specified by Daikin. Ask a qualified installer or
contractor to install those parts and accessories. Use of unauthorised parts and accessories or
improper installation of parts and accessories can result in water or refrigerant leakage, electrical
shock, fire or explosion.
Read the user's manual carefully before using this product. The user's manual provides important
safety instructions and warnings. Be sure to follow these instructions and warnings.
If you have any enquiries, please contact your local importer, distributor and/or retailer.
Cautions on product corrosion

1. Air conditioners should not be installed in areas where corrosive gases, such as acid gas or alkaline gas, are produced.
2. If the outdoor unit is to be installed close to the sea shore, direct exposure to the sea breeze should be avoided. If you need to install
the outdoor unit close to the sea shore, contact your local distributor.
Specifications, designs and other content appearing in this brochure are current as of November 2017 but subject to change without notice.
c All rights reserved 11/17 FS

Sky Air Inv r32 Edvn281712

Hochgeladen von

Dokumentinformationen

Copyright

Verfügbare Formate

Dieses Dokument teilen

Dokument teilen oder einbetten

Freigabeoptionen

Stufen Sie dieses Dokument als nützlich ein?

Sind diese Inhalte unangemessen?

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

Sky Air Inv r32 Edvn281712

Hochgeladen von

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

EDVN281712

Part 1 SkyAir RZF-C / RZA-B series .............................................. 5

Part 2 Installation of indoor / outdoor unit ............................... 129

2.1 FCF50CVM / FCF60CVM / FCF71CVM / FCF100CVM /

- Outdoor units - New lineup of outdoor units

Inverter/ Model name of Published

SkyAir RZF-C / RZA-B

1. External appearance ...............................................................................7

SkyAir RZF-C / RZA-B series 5

10.2 Capacity correction factor by the length of refrigerant piping .................89

6 SkyAir RZF-C / RZA-B series

FCF-CVM FFF-BV1 FDF-BV1

SkyAir RZF-C / RZA-B series 7

BRC7E531W Signal receiver unit

BRC4C64 Signal receiver unit

BRC7M56 / BRC7M53 Signal receiver unit

8 SkyAir RZF-C / RZA-B series

SkyAir RZF-C / RZA-B series 9

2. Model name, power supply and nomenclature

Indoor unit Outdoor unit

2.1.2 Heat pump

Indoor unit Outdoor unit

10 SkyAir RZF-C / RZA-B series

SkyAir RZF-C / RZA-B series 11

12 SkyAir RZF-C / RZA-B series

SkyAir RZF-C / RZA-B series 13

3.2 Heat pump

14 SkyAir RZF-C / RZA-B series

Ceiling mounted cassette (Round flow) type

SkyAir RZF-C / RZA-B series 15

Ceiling mounted cassette (Round flow) type

16 SkyAir RZF-C / RZA-B series

Ceiling mounted cassette (Round flow) type 1

SkyAir RZF-C / RZA-B series 17

Compact multi flow Ceiling mounted cassette type

18 SkyAir RZF-C / RZA-B series

SkyAir RZF-C / RZA-B series 19

Duct connection middle static pressure type

20 SkyAir RZF-C / RZA-B series

Duct connection middle static pressure type 1

SkyAir RZF-C / RZA-B series 21

Duct connection middle static pressure type

22 SkyAir RZF-C / RZA-B series

SkyAir RZF-C / RZA-B series 23

Ceiling suspended type

24 SkyAir RZF-C / RZA-B series

Ceiling suspended type 1

SkyAir RZF-C / RZA-B series 25

4.2 Heat pump

Ceiling mounted cassette (Round flow) type

26 SkyAir RZF-C / RZA-B series

SkyAir RZF-C / RZA-B series 27

Ceiling suspended type

28 SkyAir RZF-C / RZA-B series

5. Dimensions and service space

FCF50CVM / FCF60CVM / FCF71CVM

SkyAir RZF-C / RZA-B series 29

FCF100CVM / FCF125CVM / FCF140CVM

30 SkyAir RZF-C / RZA-B series

5.1.2 FCF-C (with standard panel)

SkyAir RZF-C / RZA-B series 31

FCF100CVM / FCF125CVM / FCF140CVM

32 SkyAir RZF-C / RZA-B series

5.1.3 FCF-C (with designer panel)